System Center Data Protection

Manager 2010 Operations Guide

Microsoft Corporation
Published: July 2010

Feedback
Send suggestions and comments about this document to dpmfdbk@microsoft.com.
This document is provided “as-is”. Information and views expressed in this document, including
URL and other Internet Web site references, may change without notice. You bear the risk of
using it.
Some examples depicted herein are provided for illustration only and are fictitious. No real
association or connection is intended or should be inferred.
This document does not provide you with any legal rights to any intellectual property in any
Microsoft product. You may copy and use this document for your internal, reference purposes.
You may modify this document for your internal, reference purposes.
© 2010 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Microsoft, Active Directory, Hyper-V, SQL Server, Windows, Windows PowerShell, Windows
Server, and Windows Vista are trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies.
All other trademarks are property of their respective owners.
Contents
DPM 2010 Operations ................................................................................................................... 21
In This Section............................................................................................................................ 21

Managing DPM Servers ................................................................................................................ 22

In This Section............................................................................................................................ 22
See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 22

Performing General DPM Server Maintenance ............................................................................. 22

In This Section............................................................................................................................ 22
See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 23

Using Windows Maintenance Tools on the DPM Server .............................................................. 23

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 24

Applying Operating System Updates to the DPM Server .............................................................. 24

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 25

Running Antivirus Software on the DPM Server ........................................................................... 25

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 26

Performing DPM Server Management Tasks ................................................................................ 26

In This Section............................................................................................................................ 26
See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 27

Managing the DPM Database Volume .......................................................................................... 27

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 27

Finding DPM Servers in Active Directory Domain Services .......................................................... 27

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 28

How to Migrate a DPM Server to New Hardware .......................................................................... 28

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 29

Restarting the DPM Server ............................................................................................................ 29

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 30

Moving the DPM Server to a New Domain .................................................................................... 30

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 30

Renaming the DPM Server ............................................................................................................ 30

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 30

Changing the SQL Server Instance Used by DPM ....................................................................... 30

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 31
Coordinating Protection Across Time Zones ................................................................................. 31
How DPM Displays Times .......................................................................................................... 31
Scheduling Initial Replica Creation ............................................................................................ 31
How DPM Manages Daylight Saving Time ................................................................................ 32
See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 32

How to Change the Time Zone of the DPM Server ....................................................................... 32

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 33

Using Backup Network Address .................................................................................................... 33

Setting up your network ............................................................................................................. 33
Example .................................................................................................................................. 34

Moving the DPM Server to a Different Computer .......................................................................... 35

To back up the DPM database ................................................................................................... 35
To install DPM ............................................................................................................................ 36
To restore the DPM database .................................................................................................... 36

Removing a Protected Computer .................................................................................................. 36

Remove-ProductionServer.PS1 ................................................................................................. 36

Managing the Storage Pool ........................................................................................................... 37

In This Section............................................................................................................................ 37
See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 38

Adding Disks to the Storage Pool .................................................................................................. 38

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 38

How to Replace a Disk in the Storage Pool .................................................................................. 38

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 39

Removing a Disk from the Storage Pool ....................................................................................... 39

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 40

Monitoring DPM Server ................................................................................................................. 40

In This Section............................................................................................................................ 40
See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 40

Establishing a Monitoring Schedule .............................................................................................. 40

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 41

Locating Information ...................................................................................................................... 41

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 42

Methods for Monitoring DPM ......................................................................................................... 43

In This Section............................................................................................................................ 43
See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 43
Monitoring with DPM Administrator Console ................................................................................. 43
Monitoring Task Area ................................................................................................................. 44
Monitoring Task Area: Alerts .................................................................................................. 44
Monitoring Task Area: Jobs .................................................................................................... 45
Protection Task Area .................................................................................................................. 45
Management Task Area ............................................................................................................. 45
Management Task Area: Disks ............................................................................................... 45
Management Task Area: Agents ............................................................................................ 46
Management Task Area: Libraries.......................................................................................... 46
Reporting Task Area .................................................................................................................. 46
See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 48

Monitoring with Reports and Alert Notifications ............................................................................. 48

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 49

Monitoring with DPM Management Packs .................................................................................... 50

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 50

Troubleshooting DPM Servers ...................................................................................................... 50

Data sources cannot be protected because prerequisite software is missing ........................... 51
DPM changes destination folder attributes when recovering a file under the root volume ........ 51
DPM does not support protecting encrypted data in a file path that exceeds 5120 characters. 51
DPM does not support reprotecting a data source and then recovering it to an alternate location
................................................................................................................................................ 51
DPM does not support protection of data sources if the data is on nested mount points .......... 52
DPM Setup fails if a pre-release version of .NET Framework 2.0 is already installed .............. 52
DPM does not automatically restart computers running Windows XP or Windows Vista .......... 52
Alerts for different data sources in a protected server do not appear in System Center
Operations Manager 2007 ...................................................................................................... 52
DPM Management Shell stops responding when specific cmdlets are running on a remote
instance of DPM server .......................................................................................................... 53
DPM always defaults to port 25 when sending alerts through the SMTP server ....................... 53
Protection of DPMDB fails .......................................................................................................... 53
Uninstalling DPM does not remove reports ............................................................................... 53
Formatting custom volumes on which BitLocker is enabled ...................................................... 53
BitLocker locks volumes on reboot ............................................................................................ 54
SetSharedDPMDatabase.exe tool fails on Windows Server 2008 ............................................ 54

Managing Protected File Servers and Workstations ..................................................................... 54

In This Section............................................................................................................................ 54
Additional Resources ................................................................................................................. 54
See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 54

Performing General Maintenance on File Servers and Workstations ........................................... 55

In This Section............................................................................................................................ 55
 See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 55

Using Windows Maintenance Tools on File Servers and Workstations ........................................ 55

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 56

Applying Operating System Updates on File Servers and Workstations ...................................... 57

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 57

Running Antivirus Software on File Servers and Workstations ..................................................... 57

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 57

Performing File Server and Workstation Management Tasks ....................................................... 58

In This Section............................................................................................................................ 58
See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 58

Changing the Path of a Data Source ............................................................................................. 58

Changing the Path of a Shared Data Source ............................................................................. 58
Changing the Path of an Encrypted Data Source ...................................................................... 58
See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 59

Moving File Servers and Workstations Between Domains............................................................ 59

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 59

How to Rename a File Server or Workstation ............................................................................... 60

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 60

How to Change the Time Zone of a File Server or Workstation .................................................... 61

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 61

Using Migrate-Datasource ............................................................................................................. 61

Syntax ........................................................................................................................................ 62
Things to Remember .................................................................................................................. 63

Using MigrateDatasourceDataFromDPM ...................................................................................... 63

Syntax ........................................................................................................................................ 64
Examples ................................................................................................................................ 65

Managing Clustered File Servers .................................................................................................. 66

In This Section............................................................................................................................ 67
See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 67

Changing File Server Cluster Members ........................................................................................ 67

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 67

Changing Resource Groups on Clustered File Servers ................................................................ 68

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 68

Managing Protected Servers Running Exchange ......................................................................... 68

 In This Section............................................................................................................................ 68

What's New for Protecting Exchange Server 2010 ....................................................................... 69

In This Section............................................................................................................................ 69

Exchange Server 2010 Prerequisites ............................................................................................ 69

Installing Protection Agents on Exchange Server 2010 Nodes ..................................................... 69

Protecting Exchange Server 2010 ................................................................................................. 70

Recovering Exchange Server 2010 Data ...................................................................................... 71

Recovering Exchange Server 2010 Mailboxes .......................................................................... 71
Recovering Exchange Server 2010 Mailbox Databases ........................................................... 71

Performing General Maintenance on Servers Running Exchange ............................................... 72

In This Section............................................................................................................................ 72

Using Windows Maintenance Tools on Exchange Servers ........................................................... 73

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 73

Performing Exchange Maintenance Tasks .................................................................................... 73

Applying Operating System Updates on Exchange Servers ......................................................... 73

Running Antivirus Software on Exchange Servers ........................................................................ 74

Performing Exchange Server Management Tasks........................................................................ 74

In This Section............................................................................................................................ 74

Upgrading Exchange Server 2003 to Exchange Server 2007 ...................................................... 74

Moving Exchange Servers Between Domains .............................................................................. 75

How to Rename an Exchange Server ........................................................................................... 75

Adding Storage Groups and Databases ........................................................................................ 76

Dismounting Databases ................................................................................................................ 76

Changing the Path of a Database or Log File ............................................................................... 76

Renaming Storage Groups ............................................................................................................ 77

Moving Databases Between Storage Groups ............................................................................... 78

Improving DPM Recoverable Object Search ................................................................................. 78

Rebuilding Indexes ..................................................................................................................... 79
Reorganizing Indexes ................................................................................................................ 79
Rebuilding Compared To Reorganizing ..................................................................................... 80
 Additional Resources ................................................................................................................. 80

Managing Clustered Exchange Servers ........................................................................................ 80

In This Section............................................................................................................................ 80

Changing Exchange Server Cluster Members .............................................................................. 80

Changing Resource Groups on Clustered Exchange Servers ...................................................... 81

Recovering Exchange Data ........................................................................................................... 81

In This Section............................................................................................................................ 82

How to Recover a Storage Group to its Original Location ............................................................ 83

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 83

How to Recover a Database to Its Original Location..................................................................... 84

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 85

How to Recover a Database to an Alternate Database................................................................. 85

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 86

How to Copy Exchange Data to a Network Folder ........................................................................ 86

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 87

How to Copy Exchange Data to Tape ........................................................................................... 87

Additional Resources ................................................................................................................. 88
See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 88

Recovering Mailboxes ................................................................................................................... 88

In This Section............................................................................................................................ 89

How to Recover an Exchange 2003 Mailbox ................................................................................ 89

See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 90

How to Recover an Exchange 2007 Mailbox ................................................................................ 90

Example ..................................................................................................................................... 91
See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 93

Recovering Data to Clustered Servers .......................................................................................... 93

Stand-alone and Shared Disk Cluster Recovery ....................................................................... 93
Cluster Continuous Replication and Local Continuous Replication Recovery .......................... 94
See Also ..................................................................................................................................... 94

Managing Exchange SCR Servers ................................................................................................ 95

Supported Scenarios .................................................................................................................. 95
In This Section............................................................................................................................ 95

Protecting an Exchange Server 2007 SCR Target Server Configured as Single Node Cluster ... 96
Protecting an Exchange Server 2007 SCR Server in Standalone Mode ...................................... 97
Procedure to enable protection for an SCR server .................................................................... 97

Modifying Protection For an Exchange Server 2007 SCR ............................................................ 98

Recovering an Exchange Server 2007 SCR Server ..................................................................... 98

Stopping Protection for an Exchange Server 2007 SCR Server ................................................... 99

Stopping protection for an SCR server ...................................................................................... 99

Disabling Protection for an Exchange Server 2007 SCR Server .................................................. 99

Protecting an Exchange Server 2007 SCR Server Post-Activation ............................................ 100

Managing Protected Servers Running SQL Server..................................................................... 100

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 100

Performing General Maintenance on Servers Running SQL ...................................................... 101

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 101

Using Windows Maintenance Tools on SQL Servers.................................................................. 101

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 102

Performing SQL Maintenance Tasks........................................................................................... 102

Applying Operating System Updates on SQL Servers ................................................................ 102

Running Antivirus Software on SQL Servers .............................................................................. 103

Performing SQL Server Management Tasks .............................................................................. 103

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 103

Upgrading SQL Server 2000 to SQL Server 2005 ...................................................................... 103

Moving SQL Servers Between Domains ..................................................................................... 104

How to Rename a Computer Running SQL Server ..................................................................... 104

Changing the Recovery Model of a Database ............................................................................. 105

Replacing a Disk on a SQL Server .............................................................................................. 106

Adding Databases to a SQL Server ............................................................................................ 106

Enabling SQL Server Instance Auto-Protection ....................................................................... 107
Disabling SQL Server Instance Auto-Protection ...................................................................... 107

Changing the Path of a SQL Server Database ........................................................................... 107

Renaming a SQL Server Database ............................................................................................. 107

Running Parallel Backups ........................................................................................................... 107
Supported Scenarios ................................................................................................................ 107
Unsupported Scenarios ............................................................................................................ 108

Managing Clustered SQL Servers ............................................................................................... 108

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 108

Changing SQL Server Cluster Members ..................................................................................... 108

Changing Resource Groups on Clustered SQL Servers ............................................................. 109

Managing Mirrored SQL Servers ................................................................................................. 109

Prerequisites for Protecting Mirrored Databases ..................................................................... 109
Protecting a Mirrored SQL Server Database ........................................................................... 110
Protecting a Mirrored SQL Server Cluster ............................................................................... 110
Common Scenarios .................................................................................................................. 110
A protected SQL Server database gets mirrored ................................................................. 110
A mirror is broken.................................................................................................................. 110
Principal partner in a mirror fails over and fails back before next backup ............................ 110
Principal partner fails and the mirror server takes over ........................................................ 111
One protected database is made the mirror of another protected database ........................ 111
Recovering a Mirrored SQL Server Database ...................................................................... 111
Unsupported Scenarios ............................................................................................................ 111

Recovering SQL Server Data ...................................................................................................... 111

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 112

How to Recover a SQL Database to Its Original Location .......................................................... 112

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 113

How to Recover and Rename a SQL Database .......................................................................... 113

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 114

How to Recover a Database to a Different Instance of SQL Server ........................................... 114

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 115

How to Copy a SQL Database to a Network Folder .................................................................... 115

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 116

How to Copy a SQL Database to Tape ....................................................................................... 116

Additional Resources ............................................................................................................... 117
See Also ................................................................................................................................... 117

How to Recover a SQL Database and Allow Additional Log Backups ........................................ 117
See Also ................................................................................................................................... 118

Managing Protected Servers Running SharePoint...................................................................... 119

 In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 119

Configuring SharePoint Protection .............................................................................................. 119

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 119

Configuring the DPM Server for SharePoint Protection .............................................................. 120

DPM Server Prerequisites ........................................................................................................ 120
In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 120

Configuring Data Source Groups ................................................................................................ 120

Configuring DataSourceGroups.xml ........................................................................................ 120
Unloading DatasourceGroups.xml ........................................................................................... 121

Configuring SharePoint Farm Servers ........................................................................................ 122

Install DPM Protection Agents ................................................................................................. 122
In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 122

Configuring the Front-End Web Server ....................................................................................... 122

Prerequisites for Front-end Web Server .................................................................................. 122

Using ConfigureSharePoint ......................................................................................................... 123

Permissions .............................................................................................................................. 123
Syntax ...................................................................................................................................... 124
Parameters ........................................................................................................................... 124

Configuring the SQL Backend Servers ....................................................................................... 126

SQL Server Prerequisites ........................................................................................................ 126

Protecting a SharePoint Farm ..................................................................................................... 126

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 127

Protecting a SharePoint Farm by Using Mirrored Databases ..................................................... 127

Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................ 127
Common Scenarios .................................................................................................................. 127
A protected SharePoint database gets mirrored .................................................................. 127
Principal partner in a mirror fails over and fails back before next backup ............................ 128
Principal partner fails and the mirror server takes over ........................................................ 128
A mirror is broken.................................................................................................................. 128

Protecting a SharePoint Farm by Using Databases With SQL Server Aliases ........................... 128
Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................ 128
Additional Resources ............................................................................................................... 128

Long-Term Protection for a SharePoint Farm on Tape ............................................................... 129

Protecting SharePoint Front-End Web Server ............................................................................ 129

Front-End Web Server Running on Hyper-V Virtual Machine ................................................. 129
 Front-End Web Server Running on Physical Computer .......................................................... 130

Protecting SharePoint Search ..................................................................................................... 130

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 130

Protecting Windows SharePoint Services 3.0 SP Search Service Data ..................................... 130
Protecting WSS 3.0 SP Search Service Data .......................................................................... 130

Protecting MOSS 2007 Shared Services Provider (SSP) Search ............................................... 131
Protecting SharePoint Search and MOSS 2007 Shared Service Provider (SSP) ................... 131

Recovering SharePoint Data ....................................................................................................... 131

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 132

Recovering SharePoint Front-End Web Server .......................................................................... 132

Recovering a Front-End Web Server Deployed on a Physical Computer ............................... 132
Recovering a Front-End Web Server Deployed on a Hyper-V Virtual Machine ...................... 132

Recovering SharePoint Farm Content......................................................................................... 132

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 134

Recovering a SharePoint Farm by Using Databases with SQL Server Aliases .......................... 134
Recovering a farm that uses a database with a SQL Server alias .......................................... 134
See Also ................................................................................................................................... 135

Recovering a SharePoint Farm by Using Mirrored Databases ................................................... 135

Recovering a farm with a mirrored database to its original location ........................................ 135
See Also ................................................................................................................................... 136

Recovering SharePoint Web Application .................................................................................... 136

Additional Resources ............................................................................................................... 136

Recovering SharePoint Content Database ................................................................................. 137

Recovering SharePoint Items ...................................................................................................... 137

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 137

Using a Recovery Farm ............................................................................................................... 138

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 138

Creating a Recovery Farm .......................................................................................................... 138

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 139

Recovering a SharePoint Site Collection .................................................................................... 139

Additional Resources ............................................................................................................... 140

Recovering a SharePoint Site ..................................................................................................... 140

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 142
Recovering a List, List Item, Document Library, or Document .................................................... 143
To recover an item to its original location ................................................................................ 143
To recover an object to an alternate location ........................................................................... 145
See Also ................................................................................................................................... 147

DPM Cataloging to Recover SharePoint Items ........................................................................... 147

Syntax ...................................................................................................................................... 148
Parameters ............................................................................................................................... 148
To run the catalog task by using DPM Management Shell ...................................................... 148

Recovering SharePoint Search ................................................................................................... 149

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 149

Recovering Windows SharePoint Services 3.0 SP Search Service Data ................................... 149
Recovering Windows SharePoint Services 3.0 SP Search Service Data................................ 149

Recovering MOSS 2007 Shared Services Provider (SSP) Search ............................................. 150
How to Recover MOSS 2007 Shared Services Provider (SSP) Search .................................. 150
How to Recover an Index with Mirrored Database in MOSS 2007 Shared Services Provider
(SSP) Search ........................................................................................................................ 150
Additional Resources ............................................................................................................... 151

Performing SharePoint Protection Management Tasks .............................................................. 151

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 151

Changing the SharePoint Farm Administrator Password ............................................................ 152

Adding a Database to a SharePoint Farm ................................................................................... 152

DPM Alert- Farm Configuration Changed ................................................................................ 152

Removing a Database from a SharePoint Farm ......................................................................... 153

DPM Alert - Farm Configuration Changed ............................................................................... 153

Adding or Removing Servers in SharePoint Farm ...................................................................... 153

Switching the Front-End Web Server .......................................................................................... 154

Upgrading SharePoint ................................................................................................................. 155

SQL Server Hardware Upgrade ............................................................................................... 155
When Instances of SQL Server Do Not Change ...................................................................... 156

Moving SharePoint Servers Between Domains .......................................................................... 156

Renaming SharePoint Server ...................................................................................................... 157

Improving DPM Recovery Search for SharePoint Items ............................................................. 158

Rebuilding Indexes ................................................................................................................... 158
Reorganizing Indexes .............................................................................................................. 158
 Rebuilding v/s Reorganizing – A Comparison ......................................................................... 159
See Also ................................................................................................................................... 159

Performing General Maintenance on Servers Running SharePoint ............................................ 159

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 160

Using Windows Maintenance Tools on SharePoint Servers ....................................................... 160

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 160

Performing SharePoint Maintenance Tasks ................................................................................ 160

Applying Operating System Updates on SharePoint Servers ..................................................... 161

Running Antivirus Software on SharePoint Servers .................................................................... 161

Troubleshooting SharePoint Protection and Recovery ............................................................... 161

Unable to search SharePoint items in the Recovery task area. .............................................. 162
SharePoint farm protection fails with ID 956 ............................................................................ 162
Recovery of a SharePoint content database fails with ID 0x80070003 ................................... 162
On a secondary DPM server (DPM-DR), even though incremental and express full jobs happen
successfully for a SQL Server database that belongs to a SharePoint farm, recovery points
are not displayed in the Recovery task area and no alerts are triggered ............................. 162
SharePoint documents checked out or in the recycle bin during backup cannot be restored . 163
DPM Protection Report shows incorrect data for SharePoint farms ........................................ 163
SharePoint protection not working properly ............................................................................. 163
SharePoint site or item recovery fails when a shared folder is used as a temporary location. 163
SharePoint farm protection fails with ID 30111 ........................................................................ 163
SharePoint index backups fail during profile import ................................................................. 164
ConfigureSharepoint.exe fails with error code 997 .................................................................. 164

Managing Protected Virtual Servers ............................................................................................ 164

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 164

Performing General Maintenance on Servers Running Virtual Server........................................ 165

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 165

Using Windows Maintenance Tools on Virtual Server ................................................................ 165

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 165

Applying Operating System Updates on Virtual Server............................................................... 166

Running Antivirus Software on Virtual Server ............................................................................. 166

Performing Virtual Server Management Tasks ........................................................................... 166

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 166

Moving Virtual Servers Between Domains .................................................................................. 167

How to Rename Virtual Servers .................................................................................................. 167

Renaming Virtual Machines ......................................................................................................... 168

Moving a Virtual Machine or Virtual Hard Disk ............................................................................ 168

Moving a Virtual Machine ......................................................................................................... 168
Moving a Virtual Hard Disk ....................................................................................................... 169

Protecting Application Data on Virtual Machines ........................................................................ 169

Recovering Virtual Server Data ................................................................................................... 169

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 169

How to Recover the Virtual Server Host ...................................................................................... 170

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 170

How to Recover a Virtual Machine .............................................................................................. 170

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 171

How to Recover Virtual Machines as Files .................................................................................. 171

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 172

Protecting Hyper-V ...................................................................................................................... 173

DPM Support Scenarios ........................................................................................................... 173
Unsupported Scenarios ............................................................................................................ 173
See Also ................................................................................................................................... 174

Prerequisites and Known Issues with Hyper-V Protection .......................................................... 174

Prerequisites for protecting Hyper-V using DPM 2010 ............................................................ 174
Known Issues ........................................................................................................................... 175

Conditions When DPM Fails to Back up Hyper-V Virtual Machines in an Online State .............. 177

Managing Protected Client Computers ....................................................................................... 177

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 178

Configuring Client Computer Protection ...................................................................................... 178

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 178

Client Computer Operating System Requirements ..................................................................... 179

Client Computer Operating System Requirements .................................................................. 179
Network Requirements ............................................................................................................. 179
Protection across domains ................................................................................................... 179
Client computers behind a firewall ........................................................................................ 179
Client computers over a VPN connection ............................................................................. 180
Client computers that are always connected to the network ................................................ 180

Installing Protection Agents on Client Computers ....................................................................... 180

Protecting Client Computer Data ................................................................................................. 181
In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 182

Creating a Protection Group on the Client Computer.................................................................. 182

Adding a Client Computer and Modifying Disk Allocation ........................................................... 184

Recovering Client Computer Data ............................................................................................... 184

Performing Client Computer Management Tasks ....................................................................... 186

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 186

Using the Disk Utilization Report ................................................................................................. 186

Optimizing Client Computer Performance ................................................................................... 186

Managing Hyper-V Computers .................................................................................................... 187

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 187

Prerequisites for Hyper-V Protection ........................................................................................... 187

On the DPM server................................................................................................................... 187
On the Hyper-V Host ................................................................................................................ 187

Protecting Hyper-V Machines ...................................................................................................... 188

Procedure for Protecting a Hyper-V Virtual Machine ............................................................... 188
Things to Remember ............................................................................................................ 188
Caching .................................................................................................................................... 189
Automatically Adding New Virtual Machines for Protection ..................................................... 189
Automatically Adding Stand-Alone Virtual Machines ............................................................ 189
Automatically Adding Clustered Virtual Machines ................................................................ 190

Recovering Hyper-V Data ............................................................................................................ 190

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 191

Recovering A Hyper-V Machine To Its Original Location ............................................................ 192

Recovering a Virtual Machine to an Alternate Location .............................................................. 192

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 192

Procedure To Recover A Hyper-V Virtual Machine In A Non-CSV Environment ........................ 192

Procedure To Recover To An Alternate Stand-Alone Hyper-V Host........................................... 193

Item-Level Recovery for Hyper-V ................................................................................................ 194

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 195

Procedure for Item-Level Recovery of Files and Folders ............................................................ 195

Procedure for Item-Level Recovery of Volumes .......................................................................... 196

Procedure for Item-Level Recovery of VHD ................................................................................ 196

Understanding Protection for CSV .............................................................................................. 197

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 199

Considerations for Backing Up Virtual Machines on CSV with Hardware VSS Providers .......... 199

Migrating from the System VSS Provider to a Hardware VSS Provider ..................................... 200

Considerations for Backing Up Virtual Machines on CSV with the System VSS Provider ......... 201
Enabling Per Node Serialization .............................................................................................. 201
Enabling Per CSV LUN Serialization ....................................................................................... 201
Procedure to Create the DataSourceGroups.xml File and Serialize the Backup Jobs ............ 203
Procedure to Generate the DataSourceGroups.xml File on a CSV Cluster ............................ 203
Procedure to Merge the DataSourceGroups.xml Files from All CSV Clusters ........................ 204

Managing Protected Computers in Workgroups and Untrusted Domains .................................. 205

Supported Scenarios ................................................................................................................ 205

Security Considerations for Protecting Computers in Workgroups or Untrusted Domains ......... 206

Protecting Workgroup Computers ............................................................................................... 208

Installing Agents on Workgroup Computers ............................................................................ 208
Attaching a Workgroup Computer to the DPM Server ............................................................. 209
Attaching a Workgroup Computer by Using DPM Management Shell ................................. 209
Examples.................................................................................................................................. 209

Protecting Computers on Untrusted Domains ............................................................................. 210

Installing Agents on Computers on Untrusted Domains .......................................................... 210
Attaching a Computer on an Untrusted Domain to the DPM Server ....................................... 211
Attaching Computers using DPM Management Shell .......................................................... 211

Updating Password for Workgroup or Untrusted Computers ...................................................... 212

Procedure to update password ................................................................................................ 212
Examples .............................................................................................................................. 212

Managing System Protection ....................................................................................................... 213

Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................ 213
Unsupported Scenarios ............................................................................................................ 213
In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 213

Prescriptive Guidance on BMR vs System State By Data Source .............................................. 214

Unified Backup Strategy ........................................................................................................... 214
File Servers ........................................................................................................................... 214
SharePoint Farm ................................................................................................................... 214
Hyper-V Virtual Machines ..................................................................................................... 215
SQL Server or Exchange Server .......................................................................................... 215
Setting Up BMR Protection .......................................................................................................... 215
Space Requirements ................................................................................................................ 216
Setting Up BMR Protection ...................................................................................................... 216
Things to Remember ............................................................................................................ 216
See Also ................................................................................................................................... 216

Setting Up System State Protection ............................................................................................ 217

Space Requirements ................................................................................................................ 217
Setting Up System State Protection ......................................................................................... 217
Things to Remember ............................................................................................................ 217
See Also ................................................................................................................................... 217

Recovering BMR.......................................................................................................................... 217

Procedure to Recover BMR ..................................................................................................... 218
See Also ................................................................................................................................... 218

Recovering System State ............................................................................................................ 218

Procedure to Recover System State ........................................................................................ 218
See Also ................................................................................................................................... 219

Migrating Between System State and BMR Protection ............................................................... 219

Migrating from System State to BMR Protection ..................................................................... 219
Migrating from BMR to System State Protection ..................................................................... 219
See Also ................................................................................................................................... 220

Setting Up Disaster Recovery ..................................................................................................... 220

Setting Up Protection on a Secondary DPM Server ................................................................ 220
Migrating Between BMR and System State Protection ........................................................ 221
See Also ................................................................................................................................... 221

Improving Usage of WAN Latency .............................................................................................. 221

Using DPMSync........................................................................................................................... 222

Managing Performance ............................................................................................................... 224

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 224
See Also ................................................................................................................................... 224

How DPM Operations Affect Performance .................................................................................. 225

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 225
See Also ................................................................................................................................... 225

Replica Creation .......................................................................................................................... 225

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 227

Change Tracking ......................................................................................................................... 227

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 227
Synchronization ........................................................................................................................... 227
See Also ................................................................................................................................... 228

Consistency Check ...................................................................................................................... 228

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 228

Express Full Backup .................................................................................................................... 228

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 228

Backup to Tape............................................................................................................................ 229

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 229

DPM Processes ........................................................................................................................... 229

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 229

DPM and Memory ........................................................................................................................ 229

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 230

Performance Counters ................................................................................................................ 230

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 232

Improving Performance ............................................................................................................... 232

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 232
See Also ................................................................................................................................... 232

Modifying Workloads ................................................................................................................... 232

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 233
See Also ................................................................................................................................... 233

Using Network Bandwidth Usage Throttling ................................................................................ 233

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 234

Using On-the-Wire Compression................................................................................................. 234

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 235

Staggering Synchronization Start Times ..................................................................................... 235

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 236

Scheduling Consistency Checks ................................................................................................. 236

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 236

Creating Replicas Manually ......................................................................................................... 237

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 237

Increasing Capacity ..................................................................................................................... 237

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 237

Managing DPM Performance on a WAN ..................................................................................... 238

 Improving usage of WAN latency ............................................................................................. 238

How Protection Group Changes Affect Jobs ............................................................................... 239

See Also ................................................................................................................................... 240

Managing Tapes .......................................................................................................................... 241

In This Section.......................................................................................................................... 241

Short Erase .................................................................................................................................. 241

Enabling Short Erase ............................................................................................................... 241

How DPM Uses Stand-Alone Tape Drives .................................................................................. 242

How DPM Uses Tape Libraries ................................................................................................... 242

Short-Term Tape Protection ..................................................................................................... 242
Long-Term Tape Protection ..................................................................................................... 243
More Information ...................................................................................................................... 243

Appendix A: Quick Reference to DPM Tasks .............................................................................. 244

Appendix B: DPM 2010 Schema Extension ................................................................................ 245

Classes Added by DPM ........................................................................................................... 245
Attributes Added by DPM ......................................................................................................... 246
ms-BackupSrv-Share Attribute ............................................................................................. 246
ms-ProductionSrv-Share Attribute ........................................................................................ 247

Appendix C: Custom Report Views ............................................................................................. 247

Alert Types ............................................................................................................................... 258

Appendix D: Configuration of Inbox Tracing ................................................................................ 260

Inbox Tracing............................................................................................................................ 260
Binary Name Mapping .............................................................................................................. 262

Appendix E: Windows Server Logo Certification ......................................................................... 263

Custom Actions ........................................................................................................................ 263
DPM 2010 Operations
Operations topics for System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) 2010 provide targeted
practical guidance for performing the most frequent and critical administrative tasks in DPM 2010,
including:
 Managing DPM servers
 Managing protected file servers and workstations
 Managing protected servers running Microsoft Exchange, SQL Server, Windows SharePoint
Services, Virtual Server, and Hyper-V.
 Managing performance
 Managing tape libraries
 Using DPM 2010 for disaster recovery

In This Section
Managing DPM Servers
Managing Protected File Servers and Workstations
Managing Protected Servers Running Exchange
Managing Protected Servers Running SQL Server
Managing Protected Servers Running SharePoint
Managing Protected Virtual Servers
Managing Protected Client Computers
Managing Hyper-V Computers
Managing Protected Computers in Workgroups and Untrusted Domains
Managing System Protection
Managing Performance
Managing Tapes
Appendix A: Quick Reference to DPM Tasks
Appendix B: DPM 2010 Schema Extension
Appendix C: Custom Report Views
Appendix D: Configuration of Inbox Tracing
Appendix E: Windows Server Logo Certification

21
Managing DPM Servers
As a system administrator, you are accustomed to managing servers in different roles. You plan
your maintenance routines to accommodate each server’s role, and you take that role into
account when making structural changes such as changing the server name or relocating the
server. So what do you need to consider when the role of a server running System Center Data
Protection Manager (DPM) is added to your network structure?
This section discusses performing common maintenance tasks on DPM servers. It provides
guidance on making changes to server configurations after DPM is set up and on how DPM
manages time zones. This section provides information about configuring firewalls on both the
DPM server and protected computers so that communication can be maintained. This section
also provides recommendations for monitoring DPM and offers methods for monitoring.

In This Section
Performing General DPM Server Maintenance
Performing DPM Server Management Tasks
Managing the Storage Pool
Monitoring DPM Server

See Also
Managing Performance
Managing Protected File Servers and Workstations
Managing Protected Servers Running Exchange
Managing Protected Servers Running SQL Server
Managing Protected Servers Running SharePoint
Managing Protected Virtual Servers

Performing General DPM Server Maintenance

General maintenance includes tasks such as disk and file maintenance, updating operating
systems and applications, and protecting data by using antivirus software and performing regular
backups. Some special considerations apply when you are performing server maintenance on
DPM servers.

In This Section
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on the DPM Server

22
Applying Operating System Updates to the DPM Server
Running Antivirus Software on the DPM Server

See Also
Managing the Storage Pool
Monitoring DPM Server
Performing DPM Server Management Tasks

Using Windows Maintenance Tools on the

DPM Server
In general, you can add the DPM server to your regular maintenance schedule and use the
maintenance tools provided in Windows Server 2008. However, you need to be aware of some
considerations that apply to a few specific tools when you use them with DPM. Those tools are
listed in the following table.

Windows Maintenance Tools and DPM

Windows Tool Considerations

Disk Cleanup: Use to remove temporary files, Disk Cleanup is not available for replica
Internet cache files, and unnecessary program volumes and recovery points volumes in the
files. DPM storage pool.

Disk Defragmenter: Use to analyze volumes You should not run Disk Defragmenter on disks
for the amount of fragmentation and to that are members of the storage pool on the
defragment volumes. DPM server. Knowledge Base article 312067
explains the issue with Disk Defragmenter as
follows:
"The System Shadow Copy provider uses a
copy-on-write mechanism that operates at a 16-
KB block level. This is independent of the file
system's cluster allocation unit size. If the file
system's cluster size is smaller than 16 KB, the
System Shadow Copy provider cannot easily
determine that disk defragmentation I/O is
different from typical write I/O, and performs a
copy-on-write operation. This might cause the
Shadow Copy storage area to grow very
quickly. If the storage area reaches its user-
defined limit, the oldest shadow copies are

23
Windows Tool Considerations
deleted first."
For more information about this issue, see the
Microsoft Knowledge Base article Shadow
copies may be lost when you defragment a
volume
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=65210).

Chkdsk.exe: Use to check the file system and Do not run chkdisk on DPM replica and
file system metadata for errors and to display a recovery point volumes. Chkdsk causes the
status report of its findings. volumes to dismount, and if data is written to
the replica volume while the recovery point
volume is dismounted, it might cause a
complete loss of recovery points.

See Also
Applying Operating System Updates to the DPM Server
Running Antivirus Software on the DPM Server
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on File Servers and Workstations
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on SQL Servers
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on Exchange Servers
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on SharePoint Servers
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on Virtual Server

Applying Operating System Updates to the

DPM Server
An important part of computer maintenance is ensuring that operating systems and software are
up to date. Updates—known as "fixes," "hotfixes, " "patches," "service packs," and "security rollup
packages"—help to protect computers and data.
You can use your preferred method for deploying software updates, such as Automatic Updates
or Windows Server Update Services, both on DPM servers and on protected computers. Because
some software updates require a computer restart, you should schedule or perform the updates
at times that have the least impact on protection operations.

24
You should also check regularly for updates to DPM and prerequisite software. For a list of the
prerequisite software, see DPM Server Software Prerequisites
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=158965).
Updates to DPM are available through Microsoft Update, which is a service from Microsoft that
delivers required updates from the Microsoft Update Catalog. The Microsoft Update Catalog is a
repository for Microsoft software updates and contains updates that address security and
reliability issues. The Microsoft Update service queries the Microsoft Update Catalog to determine
what updates are available for the computer on which Microsoft Update is installed.
You can subscribe to Microsoft Update at any time on the Microsoft Update Web site
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=41291).

See Also
Running Antivirus Software on the DPM Server
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on the DPM Server

Running Antivirus Software on the DPM

Server
To prevent file conflicts between DPM and antivirus software, on the DPM server, disable real-
time monitoring by the antivirus software of the following directories in the DPM program files:
 \XSD
 \Temp\MTA
DPM is compatible with most popular antivirus software products. However, antivirus products
can affect DPM performance and, if not configured properly, can cause data corruption of replicas
and recovery points. To mitigate these issues, consider taking the following actions:
 Disable real-time monitoring of dpmra.exe on the DPM server.
To minimize performance degradation, disable antivirus real-time monitoring of replicas and
transfer logs for all protected volumes by disabling real-time monitoring of the DPM process
dpmra.exe, which is located in the folder Program Files\Microsoft Data Protection
Manager\DPM\bin.
Real-time monitoring of replicas degrades performance because it causes the antivirus
software to scan the replicas each time DPM synchronizes with the protected server and to
scan all affected files each time DPM applies changes to the replicas. The problem is
resolved when you disable the feature for the replicas. For information about configuring real-
time monitoring based on process name, see your antivirus product documentation.
 Disable real-time monitoring of csc.exe on the DPM server.
If you experience degraded performance while using DPM Administrator Console, disable
real-time monitoring of the csc.exe process, which is located in the folder

25
 Windows\Microsoft.net\Framework\v2.0.50727\csc.exe. The csc.exe process is the C#
compiler. Real-time monitoring of the csc.exe process can degrade performance because it
causes the antivirus software to scan files that the csc.exe process emits when it generates
XML messages. For information about configuring real-time monitoring based on process
name, see your antivirus product documentation.
 Delete infected files on protected servers and the DPM server.
To prevent data corruption of replicas and recovery points, configure the antivirus software to
delete infected files rather than automatically cleaning or quarantining them. Automatic
cleaning and quarantining can result in data corruption because these processes cause the
antivirus software to modify files, making changes that DPM cannot detect.
Whenever DPM attempts to synchronize a replica that has been modified by another
program, data corruption of the replica and recovery points can result. Configuring the
antivirus software to delete infected files resolves this problem. For information about
configuring your antivirus software to delete infected files, see the documentation for your
antivirus software.

Important
You must run a manual synchronization with consistency check job each time that
the antivirus software deletes a file from the replica, even though the replica will not
be marked as inconsistent.

See Also
Applying Operating System Updates to the DPM Server
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on the DPM Server

Performing DPM Server Management Tasks

This section provides instructions and guidelines for managing the DPM server and making
changes after the initial DPM configuration.

In This Section
Managing the DPM Database Volume
Finding DPM Servers in Active Directory Domain Services
How to Migrate a DPM Server to New Hardware
Restarting the DPM Server
Moving the DPM Server to a New Domain
Renaming the DPM Server
Changing the SQL Server Instance Used by DPM

26
Coordinating Protection Across Time Zones
How to Change the Time Zone of the DPM Server

See Also
Managing the Storage Pool
Monitoring DPM Server
Performing General DPM Server Maintenance

Managing the DPM Database Volume

The DPM database (DPMDB) location is specified during DPM installation. When you use the
dedicated instance of SQL Server installed by DPM, the default location of DPMDB is C:\Program
Files\Microsoft DPM\DPM\DPMDB. When you use an existing instance of SQL Server for DPM,
the default location of DPMDB is the path on the SQL Server where the SQL databases are
located.
To determine which instance of SQL Server is being used by DPM, in DPM Administrator
Console, click the Information icon.
Space in the volume on which DPMDB is stored can be increased by the following methods:
 Deleting unneeded files from that volume (such as temporary files)
 Increasing the size of the volume

See Also
Performing DPM Server Management Tasks

Finding DPM Servers in Active Directory

Domain Services
Active Directory Domain Services is designed to provide information about directory objects when
queried by either users or programs. When you install DPM on a server that is a member of a
domain, a service connection point is registered in Active Directory Domain Services. The
information registered with the service connection point makes it possible for you to search Active
Directory Domain Services to locate computers running DPM.

Note
If DPM is installed on a server that is not a member of a domain and the server is then
added to a domain, the service connection point will not be registered in Active Directory
Domain Services.

27
To locate DPM servers in Active Directory Domain Services, use a query tool such as Adsiedit to
find all computers in the domain that have a “serviceClassName=MSDPM” service connection
point.

Note
Adsiedit is a Microsoft Management Console (MMC) snap-in that is available when you
install the Windows Server 2003 Support Tools. For more information about using
Adsiedit, see Adsiedit Overview on the Windows Server 2003 TechCenter
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=50377).

To install Windows Server 2003 support tools

1. Insert the Windows Server 2003 CD.
2. Browse to the \support\tools directory.
3. Double-click the suptools.msi file name.

To locate DPM servers by using Adsiedit

1. Run adsiedit.msc.
2. Right-click the Domain node, point to New, and then click Query.
3. Enter a name for the query, such as “MSDPM Servers.”
4. Choose the Machines node as the root of the search.
5. In Query String, enter serviceClassName=MSDPM.
6. Click OK to display a query node under the Domain node.
7. Select the query node; the servers on which DPM is installed are displayed in the list
pane.

See Also
Performing DPM Server Management Tasks

How to Migrate a DPM Server to New

Hardware
To ensure data source protection and availability of recovery points across the process, you
should create a plan for the DPM server migration process, including considerations of the
following factors:
 The service level agreement (SLA) that you need to maintain for the period of the migration.
 The length of time that you can continue running the existing DPM server before retiring or
repurposing it.
 Maintenance windows for the protected computers.

28
 To migrate a DPM server to new hardware,
1. Install DPM on a new server. For more information, see Installing DPM 2010
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=179156).
2. Identify a protected computer to migrate and run SetDPMServer.exe -DPMServerName <Name
of new DPM server> on the protected computer.
3. Run the PowerShell script Attach-ProductionServer.ps1 from the DPM Management
Shell on the DPM server.

Note
For more information about using the Attach-ProductionServer script, see
Installing Protection Agents Manually
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=185786).
4. Create protection groups on the new DPM server for the protected computers. For more
information, see Configuring DPM 2010 (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=179157).
5. Maintain the previous DPM server until the recovery points from inactive replicas on it are
no longer required.

See Also
Performing DPM Server Management Tasks

Restarting the DPM Server

If you need to restart the DPM server for any reason, check the Monitoring task area in DPM
Administrator Console for jobs currently running, and then follow these guidelines:
 If there are no jobs currently running or scheduled to run during the time required for the
restart, restart the DPM server.
 If a synchronization with consistency check job is running, restart the DPM server.
Synchronization with consistency check will resume at the next scheduled time or you can
retry the job manually.
 If a replica creation job is running, postpone the restart until the job is completed. If the restart
cannot be postponed, you must run synchronization with consistency check manually for the
replica after you restart the DPM server.
 If any synchronizations or express full backups are scheduled to run during the restart, either
postpone the restart until the recovery points are created or re-run the synchronizations and
create the recovery points manually after you restart the DPM server.
 If any jobs that use the tape library are running, postpone the restart until the jobs are
complete. If the restart cannot be postponed, the following job types will be canceled by the
restart and must be re-run after the restart:
 Back up to tape

29
  Copy to tape
 Recovery from tape
 Tape verification
 If you are erasing a tape, postpone the restart until the current job is complete. Cancel any
pending tape erase jobs, restart the computer, and then reschedule the canceled tape erase
jobs.

See Also
Performing DPM Server Management Tasks

Moving the DPM Server to a New Domain

You cannot change the domain of the DPM server.

See Also
Performing DPM Server Management Tasks

Renaming the DPM Server

You cannot rename a DPM server.

See Also
Performing DPM Server Management Tasks

Changing the SQL Server Instance Used by

DPM
DPM uses a specified instance of SQL Server to stores its database. You specify the instance of
SQL Server that DPM will use during the DPM installation process. It is possible to change the
instance of SQL Server that a DPM server uses only by uninstalling and reinstalling DPM.
If you need to change the instance of SQL Server for a DPM server, use the following process:
1. Ensure that you have a recent backup of the DPM database (DPMDB).
2. Uninstall DPM and choose to retain data.
3. Install DPM and specify a new instance of SQL Server. For more information, see Installing
DPM 2010 (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=179156) in the DPM Deployment Guide.

30
4. Restore DPMDB to the new instance of SQL Server, run DpmSync, and then run a
consistency check for the data sources protected by the DPM server.
This process depends on the availability of a backup of the DPM database. For more information
about backing up and restoring the DPM database, see Setting Up Disaster Recovery.

See Also
Performing DPM Server Management Tasks

Coordinating Protection Across Time Zones

In an Active Directory domain, the system times on servers are synchronized according to the
time zone configuration of each server. However, when a DPM server is protecting computers
that are in a different time zone from the DPM server, you must consider the time differences
when scheduling jobs, reviewing reports, managing alerts, and performing data recovery.

How DPM Displays Times

DPM automatically schedules synchronization and recovery point jobs in the time zone of the
protected computer. In all other areas of DPM Administrator Console, system times are displayed
in the time zone of the DPM server. Although you schedule jobs to run in the time zone of the
protected computer, the start times and recovery point times of the jobs are displayed in the time
zone of the DPM server.
For example, suppose that your DPM server is located in Berlin and a protected file server is
located in Reykjavik, which is two hours earlier than Berlin. When you schedule synchronization
and the recovery point for 6:00 P.M., the jobs run at 6:00 P.M. in Reykjavik time, the time on the
file server. However, if a user in Reykjavik requests to have data recovered to its state as of
6:00 P.M. yesterday, you must search for the recovery point that represents 8:00 P.M. Berlin
time, because the DPM recovery user interface represents recovery point times in the time zone
of the DPM server.
In DPM Administrator Console, in the Recovery task area, the Last Modified column displays the
date and time of the most recent changes to the file, which could be either changes to the
contents or changes to the metadata.
Work hours for network bandwidth usage throttling use the time zone of the protected computer.

Scheduling Initial Replica Creation

Initial replica creation jobs are scheduled by using the time of the DPM server; you cannot
schedule a job to run at a time that is already in the past for the DPM server, even if that time is
still in the future for the protected computer. In our example of a DPM server in Berlin that is
protecting a file server in Reykjavik, there is a two hour difference between the times of the two

31
servers. At 9:00 P.M. Berlin time, you cannot schedule an initial replica creation job for the file
server in Reykjavik at 8:00 P.M. on the same day, even though it is not yet 8:00 P.M. in
Reykjavik, because that time is in the past for the DPM server in Berlin.
Initial replica creation jobs occur by using the time of the protected computer. This means that if
you schedule an initial replica creation job for the file server in Reykjavik to occur at 9:00 P.M. on
a set date, the job will run at 9:00 P.M. Reykjavik time on that day.
Suppose the DPM server in Berlin is also protecting a file server in Sofia, which is an hour later
than Berlin. At 8:00 P.M. in Berlin, you schedule an initial replica creation job for the file server in
Sofia to begin at 8:30 P.M. You can schedule it for 8:30 P.M. because that time is in the future for
the DPM server. However, because it is already past 8:30 P.M. in Sofia, the initial replica creation
will begin immediately.

How DPM Manages Daylight Saving Time

DPM automatically identifies the time zone of a protected computer during installation of the
protection agent. Providing that both the DPM server and the protected computer reside in time
zones that observe the same rules for daylight saving, DPM also automatically adjusts to
accommodate the start and end of daylight saving time. However, if the DPM server and the
protected computer reside in locations that observe different rules for daylight saving time—for
example, if the DPM server resides in a location that observes daylight saving time and the
protected server resides in a location that does not—the start of daylight saving time disrupts the
time zone offsets between DPM and the protected computer.
To resolve this problem, you can force the DPM server to reset the time zone offset by removing
the data sources from protection and then adding the data sources back to protection groups.

See Also
How to Change the Time Zone of a File Server or Workstation
How to Change the Time Zone of the DPM Server
Performing DPM Server Management Tasks

How to Change the Time Zone of the DPM

Server
You can use the following procedure to change the time zone of the DPM server.

To change the time zone of the DPM server

1. Close DPM Administrator Console.
2. Stop the DPM service (MsDpm.exe).
3. Change the time zone on the DPM server in Control Panel by using the Time Zone tab in
32
 the Date and Time Properties dialog box.
4. Open DPM Administrator Console. This action restarts the DPM service as well.
5. In DPM Administrator Console, click Options in the Action pane.
6. In the Options dialog box, on the Auto Discovery tab, change the time of day for auto
discovery to run, and then click OK.
Changing the schedule for auto discovery causes all DPM jobs to be regenerated with
the new time zone of the DPM server.

See Also
How to Change the Time Zone of a File Server or Workstation
Coordinating Protection Across Time Zones
Performing DPM Server Management Tasks

Using Backup Network Address

Data Protection Manager 2007 (DPM) allows you to configure a backup network address to
ensure that DPM backups do not slow down your primary network. The backup network address
is created when you put separate network adapters on the DPM server and the protected servers
and connect them through a separate LAN. As a result, backup data traffic does not impact the
primary network.
You can set up your backup network address using DPM 2007 Management Shell (PowerShell)
cmdlets.

Setting up your network

Before you can set up a backup network address, you need to:
1. Ensure that the name resolution of the protected server on the DPM server can resolve the
backup address of the protected server and vice versa.
2. Configure the backup subnet and the corresponding subnet mask using Add-
BackupNetworkAddress.

Note
The subnet should cover the entire range of network addresses for the DPM server
and the servers you intend to protect.
3. Restart the DPM agent on the DPM server and the protected computers. It may cause
ongoing tasks to fail. Post a restart, watch out for alerts, and perform the recommended
actions, if needed.

33
Example
This example details the process of setting up a backup network address for a DPM server
protecting another server. All names and addresses are hypothetical and for illustration only.
The existing backup setup consists of dpm.x.y.com protecting ps.x.y.com. Name lookup using
“nslookup” on either server returns the following IPs (that is, each IP address is visible to each
node):

Note
The name lookups must be performed on the FQDNs; for example, “nslookup
ps.x.y.com”.

Server NIC address

DPM server (dpm.x.y.com) 10.10.12.89

Protected computer (ps.x.y.com) 10.10.12.90

Now, to set up a backup network, another NIC is added to each of the above servers and
connected to another network such as 192.168.1.0/24 with a corresponding subnet mask
255.255.255.0. When the network and NICs are configured, the name lookup using “nslookup”
returns two addresses per server as given below.

Server Primary NIC address Backup NIC address

DPM server 10.10.12.89 192.168.1.23

Protected computer 10.10.12.90 192.168.1.24

We recommend that you verify whether the DPM server is able to ping the protected computer’s
backup network address (192.168.1.24). Similarly, the protected computer should be able to ping
the DPM server’s backup network address (192.168.1.23).
At this stage, backup LAN configuration information is added to the DPM server as follows:
Add-BackupNetworkAddress -DpmServername DPM -Address 192.168.1.0/24 -
SequenceNumber 1

Note
The “Address” parameter specifies the backup network/subnet.
The DPM agents on TestingServer and the protected server are restarted (“net stop dpmra”
followed by “net start dpmra” on each server).
Finally, a backup task is triggered and the NIC used for backup data transfer verified using
taskmgr->networking. The backup task must correspond to a data source on the protected
server.

Note

34
 Add-BackupNetworkAddress enables you to configure more than one backup network.
You can also use the primary network as a fallback network while using the backup
network. In the above example, the primary network could also have been added with
SequenceNumber 2. As a result, if the primary network is removed and the name lookup
of servers no longer returns 192.168.1.0/24 addresses, DPM can automatically start
using the primary network for backup data traffic.

Moving the DPM Server to a Different

Computer
This topic describes the steps that you must take to move a DPM server to a different computer.
If you have a DPM server that is running on a server (for example, Server1) and you decide to
move it to a different server (for example, Server2), then you must perform the following
procedure:
On Server1, follow these steps:
1. Back up the DPM database.
2. Note the updates installed on DPM by using the Add or Remove Programs item in Control
Panel.
On Server2, follow these steps:
1. Remove Server1 from the network. Ensure that the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of
Server1 and Server2 is the same.
2. Install DPM.
3. Install all the DPM updates that were previously installed on Server1.
4. Restore the DPM database.

Note
The FQDN and version of DPM on both Server1 and Server2 must be the same.

To back up the DPM database

1. At the command prompt, run DPMBackup.exe -db, located at Microsoft Data Protection
Manager\DPM\bin.
2. In the console tree of the backup program, browse to Microsoft Data Protection
Manager\DPM\Volumes\ShadowCopy\Database Backups. The file name of the DPM
database backup is DPMDB.bak.
3. Select the media to which you want to back up the database.
4. Start the backup.

35
To install DPM
For information about how to install DPM, see Installing DPM 2010
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=179156).

To restore the DPM database

1. At the command prompt, type DpmSync –restoredb –dbloc <DPMDB location>, and
then press ENTER.

Note
The default location of DPMDB is C:\Program Files\Microsoft
DPM\DPM\DPMDB. When you use an existing instance of SQL Server for DPM,
the default location of DPMDB is the path on the instance of SQL Server where
the SQL databases are located.
2. At the command prompt, type DpmSync -sync.
3. After the new installation is complete and the database is restored, in DPM Administrator
Console, in the Monitoring task area, check for protection jobs that failed. Manually
restart any failed jobs.
4. After you restart the failed jobs, you must perform a consistency check for all data
sources. For more information about how to perform a manual consistency check, see
"How to synchronize a replica" in DPM 2010 Help.

Removing a Protected Computer

If you don’t want to continue protection of a protected computer, you can remove the protected
computer from DPM by using the Remove-ProductionServer.ps1. This will not uninstall the DPM
protection agent from protected computer. You must uninstall the agent manually.
Running this script will remove the protected computer from the DPM database (DPMDB) and
from the trusted groups DCOMTrustedMachines and DPMRADMTrustedMachines

Remove-ProductionServer.PS1
Syntax: Remove-ProductionServer.ps1 -DPMServername [DPMServerName] -PSName
[ProtectedComputerName]

Parameter Description

-DPMServername Name of the DPM server.

36
Parameter Description

-PSName Name of the protected computer that must be

removed.
If the computer was protected using FQDN or
NETBIOS name, you must use that name to
here.

Important
There should be no actively protected data sources on the computer you are trying to
remove.

Managing the Storage Pool

The storage pool is a set of disks on which the DPM server stores the replicas and recovery
points for the protected data. DPM can use any of the following for the storage pool:
 Direct attached storage (DAS)
 Fibre Channel storage area network (SAN)
 iSCSI storage device or SAN
The storage pool supports most disk types, including Integrated Drive Electronics (IDE), Serial
Advanced Technology Attachment (SATA), and SCSI, and it supports both the master boot
record (MBR) and GUID partition table (GPT) partition styles.
You cannot add USB/1394 disks to the DPM storage pool.
DPM cannot use space in any pre-existing volumes on disks added to the storage pool. Although
a pre-existing volume on a storage pool disk might have free space, DPM can use space only in
volumes that it creates. To make the entire disk space available to the storage pool, delete any
existing volumes on the disk and then add the disk to the storage pool.

Important
Some original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) include a diagnostic partition that is
installed from media that they provide. The diagnostic partition might also be named the
OEM partition, or the EISA partition. EISA partitions must be removed from disks before
you can add the disk to the DPM storage pool.

In This Section
Adding Disks to the Storage Pool
How to Replace a Disk in the Storage Pool
Removing a Disk from the Storage Pool

37
See Also
Monitoring DPM Server
Performing DPM Server Management Tasks
Performing General DPM Server Maintenance

Adding Disks to the Storage Pool

DPM cannot use space in any pre-existing volumes on disks added to the storage pool. Although
a pre-existing volume on a storage pool disk might have free space, DPM can use space only in
volumes that it creates. To make the entire disk space available to the storage pool, delete any
existing volumes on the disk and then add the disk to the storage pool.
DPM regularly rescans the disks and volumes in the storage pool and updates the storage pool
space. If you add a disk that contains a volume to the storage pool and later delete that volume,
when DPM rescans the disk, it will add the new unallocated space to the available storage pool.
If the name of a disk is listed as “Unknown” on the Disks tab in the Management task area of
DPM Administrator Console, you cannot add the disk to the storage pool until the disk name is
corrected. To resolve this issue, perform the following procedure.

To correct a disk name

1. In Device Manager, expand Disk drives.
2. Right-click each disk listed as "Disk drive", and select Uninstall.

Note
All disks without a friendly name are listed as “Disk Drive.” An example of a
friendly name is “HITACHI_DK23EB-40”.
3. On the Action menu, click Scan for hardware changes to reinstall the disk.

See Also
How to Replace a Disk in the Storage Pool
Removing a Disk from the Storage Pool

How to Replace a Disk in the Storage Pool

You can use the following procedure to replace a disk in the storage pool if a disk fails.

To replace a disk in the storage pool

1. In the Disk Management console, identify the replica volumes and recovery point

38
 volumes that are stored on the failed disk.
2. Remove protection from the data sources that have replica volumes and recovery point
volumes on the failed disk, and select Delete protected data.
3. Physically remove the disk that needs to be replaced.
4. Physically add the replacement disk.
5. In DPM Administrator Console, click Management on the navigation bar, and then click
the Disks tab.
6. Select the disk that you removed, and in the Actions pane, click Remove.
7. In the Actions pane, click Add.
8. In the Available disks section, select the replacement disk, click Add, and then click OK.
9. Add the data sources from step 2 to an existing protection group, or create a new
protection group for these data sources.
a. If you create a new protection group and have tape backup of the data sources,
create the replicas manually by using the tape backup.
b. If you create a new protection group and do not have tape backup of the data
sources, allow DPM to create the replicas across the network.
c. If you add the data sources to an existing protection group, DPM will start an
immediate consistency check, which will re-create the replicas.

Note
For more information, in the TechNet Library, see Configuring DPM
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=179157).

See Also
Adding Disks to the Storage Pool
Removing a Disk from the Storage Pool

Removing a Disk from the Storage Pool

A storage pool disk is both physically attached to the DPM server and programmatically attached
by DPM to the storage pool.
When a disk that belongs to the storage pool is physically removed or fails, DPM sends an alert
that there is a missing volume. The missing volume also displays on the Disks tab in the
Management task area.
In the missing volume alert Details pane, you will see that there is a link to remove the disk from
the storage pool. When you click this link, you remove the programmatic attachment.
If you remove the disk from the storage pool and later bring the disk online again, DPM cannot
access the existing data on it. If DPM labels a disk as "missing volume" and you do not remove

39
the disk from the storage pool, when you bring the disk online again, DPM will remap the volumes
on the disk and can access the existing data on it.

See Also
Adding Disks to the Storage Pool
How to Replace a Disk in the Storage Pool

Monitoring DPM Server

After you set up data protection, you should monitor DPM activity to verify that everything is
working correctly and to troubleshoot any problems that occur. Monitoring is essential to give you
an overview of what has already happened, what is currently happening, and what is scheduled
to happen. By monitoring DPM, you will know that data protection activities are working as
expected, and you will have confidence that errors and warnings will be brought to your attention
when they occur.

Note
For information about monitoring server performance, see Managing Performance.

In This Section
Establishing a Monitoring Schedule
Locating Information
Methods for Monitoring DPM

See Also
Managing Performance
Managing the Storage Pool
Performing DPM Server Management Tasks
Performing General DPM Server Maintenance

Establishing a Monitoring Schedule

After you begin protecting your data, DPM operations require little intervention from you. When a
situation does require action, you will be informed by an alert. For information about responding
to alerts, see Resolving Alerts (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=196772) in DPM 2010 Help.
We recommend that you establish a monitoring schedule and follow it routinely so that you are

40
aware of trends and troubleshooting issues, and so that you can respond quickly to any problems
that require your attention. The following table lists suggestions for a monitoring schedule.

Suggested Monitoring Schedule

At this interval Check these sources And look for this information

Daily  Critical and warning alerts Replica issues, synchronization

 E-mail notifications (if they and recovery point creation
are configured) issues, agent issues, jobs
 Status report waiting for tape, backup failures

Monthly Reports: Trends and patterns that might

 Status indicate problems or potential
 Tape Management issues

 Disk Utilization

On Demand Recovery job status Recovery job failures

See Also
Locating Information
Managing Performance
Methods for Monitoring DPM

Locating Information
After you implement your monitoring schedule, you will observe certain trends and notice various
alerts. You might want to investigate the issues underlying the alerts, troubleshoot problems, or
analyze some of the trends. DPM provides a number of resources to help you with your research.
The following table lists a number of references that you can use to locate information that will
help you answer many common questions.

Information Locations

What do you want to know? Look here:

Does anything need my attention?  E-mail notifications of alerts, if you

Are there any changes on the protected subscribe to them
computers that affect data protection?  Monitoring task area, Alerts tab

Did all the backups that were supposed to  Status report

happen yesterday happen correctly?  Protection report
Is there an issue that keeps coming up?

41
What do you want to know? Look here:
Are recovery goals being met?

Do I need to add disk space to the storage  Management task area, Disks tab
pool?  Disk Utilization report

When will a job run? Monitoring task area, Jobs tab

How long did the last consistency check take?
How much data was transferred by the most
recent synchronization job?

How many recovery points are available for a  Protection task area, Details pane
data source?  Recovery task area
Are all replicas consistent?

What tapes are available in the library? Management task area, Libraries tab
What data is on each tape?

Did a recovery job complete successfully?  Monitoring task area, Alerts tab
 Monitoring task area, Jobs tab
 E-mail notification (if you subscribe to e-
mail notification when you initiate a
recovery)

Is the DPM server able to contact each Management task area, Agents tab
protected computer?

What is the status of the DPM service?  Microsoft Management Console (MMC)
Services snap-in
 Event log, in case of service failures

What problems have occurred over the past  Status report

month?  Monitoring task area, Alerts tab, with
Show inactive alerts selected

What is the status of each of my DPM servers MOM Operator console, State view
and the computers that they protect?

Why is recovery point creation failing for a Status report

protection group member?

See Also
Establishing a Monitoring Schedule
Managing Performance
Methods for Monitoring DPM
42
Methods for Monitoring DPM
To monitor protection activities in System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) 2010, you can
use the following methods:
 Use DPM Administrator Console to view DPM operations running on a specific DPM server.
 Configure DPM to provide reports and notifications of alerts by e-mail. For instructions, see
How to Create or Modify Report Subscriptions
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=196773) in DPM 2010 Help.
 Monitor operations for multiple DPM servers by using the System Center Data Protection
Manager (DPM) Management Pack for Microsoft Operations Manager 2005 or System
Center Operations Manager 2007.
 Monitor the instance of SQL Server that DPM installs by using the System Center
SQL Server Management Pack for Microsoft Operations Manager 2005.

In This Section
Monitoring with DPM Administrator Console
Monitoring with Reports and Alert Notifications
Monitoring with DPM Management Packs

See Also
Establishing a Monitoring Schedule
Locating Information
Managing Performance

Monitoring with DPM Administrator Console

To use DPM Administrator Console, you must be logged on to a DPM server with an account that
has Administrator rights on that server.
This section explains each of the following task areas of DPM Administrator Console and
describes the information that each provides:
 Monitoring task area
 Protection task area
 Management task area
 Reporting task area

Note
You do not need to monitor each task area in DPM Administrator Console. For more
information, see Establishing a Monitoring Schedule.

43
Monitoring Task Area
The Monitoring task area contains two tabs: Jobs and Alerts.
For monitoring purposes, the Alerts tab provides the more critical information. You should check
the Alerts tab daily to provide timely resolution of issues that might be preventing successful
protection of data.

Monitoring Task Area: Alerts

What do you look for on the Alerts tab?
 Current problems (critical alerts)
 Potential problems (warning alerts)
 Important activity (informational alerts)
 Recommended actions
The Alerts tab displays errors, warnings, and informational messages. You can group alerts by
protection group, computer, or severity. You can also choose to display active alerts exclusively
or to display both active alerts and inactive alerts (alerts that have been resolved). You can also
subscribe to notifications to receive alerts sent by e-mail.
DPM ensures that the Alerts tab reflects the set of issues that are currently active in the system.
When the issue that generated an alert is corrected, the alert becomes inactive. In fact, many
issues reported as alerts never require your intervention at all, either because they reflect
temporary conditions or because they are self-correcting. For example, an alert that indicates that
the DPM server is unable to contact a protected computer might result from a transient network
issue; the subsequent attempt might be successful. In some cases, DPM automatically
designates an informational alert as inactive after a predefined period of time. A "Recovery
collection completed successfully" alert, for example, becomes inactive three days after the
recovery is completed.
DPM enables you to mark alerts as inactive. Marking alerts as inactive can be done for a variety
of reasons, such as when the alert is no longer meaningful or if you do not plan to resolve the
alert. For example, you see failure alerts for the past three days for a data source that is
configured for daily backups to tape. You decide to rerun only the latest failed backup job. In this
situation, you might want to mark the alerts for the previous failures as inactive.
When you mark an alert as inactive, the protection status for the protection group will change to
OK in DPM Administrator Console and in the DPM Management Pack.
For more information, see the Resolving Alerts (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=196772) in
DPM 2010 Help.
As a general guideline, we recommend that you do the following:
 View active alerts when you want to focus on active, current issues.
 Use inactive alerts as a source of information when you want to identify trends or analyze
issues.
 Mark alerts as inactive only when you are sure that you need not address the issue.

44
 Note
Marking an alert as inactive should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis and should
not be done except when absolutely necessary.

Monitoring Task Area: Jobs

What do you look for on the Jobs tab?
 When jobs ran
 When jobs are scheduled to run
 Which jobs of a specific type are scheduled
 Which jobs are scheduled for a protected computer
 Which jobs are scheduled for a protection group
 Which jobs did not complete successfully and why
 How long jobs took to run
 The amount of data transferred for a job
 Number of files scanned during a consistency check
 Which tape and library resources were used
The Jobs tab displays the status of jobs. You can group jobs by protection group, computer,
status, or type. You can also create filters to customize the view of jobs according to any
combination of job parameters.
Detailed information for each job is available only on the Jobs tab in the Details pane. Detailed
information about job failures can be useful for advanced troubleshooting.
You can choose to include regularly scheduled synchronization operations in the list of jobs.
However, it is not necessary to monitor synchronization jobs regularly because any problems will
be reported on the Alerts tab.

Protection Task Area

What do you look for in the Protection task area?
 Status of volumes and shares in each protection group
 Configuration of each protection group, such as recovery goals, disk allocation, and
protection schedule
The Protection task area provides the status of each protected item.

Management Task Area

The Management task area contains three tabs: Disks, Agents, and Libraries.

Management Task Area: Disks

What do you look for on the Disks tab?

45
 Capacity of disks in the storage pool (used and free space)
 Status of disks in the storage pool
 Which protected volumes are contained on each disk
The Disks tab displays a list of disks included in the storage pool, and it enables you to add and
remove disks from the pool.

Management Task Area: Agents

What do you look for on the Agents tab?
 Version of deployed agents
 Status of deployed agents
 Availability of agent licenses
The Agents tab displays a list of protection agents deployed on computers, and it enables you to
install, uninstall, and update the agents and to update licenses.

Management Task Area: Libraries

What do you look for on the Libraries tab?
 State of the tape libraries and stand-alone tape drives
 Status of individual tapes
The Libraries tab displays a list of libraries and tape drives attached to the DPM server, and it
enables you to inventory, add, and remove tapes.

Reporting Task Area

What can you do in the Reporting task area?
 Generate and view reports on DPM operations.
 Schedule automatic report generation.
 Manage Reporting Services settings.
 Subscribe to reports by e-mail.
DPM uses Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services as the basis for its reporting functionality.
SQL Server Reporting Services includes a Report Manager tool that is not installed during DPM
installation. Because settings made through Report Manager can create conflicts with DPM
settings, we recommend that you do not install the Report Manager tool that is included with
SQL Server Reporting Services.
You can enable the DPM reporting feature at any time after installing and configuring DPM.
However, to ensure that DPM has enough information to generate meaningful report data, we
recommend that you wait at least a day after starting data protection activities to begin viewing
reports. For instructions to help you enable DPM reporting, see Using Reports
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=196780) in DPM 2010 Help.

Note

46
 When a DPM server is protecting a large number of computers, you should stagger the
delivery schedule for reports sent by e-mail. If you schedule all reports to be sent at the
same time, the memory limitations of SQL Server Reporting Services might prevent some
reports from being sent.
The following table summarizes the available reports and indicates how you should use them. For
information about interpreting the data in reports, see Report Types
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=196781) in DPM 2010 Help.

DPM Reports

Report Name Summary of Contents

Status The Status report provides the status of all recovery

points for a specified time period, lists recovery jobs,
and shows the total number of successes and failures
for recovery points and disk-based and tape-based
recovery point creations. This report shows trends in the
frequency of errors that occur and lists the number of
alerts.
Use this report to answer questions such as the
following:
 What happened yesterday? Last week? Last
month?
 What succeeded and what failed?
 What is the trend of errors? Which errors occur most
frequently?
 Are we achieving the recovery point objective (RPO)
established in our service level agreement (SLA)?

Note
The Status report includes the error codes for
any alerts recorded during the report period. To
view the error message associated with an error
code, see the DPM 2010 Error Code Catalog
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=179174).

Tape Management The Tape Management report provides details for tape
rotation and decommissioning, and it verifies that the
free media threshold is not exceeded.
Use this report to manage tape circulation between the
library and your offsite location.

Tape Utilization The Tape Utilization report provides trending of resource

(disk/tape) usage over time to assist capacity planning.
Use this report to make decisions about tape allocations
47
Report Name Summary of Contents
and purchases.

Protection The Protection report provides the commonly used

metrics for backup success rolled up over long periods
of time to track how backups are doing.
Use this report to identify which computers or protection
groups have been backed up successfully.

Recovery The Recovery report provides the commonly used

metrics for recovery success rolled up over long periods
of time to track how recoveries are doing.
Use this report to identify how well you performed
against your service level agreements for recovery time
objectives and recovery success guarantees.

Disk Utilization Summarizes disk capacity, disk allocation, and disk

usage in the DPM storage pool.
Use this report to do the following:
 Identify trends in disk usage
 Make decisions about modifying space allocations
for protection groups and adding disks to the
storage pool
 Identifying how much disk resource each computer
is using on DPM

See Also
Managing Performance
Monitoring DPM Server
Monitoring with DPM Management Packs
Monitoring with Reports and Alert Notifications

Monitoring with Reports and Alert

Notifications
Notifications increase the ease of your routine monitoring. Rather than connecting to DPM
Administrator Console to find out whether any alerts require your attention, you can subscribe to
receive the following by e-mail:
 Any or all DPM reports, in the format that you select and on a schedule that you establish.

48
 Individual notification for each alert of the type to which you subscribe, and a notification
when the alert has been resolved.
If you enable notifications or subscribe to reports, consider setting up a rule in Microsoft Office
Outlook to filter notification and report mail into one or more dedicated mailbox folders. You can
filter these e-mail notifications by using the From address or subject line. The From address of e-
mail messages that contain notifications or reports will be the address that you specify when you
configure the SMTP server.
The Subject Lines Contained in E-Mail Notifications table provides a list of subject lines that
are used in each type of alert notification and each type of DPM report. You can use the text in
these subject lines when you set up rules in Outlook to filter reports and alert notifications into
specific folders. You can customize your e-mail notifications by using Operations Manager.

Subject Lines Contained in E-Mail Notifications

E-Mail Type Subject Line

Notification of an alert  DPM: Information (Protected computer

name)
 DPM: Warning (Protected computer name)
 DPM: Critical (Protected computer name)
 DPM: Recovery (Protected computer
name)

Notification of a resolved alert  DPM: Resolved (Protected computer

name)

Report  Status Report from specified server

 Media Management Report from specified
server
 Protection Report from specified server
 Recovery Report from specified server
 Tape Utilization Report from specified
server
 Disk Utilization Report from specified
server

See Also
Managing Performance
Monitoring DPM Server
Monitoring with DPM Administrator Console
Monitoring with DPM Management Packs

49
Monitoring with DPM Management Packs
The System Center Data Protection Manager 2010 Management Packs for Operations Manager
enable an administrator to use a MOM Management Server to centrally monitor data protection,
state, health, and performance of multiple DPM servers and the computers that they protect.
From the Operations Manager Operator console, the administrator can monitor DPM and network
infrastructure simultaneously, analyzing issues with data protection in the context of other factors
in system and network performance. From the same console, the administrator can monitor other
mission-critical applications, such as Microsoft SQL Server and Microsoft Exchange Server.
From the Operations Manager server, administrators can perform the following monitoring tasks
for managed DPM servers and the computers that they protect:
 Centrally monitor the health and status of data protection and critical performance indicators
of multiple DPM servers and the computers that they protect.
 View the state of all roles on DPM servers and computers servers.
 Monitor actionable DPM alerts relating to replica creation, synchronization, and recovery
point creation. The DPM Management Pack filters out alerts that do not require an action,
such as a synchronization job in progress.
 Through Operations Manager alerts, monitor the status of memory, CPU, and disk resources
on DPM servers, and be alerted to DPM database failures.
 Monitor resource usage and performance trends on DPM servers.
 Diagnose and resolve problems on a remote DPM server.
The DPM Management Packs are not included with the DPM product. You can download
management packs at the DPM Management Pack download site
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?linkid=50208).

See Also
Managing Performance
Monitoring DPM Server
Monitoring with DPM Administrator Console
Monitoring with Reports and Alert Notifications

Troubleshooting DPM Servers

This topic documents the following known issues and resolutions relating to System Center Data
Protection Manager (DPM) 2010 servers.

50
Data sources cannot be protected because
prerequisite software is missing
Error 31008 appears because the DPM prerequisite software requirements are not met. For a
complete list of all prerequisite software requirements and the required hotfixes and updates, see
Software Requirements (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=187362).

DPM changes destination folder attributes when

recovering a file under the root volume
If you perform a recovery of a file or a file and a folder to an alternate location and the file is under
the root of the protected volume, DPM changes the attributes of the destination folder to the
attributes of the protected volume. For example, in the following scenario, if you recover File1, or
File1 and Folder1, to an alternate destination folder named Test, the Test folder acquires the
attributes of Volume X.
VolumeRoot (X:)
\Folder1
\Folder2
File2
File1
After performing the recovery, set the appropriate permissions for Folder1.

DPM does not support protecting encrypted data

in a file path that exceeds 5120 characters
If the file path of a protected data source on a volume that uses the Encrypting File System (EFS)
exceeds 5120 characters, data protection will fail. You must ensure that the file path of the
protected data source uses fewer than 5120 characters.

DPM does not support reprotecting a data source

and then recovering it to an alternate location
You cannot recover a recently protected data source to an alternate location. For example, you
protect a database that contains a full text catalog. You recover the database, and then protect
the recovered instance of the database. If you then try to recover the newly protected instance of
the database to an alternate location, the recovery will fail.

51
DPM does not support protection of data sources
if the data is on nested mount points
DPM does not support protection of a data source if the data is located on a nested mount point.
For example, if you create a SQL Server database on nested mount points as shown in the
scenario outlined in the following table, protection will fail for the SQL Server database located on
volume V3.

Mount point Volume

C:\ V1

D:\mnt1 (MP) V2

D:\mnt1\mnt2 (MP) V3

DPM Setup fails if a pre-release version of .NET

Framework 2.0 is already installed
If a pre-release version of .NET Framework 2.0 is already installed on the computer on which you
are installing DPM 2010, Setup fails with an "unhandled exception" when installing .NET
Framework 2.0.
Before running DPM 2010 Setup, uninstall the pre-release version of .NET Framework 2.0 by
using Add or Remove Programs from Control Panel. Then reinstall DPM, and DPM Setup will
install the current version of .NET Framework 2.0.

DPM does not automatically restart computers

running Windows XP or Windows Vista
In the Protection Agent Installation Wizard, on the Choose Restart Method page, if you select
the Yes. Restart the selected computers after installing the protection agents. option, DPM
will not automatically restart computers running Windows XP or Windows Vista. You must
manually restart the computers before you can start protecting data.

Alerts for different data sources in a protected

server do not appear in System Center Operations
Manager 2007
After an alert is generated and then additional alerts that have the same ID are generated for
different data sources within the same protected server, System Center Operations

52
Manager 2007 automatically suppresses the additional alerts. This is because the System Center
Operations Manager 2007 Console takes time to refresh the view.

DPM Management Shell stops responding when

specific cmdlets are running on a remote instance
of DPM server
The following cmdlets cause the remote DPM Management Shell to stop responding. The
cmdlets run successfully when they are run in DPM Management Shell on a local DPM server.
 Set-MaintenanceJobStartTime
 Get-BackupNetworkAddress
 Add-BackupNetworkAddress
 Remove-BackupNetworkAddress

DPM always defaults to port 25 when sending

alerts through the SMTP server
In DPM 2010, if you specify any port number in the SMTP server settings other than 25, DPM will
continue to default to port 25 to communicate with the SMTP server.

Protection of DPMDB fails

If you try to protect the DPMDB before you deploy the DPM protection agent on at least one
computer you will see the following error - "This item cannot be protected because some
prerequisite software is missing. Ensure that all prerequisite software is installed and then protect
this item (ID: 31008)". To resolve this issue, deploy a protection agent on a computer you want to
protect before trying to protect DPMDB.

Uninstalling DPM does not remove reports

When DPM is using a remote instance of SQL Server, uninstalling DPM does not remove the
reports that were generated by DPM. To remove these reports, navigate to
Reports$<InstanceName> under Default Web Site using Internet Information Services (IIS)
Manager, and delete the DpmReports directory.

Formatting custom volumes on which BitLocker

is enabled
If you add a custom volume that has BitLocker enabled to a protection group, and then select the
option to format the volume, DPM will format the volume.

53
BitLocker locks volumes on reboot
If you have enabled BitLocker on the DPM server, replicas and shadow copy volumes get locked
and become inaccessible. This leads to failure of DPM jobs. The administrator needs to unlock
the volumes so DPM jobs can run.

SetSharedDPMDatabase.exe tool fails on

Windows Server 2008
Add exceptions for SQL Browser service, SQL Server and Windows Management
Instrumentation to the global SQL Server to which you are trying to connect.

Managing Protected File Servers and

Workstations
The topics in this section provide information about performing common maintenance tasks on
protected file servers and workstations, as well as guidance for making changes to the computer
configuration or cluster configuration after the computer or cluster is protected by System Center
Data Protection Manager (DPM) 2010.

In This Section
Performing General Maintenance on File Servers and Workstations
Performing File Server and Workstation Management Tasks
Managing Clustered File Servers

Additional Resources
Disaster Recovery (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=179152)

See Also
Managing DPM Servers
Managing Performance
Managing Protected Servers Running Exchange
Managing Protected Servers Running SQL Server
Managing Protected Servers Running SharePoint
Managing Protected Virtual Servers
Managing Tapes

54
Performing General Maintenance on File
Servers and Workstations
General maintenance includes tasks such as disk and file maintenance, updating operating
systems and applications, and protecting data by using antivirus software and performing regular
backups.
When you need to perform maintenance on a protected server and do not want protection jobs to
continue for the duration of the maintenance, you can use the following procedure to disable the
protection agent.

Note
If you disable a protection agent for a server that is a cluster node, you should disable the
protection agent for every node of the cluster.

To disable a protection agent

1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Management on the navigation bar.
2. On the Agents tab, in the display pane, select the name of the computer with the
protection agent you want to disable.
3. In the Actions pane, click Disable protection agent.
4. In the dialog box, click OK to confirm that you want to proceed.

In This Section
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on File Servers and Workstations
Applying Operating System Updates on File Servers and Workstations
Running Antivirus Software on File Servers and Workstations

See Also
Managing Clustered File Servers
Performing File Server and Workstation Management Tasks

Using Windows Maintenance Tools on File

Servers and Workstations
In general, you can continue maintenance on file servers and workstations protected by DPM
using your regular maintenance schedule and the maintenance tools provided in the operating
system. Those tools and any impact on data protection are listed in the following table.

55
Windows Maintenance Tools and Protected Computers

Windows Tool Considerations

Disk Cleanup: Use to remove temporary files, Running Disk Cleanup should have no adverse
Internet cache files, and unnecessary program affect on performance or data protection.
files.

Disk Defragmenter: Use to analyze volumes Before adding a volume to a protection group,
for the amount of fragmentation and to check the volume for fragmentation, and if
defragment volumes. necessary, defragment the volume by using
Disk Defragmenter. When protection is applied
to extremely fragmented volumes, boot times
on the protected computer might be slowed
down and protection jobs might fail.
It is recommended that you run Disk Cleanup
before running Disk Defragmenter.

Chkdsk.exe: Use to check the file system and Before you run chkdsk /f on a protected
file system metadata for errors and to display a volume, verify that a consistency check of that
status report of its findings. volume is not being performed. Running
chkdsk /f on a protected volume while a
consistency check is being performed on that
volume can cause 100% CPU utilization.
Run synchronization with consistency check
after running Chkdsk.exe on the protected
computer.

See Also
Applying Operating System Updates on File Servers and Workstations
Managing Protected File Servers and Workstations
Running Antivirus Software on File Servers and Workstations
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on the DPM Server
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on Exchange Servers
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on SQL Servers
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on SharePoint Servers
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on Virtual Server

56
Applying Operating System Updates on File
Servers and Workstations
An important part of computer maintenance is ensuring that operating systems and software are
up to date. Updates—known as "fixes," "patches," "service packs," and "security rollup
packages"—help to protect computers and data.
You can use your preferred method for deploying software updates, such as Automatic Updates
or Windows Server Update Services, on DPM protected computers. Because some software
updates require a computer restart, you should schedule or perform the updates at times that
have the least impact on protection operations.

See Also
Managing Protected File Servers and Workstations
Running Antivirus Software on File Servers and Workstations
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on File Servers and Workstations

Running Antivirus Software on File Servers

and Workstations
To prevent data corruption of replicas and shadow copies, configure the antivirus software to
delete infected files rather than automatically cleaning or quarantining them. Automatic cleaning
and quarantining can result in data corruption because these processes cause the antivirus
software to modify files, making changes that DPM cannot detect. For information about
configuring your antivirus software to delete infected files, see the documentation for your
antivirus software.
For information about configuring firewalls on computers when installing protection agents, see
Installing Protection Agents (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=179676).

See Also
Applying Operating System Updates on File Servers and Workstations
Managing Protected File Servers and Workstations
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on File Servers and Workstations

57
Performing File Server and Workstation
Management Tasks
When events or business requirements demand it, you might need to make changes to your
protected file servers and workstations or to the data sources on the protected computer. The
topics in this section discuss the impact certain changes might have on DPM protection.

In This Section
Changing the Path of a Data Source
Moving File Servers and Workstations Between Domains
How to Rename a File Server or Workstation
How to Change the Time Zone of a File Server or Workstation
Using Migrate-Datasource
Using MigrateDatasourceDataFromDPM

See Also
Managing Clustered File Servers
Managing Performance
Performing General Maintenance on File Servers and Workstations

Changing the Path of a Data Source

Changing the Path of a Shared Data Source

When you protect a shared folder, the path to the shared folder includes the logical path on the
volume. If you move the shared folder, protection will fail.
If you must move a protected shared folder, remove it from its protection group and then add it to
protection after the move.

Changing the Path of an Encrypted Data Source

If you change the path of a DPM protected data source on a volume that uses the Encrypting File
System (EFS) and the new file path exceeds 5120 characters, data protection will fail. You must
ensure that the new file path of the protected data source uses fewer than 5120 characters.

58
See Also
How to Change the Time Zone of a File Server or Workstation
How to Rename a File Server or Workstation
Managing Protected File Servers and Workstations
Moving File Servers and Workstations Between Domains

Moving File Servers and Workstations

Between Domains
You cannot do the following for protected computers:
 Change the domain of a protected computer and continue protection without disruption.
 Change the domain of a protected computer and associate the existing replicas and recovery
points with the computer when it is re-protected.
We recommend that you do not change the domain of a protected computer. If you must change
the domain of a protected computer, you must complete two tasks:
 Remove the data sources on the computer from protection while the computer retains its
original domain membership.
 Protect the data source on the computer after it becomes a member of another domain.

To change the domain membership of a protected computer

1. Remove all members from protection groups.
If you retain the replicas and recovery points, the data will remain accessible for
administrative recovery until you delete the replicas. However, it will not be accessible for
end-user recovery.
2. Uninstall the protection agent by using DPM Administrator Console on the DPM server.
3. Change the domain membership of the computer.
4. Install a protection agent by using DPM Administrator Console on the DPM server.
5. Add the data sources to protection groups on the DPM server.
For information about performing tasks involving protection agents and protection groups,
see DPM Help.

See Also
Changing the Path of a Data Source
How to Change the Time Zone of a File Server or Workstation
How to Rename a File Server or Workstation
Managing Protected File Servers and Workstations

59
How to Rename a File Server or Workstation
DPM uses the computer name as a unique identifier for replicas, recovery points, DPM database
entries, reporting database entries, and so on.
You cannot do the following:
 Change the name of a protected computer and continue protection without disruption.
 Change the name of a protected computer and associate the existing replicas and recovery
points with the new computer name.
We recommend that you do not change the name of a protected computer. If you must change
the name of a protected computer, you must complete two tasks:
 Remove the data sources on the computer from protection (the old computer name).
 Protect the data source on the computer (the new computer name).

To rename a protected computer

1. Stop protection for all data sources on the computer by removing them from the
protection group.
If you retain the replicas and recovery points, the data will remain accessible for
administrative recovery until you delete the replicas. However, it will not be accessible for
end-user recovery.
2. Uninstall the protection agent by using DPM Administrator Console on the DPM server.
3. Change the name of the computer.
4. Install a protection agent by using DPM Administrator Console on the DPM server.
5. Add the data sources to protection groups on the DPM server.
For information about tasks that involve protection agents and protection groups, see
DPM Help.

See Also
Changing the Path of a Data Source
How to Change the Time Zone of a File Server or Workstation
Managing Protected File Servers and Workstations
Moving File Servers and Workstations Between Domains

60
How to Change the Time Zone of a File
Server or Workstation
DPM automatically identifies the time zone of a protected computer during installation of the
protection agent. If a protected computer is moved to a different time zone after protection is
configured, ensure that you do the following:
 Change the computer time in Control Panel by using the Time Zone tab in the Date and
Time Properties dialog box.
 Update the time zone in the DPM database.
For more information about time zones and DPM protection, see Coordinating Protection Across
Time Zones.

To update the time zone in the DPM database

1. On the protected computer, in Add or Remove Programs, uninstall Microsoft System
Center Data Protection Manager Protection Agent.
2. On the DPM server, in DPM Administrator Console, in the Management task area, click
the Agents tab, select the computer, and then, in the Actions pane, click Refresh
information.
The agent status will change to Error.
3. In the Details pane, click Remove the record of the computer from this DPM
computer.
4. Reinstall the protection agent on the computer.
5. Run synchronization with consistency check for each protected volume on the protected
computer.

See Also
Changing the Path of a Data Source
How to Rename a File Server or Workstation
Managing Protected File Servers and Workstations
Moving File Servers and Workstations Between Domains

Using Migrate-Datasource
Migrate-Datasource is a command-line script that lets you continue protecting a data source (file,
folder, volume, or share) to the same replica volume even after it has been migrated to a different
volume on the same protected computer. You have to run the Migrate-Datasource script even if
you have not changed the drive letters of the volume because DPM recognizes volumes by the
GUID and not the drive letter.

61
 Important
If you have secondary DPM protection configured, you must run the Migrate-Datasource
script on the secondary server also.

Note
Migrate-Datasource is used to migrate protected computer volumes while
MigrateDatasourceDataFromDPM is used to migrate DPM volumes.
The possible reasons for moving DPM-protected data sources across volumes include the
following:
 The disk is corrupt.
 Organization policy demands that disks be replaced at certain time intervals.

Syntax
Migrate-Datasource.ps1 [-DPMServerName] <string> [-Option [auto or manual]] [-PSName]
<string>

Parameter Description

DPMServerName Name of the DPM server from which you want

to migrate data.

Option Indicates whether DPM should perform an

automatic or manual migration.
Automatic: If you specify the automatic option,
DPM migrates all the data sources on the
protected computer. Use this option if you
created a new volume but retained the logical
path (for example, if F:\ was reformatted on a
new disk but is still called F:\, or the mount
point is still the same). DPM automatically
updates the mappings for the replica of F:\ to
the new volume that is now called F:\.
Manual: If you specify the manual option, you
have to migrate each data source individually.
The script gives you a list of volumes protected
by DPM that are not present and a list of
unprotected volumes. You can then map the
volumes individually. Use this option if the
logical path was not preserved (for example,
G:\ became H:\).

PSName Name of the protected computer to which the

data source is being migrated.

62
Things to Remember
 Migrate-Datasource is used only for migration of file system data sources, such as volumes.
For other data sources, follow the instructions in the alerts.
 DPM does not support migration from a volume on a drive (for example, D:\) to a mounted
volume (for example, E:\<mountpoint>, where mountpoint is a location on which the volume
has been mounted).
 For auto-migration of mounted volumes, the volume on the new computer should have the
same mount point name as the volume on the previously protected computer. DPM does not
allow you to migrate to a drive.
 For migration of mounted volumes (where the old volume is protected by using a mount
point):
 If the protected volume has multiple mount points, at least one mount point of the volume
on the new computer should have the same mount point path as before.
Old volume: C:\mnt
new volume: C:\mnt (may have drive letter and other mount points)
 If the volume also has a drive letter, only the drive letter is visible while you select the
new volume for migration. This should be selected manually.
 You should migrate volumes only if you have reformatted them or if the volume GUID
associated with the volume has changed.

Note
After migration, you cannot perform original location recovery for the recovery points
created before the migration. Recovery fails with the message Couldn't find the
selected volume. You can, however, recover to an alternate location.

Using MigrateDatasourceDataFromDPM
MigrateDatasourceDataFromDPM is a command-line script that lets you migrate DPM data for a
data source – replica volumes and recovery point volumes – across disks. Such a migration might
be necessary when your disk is full and cannot expand, your disk is due for replacement, or disk
errors show up.

Note
MigrateDatasourceDataFromDPM is used to migrate DPM volumes whereas Migrate-
Datasource is used to migrate protected computer volumes.
Depending on how you have configured your environment, this could mean one of more of the
following scenarios for moving data source data:
 DPM disk to DPM disk
 Data source to DPM disk
 Data source to custom volume
63
The MigrateDatasourceDataFromDPM script moves all data for a data source or disk to the new
disk or volume. After migration is complete, the original disk from where the data was migrated is
not chosen for hosting any new backups. You must retain your old disks until all recovery points
on them expire. After the recovery points expire, DPM automatically deallocates the replicas and
recovery point volumes on these disks.
All backup schedules continue to apply and protection of the data source continues as before.
After migrating the replica of a data source that has secondary protection enabled, you must start
the Modify Protection Group wizard on the secondary DPM server, select the same data source,
and complete the wizard. This reconfigures secondary backups to run from the new replica
volume on the primary DPM server.

Syntax
MigrateDatasourceDataFromDPM.ps1 [-DPMServerName] <string> [-Source] <disk[]> [-
Destination] <disk[]>
MigrateDatasourceDataFromDPM.ps1 [-DPMServerName] <string> [-Source] <data source> [-
Destination] <disk[]>
MigrateDatasourceDataFromDPM.ps1 [-DPMServerName] <string> [-Source] <data source> [-
Destination] <DPM server volume[]>

Parameter Description

DPMServerName Name of the DPM server for which you want to

migrate data.

Source The location from which the data must be

moved. This can be either a DPM disk (use
Get-DPMDisk to retrieve the disk) or a DPM
data source (use Get-Datasource to retrieve
the data source). The source can be a set of
disks.

Destination The location to which the data must be moved.

This can be either a DPM disk array (use Get-
DPMDisk to retrieve the array of disks) or an
array of two DPM volumes (use Get-
DPMVolume to retrieve the list of DPM volumes
on the server). The first element of the array is
the destination replica volume and the second
the recovery point volume.
The destination disks must be added to the
DPM disk pool before migration.

64
 Note
The numbering for the disk array starts with 0.

Examples
The following examples show how the script works.
Example 1: Disk D1 contains the replica and recovery points for the data source DS1.

Disk Replica Recovery Point

D1 R1 RP1

To do a disk to disk migration of the volumes on D1 to another disk D2, do the following:
$disk = Get-DPMDisk –DPMServerName DPMTestServer
./MigrateDatasourceDataFromDPM.ps1 –DPMServerName DPMTestServer –Source
$disk[0] –Destination $disk[1]
This results in the following:

Disk Replica Recovery Point

D1 R1 RP1

D2 R1’ RP1’

You need to retain D1 for the retention range of the latest recovery point on it, usually one month.
After the latest recovery point expires, DPM will deallocate the replicas and recovery points on
disk D1 automatically.
Example 2: Disk D1 contains the replica of the data source DS1 and the recovery point for data
source DS2. Disk 2 contains the replica of DS2 and the recovery point for DS1.

Disk Replica Recovery Point

D1 R1 RP2

D2 R2 RP1

If you do a DPM disk to DPM disk migration to a third disk (Disk 3), this disk will have four
volumes, replicas and recovery points for DS1 and DS2.
$disk = Get-DPMDisk –DPMServerName DPMTestServer
./MigrateDatasourceDataFromDPM.ps1 –DPMServerName DPMTestServer –Source
$disk[0] –Destination $disk[2]
This results in the following:

65
Disk Replica Recovery Point

D1 R1 RP2

D2 R2 RP1

D3 R1’ and R2’ RP1’ and RP2’

This happens because DPM cannot move just a replica or a recovery point, it will always move
them in pairs, hence even though the command only moves the volumes from D1, DPM will move
also the related replica and recovery point.
Example 3: Disk D1 contains the replica of the data source DS1 and the recovery point for data
source DS2. Disk D2 contains the replica of DS2 and the recovery point for DS1.

Disk Replica Recovery Point

D1 R1 RP2

D2 R2 RP1

If you choose to migrate only the data for DS1 to a third disk (Disk 3), this disk will have two
volumes, the replica and recovery point for DS1.
$pg = Get-ProtectionGroup DPMTestServer
$ds = Get-Datasource $pg[0]
$disk = Get-DPMDisk –DPMServerName DPMTestServer
./MigrateDatasourceDataFromDPM.ps1 –DPMServerName DPMTestServer –Source $ds[0]
–Destination $disk[2]

Disk Replica Recovery Point

D1 R1 RP2

D2 R2 RP1

D3 R1’ RP1’

Managing Clustered File Servers

On planned failover of a cluster, DPM continues protection. On unplanned failover, DPM issues
an alert that a consistency check is required.
For a non-shared disk cluster, planned failover may also require a consistency check.

66
In This Section
Changing File Server Cluster Members
Changing Resource Groups on Clustered File Servers

See Also
Managing Performance
Performing File Server and Workstation Management Tasks
Performing General Maintenance on File Servers and Workstations

Changing File Server Cluster Members

When you make changes to a server cluster that is protected by DPM, DPM takes the following
actions:
 When a new server is added to a cluster, DPM issues an alert to install a protection agent on
the new cluster node and protection fails.
 When a server is removed from a cluster, DPM detects that a node has left the cluster and
the server now appears separate from the cluster with no data protected on it.
For example, assume you have a server cluster that contains four computers: Node1, Node2,
Node3, and Node4. You need to replace computer Node4 with a new computer, named Node5.
You use the administration console for your cluster service to add Node5 to the cluster and
configure the resources that can be failed over to Node5.
DPM issues an alert that protection of the server cluster will fail until a protection agent is installed
on Node5. You install the protection agent on Node5.
You fail over the resources from Node4 to other nodes in the cluster. When no resources remain
on Node4, you remove it from the cluster. DPM detects the failovers and continues protection of
the cluster.
DPM detects that Node4 has left the cluster—it appears as a stand-alone node now. If it no
longer exists on the network, you can remove the record for this server in DPM Administrator
Console.

See Also
Changing Resource Groups on Clustered File Servers
Performing File Server and Workstation Management Tasks
Performing General Maintenance on File Servers and Workstations

67
Changing Resource Groups on Clustered
File Servers
A cluster node can have any number of resource groups. Moving a DPM protected data source to
a resource group, between resource groups, or out of a resource group can cause protection job
failures. To successfully make any of those changes to resource group membership, perform the
following steps:
1. Stop existing protection of the data source. The data source could belong to a protection
group as a single data source on a protected server or as a data source as a member of a
resource group.
2. Begin protection of the data source according to its new status, either as a single data source
on a protected server or as a data source as a member of a resource group. This will allocate
a new replica for the data source.
Changing the name of a resource group will affect the protection of all data sources in the
resource group. To change the name of a resource group, perform the following steps:
1. Stop protection of the resource group.
2. Change the name of the resource group.
3. Begin protection of the resource group under its new name.

See Also
Changing File Server Cluster Members
Performing File Server and Workstation Management Tasks
Performing General Maintenance on File Servers and Workstations

Managing Protected Servers Running

Exchange
All information in this section pertains to Microsoft Exchange 2003, Exchange 2007, and
Exchange 2010 unless otherwise specified.

In This Section
What's New for Protecting Exchange Server 2010
Performing General Maintenance on Servers Running Exchange
Performing Exchange Server Management Tasks
Managing Clustered Exchange Servers
Recovering Exchange Data

68
Managing Exchange SCR Servers

What's New for Protecting Exchange Server

2010
System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) 2010 supports protection and recovery of
Exchange Server 2010, including the following:
 Protection of a stand-alone Exchange Server 2010 server
 Protection of databases under a database availability group (DAG)
The procedures to protect and recover Exchange Server 2010 are similar to those required to
protect and recover Exchange Server 2007. However, unlike Exchange Server 2007,
Exchange Server 2010 does not contain storage groups. Instead the databases are grouped in
the DAG. DPM 2010 protects databases contained in a DAG.

In This Section
Exchange Server 2010 Prerequisites
Installing Protection Agents on Exchange Server 2010 Nodes
Protecting Exchange Server 2010
Recovering Exchange Server 2010 Data

Exchange Server 2010 Prerequisites

The minimum version of Exchange Server that DPM 2010 can protect is Exchange Server 2010
with Rollup Update version 1 (RU1).

Installing Protection Agents on Exchange

Server 2010 Nodes
To protect an Exchange Server 2010 DAG node, you must install a protection agent on the node.
For instructions about installing protection agents, see Installing Protection Agents on Client
Computers.
DPM 2010 enables you to protect Exchange Server 2010 DAG nodes from different DPM
servers. However, one node can be protected by only one DPM server. For example, assume
that DAG1 has nodes N1, N2, N3, N4, and N5. One DPM server can protect N1, N2, and N5, and
another DPM server can protect nodes N3 and N4.

69
With DPM 2010, the maximum amount of data that you can protect with a single DPM server is
80 TB. Therefore you can protect DAG’s that have up to 20 nodes with a single server or up to
10,000 mailboxes with a DPM server.

Note
When you install a protection agent on a DAG node, DPM 2010 displays the following
warning: "You cannot protect cluster data in the selected nodes without installing agents
on the other nodes." This is a DPM 2010 warning when you are protecting clusters. This
does not relate to Exchange Server 2010 and you can ignore this message.

Protecting Exchange Server 2010

You use the Create New Protection Group Wizard to protect Exchange Server 2010.
DPM will protect Exchange databases for Exchange Server 2010 contained in a DAG.

Note
When parallel backups are tried on multiple copies of same Exchange Server database,
then backups will fail.
In addition to the wizard pages you used to protect Exchange Server 2007, you perform the steps
on the following wizard pages to protect Exchange Server 2010:
1. On the Select Protection Group Type page, select Server, and then click Next to continue.
2. On the Select Group Members page, expand the domain under which the DAG resides,
expand the DAG, all the existing databases together with their respective nodes are
displayed. Select the data you want to protect, and then click Next to continue.

Note
The Create New Protection Group Wizard does not indicate which databases are
active or passive. You must already know which databases are active or passive
when performing the steps in the wizard. For servers that are part of a DAG, the
databases will be listed under the <DAG-name> node.
Insert art: Databases in a DAG that have been selected for protection.
3. On the Specify Exchange Protection Options page, specify if you want to run the Eseutil
tool on one of the Exchange Server databases. For members on Exchange Server 2010,
select if you want to run the Eseutil tool for both the database and the log files or just for the
log files. If you are protecting DAG servers, Exchange Server recommends that you run the
Eseutil tool for log files only. For stand-alone servers, we recommend that you select both the
database and the log files.
4. On the Specify Exchange DAG Protection page, select the databases for copy backup and
express full backup. For protecting multiples copies of the same database, select only one
database for express full and incremental backup and then select the remaining copies for
copy backup.
Insert art: Databases selected for express full and copy backups.

70
5. On the Select Data Protection Method page, select whether you want to use short-term
disk-based protection or long-term tape-based protection, and then click Next to continue.
6. On the Select Short-term Goals page, specify your protection goals such as retention range
and synchronization frequency, and then click Next to continue.
7. On the Summary page, review your selections, and then click Create Group to complete the
wizard.

Note
After creating the protection group for the Exchange Server database, changing the
status of the Exchange Server database from active to passive or vice-versa on the
Exchange Server does not require any changes on the DPM server. DPM will
continue backing up the data from the same node without any failures.

Recovering Exchange Server 2010 Data

You can use DPM to recover Exchange Server 2010 mailboxes and mailbox databases. The
procedures to recover Exchange Server 2010 data are the same as those to recover Exchange
Server 2007 data.

Recovering Exchange Server 2010 Mailboxes

DPM supports the following types of recovery for Exchange Server 2010 mailboxes:
 Recover to an Exchange Server database. Recover only to Exchange Server recovery
databases.
 Recover to a network location. Copy the database to a network folder.
 Copy to tape. Create an on-tape copy of the database.

Recovering Exchange Server 2010 Mailbox

Databases
Changing the status of a database from active to passive or vice versa may affect the recovery
process. If the database is passive, DPM cannot perform a Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS)
recovery.
Recovering to the active database is the same as recovering to an Exchange Server 2010 stand-
alone node. The Exchange Server administrator must synchronize the passive copy from the
recovered active copy by running the Resume-MailboxDatabaeCopy cmdlet on the Exchange
server. You can recover a database only on the node that was protected.
DPM supports the following five types of recovery for Exchange Server 2010 mailbox databases:
1. Recover the database to its original location. Overwrite the existing copy of the database.
2. Recover the database to an alternate database. Restore to another database on an
Exchange Server.

71
3. Recover to an Exchange Recovery database. Recover to an Exchange Recovery
database instead of a standard mailbox database.
4. Recover to network location. Copy the database to a network folder.
5. Copy to tape. Create an on-tape copy of the database.

Note
DPM 2010 does not support recovering mailbox databases to passive databases. While
recovering to the original database or to an alternate database, the target database on
which the recovery is being performed should not be passive.

Performing General Maintenance on Servers

Running Exchange
General maintenance includes tasks such as disk and file maintenance, updating operating
systems and applications, and protecting data by using antivirus software and performing regular
backups.
For servers running Microsoft Exchange Server, there are also Exchange maintenance tasks that
occur regularly, such as database defragmentation and index purging.
When you need to perform maintenance on a protected server and do not want protection jobs to
continue for the duration of the maintenance, you can use the following procedure to disable the
protection agent.

Note
If you disable a protection agent for a server that is a cluster node, you should disable the
protection agent for every node of the cluster.

To disable a protection agent

1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Management on the navigation bar.
2. On the Agents tab, in the display pane, select the name of the computer with the
protection agent you want to disable.
3. In the Actions pane, click Disable protection agent.
4. In the dialog box, click OK to confirm that you want to proceed.

In This Section
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on Exchange Servers
Performing Exchange Maintenance Tasks
Applying Operating System Updates on Exchange Servers
Running Antivirus Software on Exchange Servers

72
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on
Exchange Servers
Running Disk Cleanup, Disk Defragmenter, or Chkdsk.exe should have no adverse affect on
performance or data protection.

See Also
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on the DPM Server
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on File Servers and Workstations
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on SQL Servers
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on SharePoint Servers
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on Virtual Server

Performing Exchange Maintenance Tasks

Most Microsoft Exchange maintenance tasks should have no adverse affect on performance or
data protection. However, special considerations apply when you are performing offline database
defragmentation on Exchange servers that are protected by Data Protection Manager (DPM).
Offline defragmentation involves using the Exchange Server Database Utilities (Eseutil.exe), an
Exchange Server utility that you can use to defragment, repair, and check the integrity of
Exchange server databases.
If you must perform an offline defragmentation, you should perform a synchronization with
consistency check for protected storage groups when defragmentation is complete.

Applying Operating System Updates on

Exchange Servers
An important part of computer maintenance is ensuring that operating systems and software are
up to date. Updates—known as "fixes," "patches," "service packs," and "security rollup
packages"—help to protect computers and data.
You can use your preferred method for deploying software updates, such as Automatic Updates
or Windows Server Update Services, on Exchange servers that are protected by Data Protection
Manager (DPM). Because some software updates require a computer restart, you should
schedule or perform the updates at times that have the least impact on protection operations.

73
Running Antivirus Software on Exchange
Servers
To prevent data corruption of replicas and shadow copies, configure the antivirus software to
delete infected files rather than automatically cleaning or quarantining them. Automatic cleaning
and quarantining can result in data corruption because these processes cause the antivirus
software to modify files, making changes that System Center Data Protection Manager
(DPM) 2010 cannot detect. For instructions on configuring your antivirus software to delete
infected files, see the documentation for your antivirus software.
For instructions on configuring firewalls on computers when installing protection agents, see
Installing Protection Agents (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=179676) in Deploying
DPM 2010.

Performing Exchange Server Management

Tasks
This section provides instructions and guidelines for managing a protected Exchange server and
making changes after the initial DPM configuration.

In This Section
Upgrading Exchange Server 2003 to Exchange Server 2007
Moving Exchange Servers Between Domains
How to Rename an Exchange Server
Adding Storage Groups and Databases
Dismounting Databases
Changing the Path of a Database or Log File
Renaming Storage Groups
Moving Databases Between Storage Groups

Upgrading Exchange Server 2003 to

Exchange Server 2007
You cannot upgrade a computer running Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 to Exchange
Server 2007. For instructions on transitioning from Exchange Server 2003 to Exchange
Server 2007, see Upgrading to Exchange Server 2007
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=184044).
74
In general terms, the transition consists of deploying computers running Exchange Server 2007
and then moving storage groups from the computers running Exchange Server 2003 to the new
servers.

How to maintain data protection during a transition to Exchange Server 2007

1. Deploy Exchange Server 2007.
2. Create empty storage groups and databases on the computer running Exchange
Server 2007.
3. Install protection agents on the computers running Exchange Server 2007.
4. Create new protection groups, and add the databases and storage groups that you
created in step 2.
5. Move the mailboxes to the computers running Exchange Server 2007.
6. Remove all storage groups that will be moved to computers running Exchange
Server 2007 from their existing protection groups, selecting the Retain protected data
option.
DPM will retain the associated replica, recovery points, and tapes for the retention range
specified. You can recover data from the recovery points and tapes to a computer
running Exchange Server 2003.

Moving Exchange Servers Between Domains

You cannot do the following for protected computers:
 Change the domain of a protected computer and continue protection without disruption.
 Change the domain of a protected computer and associate the existing replicas and recovery
points with the computer when it is re-protected.
We recommend that you do not change the domain of a protected computer. If you must change
the domain of a protected computer, you must complete two tasks:
 Remove the data sources on the computer from protection while the computer retains its
original domain membership.
 Protect the data source on the computer after it becomes a member of another domain.

How to Rename an Exchange Server

DPM uses the computer name as a unique identifier for replicas, recovery points, DPM database
entries, reporting database entries, and so on.
You cannot do the following:
 Change the name of a protected computer and continue protection without disruption.

75
 Change the name of a protected computer and associate the existing replicas and recovery
points with the new computer name.
We recommend that you do not change the name of a protected computer. If you must change
the name of a protected computer, you must complete two tasks:
 Remove the data sources on the computer from protection (the old computer name).
 Protect the data source on the computer (the new computer name).

Adding Storage Groups and Databases

When adding a new storage group to a protected Microsoft Exchange server, you must add it to a
protection group manually. When adding a new database to the storage group, a full backup is
required, which can be accomplished by an express full backup or a consistency check.
Incremental backups will fail until a full backup is completed.
In Exchange Server 2010, databases are grouped under database availability group (DAG). If a
database in a DAG on which express full backup is configured goes down temporarily and returns
back then you do not have to perform any action.
However if it goes down for a longer duration, then the backups will fail and Exchange Server will
be unable to truncate log files for that database. Also the respective DAG node on which the
database exists may run out of disk space.

To resolve this issue, you must manually reconfigure an express full backup on another copy of
the database so that log truncation happens for that database.

Dismounting Databases
When a database that belongs to a protected storage group is dismounted, protection jobs for
that database only will fail. Logs for that storage group will not be truncated. However, the longer
that the database remains dismounted, the more likely it is that the log space on the Microsoft
Exchange server will overflow, which will result in the dismount of the storage group on the
Exchange server. If the database will not be needed, you should delete it.

Changing the Path of a Database or Log File

If a protected database or log files are moved to a volume that contains data that is protected by
Data Protection Manager (DPM), protection continues. If a protected database or log files are
moved to a volume that is not protected by DPM, DPM displays an alert and protection jobs will
fail. To resolve the alert, in the alert details, click the Modify protection job link and then run a
consistency check.

76
If a recovery point is created after the path changes, you cannot recover the storage group or
recovery points from recovery points based on the old path. You can still recover data to a
network folder.
If you recover a Microsoft Exchange 2003 storage group after the path for databases or log files
has changed and the most recent recovery point was created before the path change, the
recovery copies the files to the old path and tries to mount the databases. If the databases can be
mounted, the recovery appears to succeed.
If this occurs, you can take one of the following actions:
 Change the databases back to the original path and then recover the storage group again.
 Recover the databases using the Copy to a network folder option. Specify the new location
of the databases as the copy destination. Select the Bring database to a clean shutdown
after copying the files option. Mount the database after recovery.
If you recover an Exchange 2007 storage group after the path for databases or log files has
changed and the most recent recovery point was created before the path changed, DPM will
recover the databases to the new location.
When you change the path of log files for a storage group that uses disk-to-tape backup and only
incremental backups have been performed since the path change, recovery of a storage group
using Latest as the recovery point will fail. To avoid this issue, perform one of the following
actions:
 Run a full backup and then retry the storage group recovery.
 Recover individual databases, rather than the storage group.
 Recover the storage group to a network folder as files.

Renaming Storage Groups

We recommend that you do not change the name of a protected storage group. To change the
name of a storage group, you must stop protection of the storage group, change the name, and
then reprotect the storage group. You cannot do the following:
 Change the name of a protected storage group and continue protection without disruption.
 Change the name of a protected storage group, and associate the existing replica and
recovery points with the storage group when it is reprotected.

To change the name of a protected storage group

1. Remove the storage group from the protection group.
If you retain the replica and recovery points, the data will remain accessible for
administrative recovery until you delete the replica.
2. Change the name of the storage group.
3. Add the storage group to a protection group on the Data Protection Manager (DPM)
server.

77
 For instructions on tasks involving protection groups, see DPM Help.

Moving Databases Between Storage Groups

The following table describes the impact on data protection when you move a database between
storage groups.

Data Protection When Databases Are Moved Between Storage Groups

From To Result

A protected storage group A protected storage group Data Protection Manager

(DPM) continues protection of
the database. Run a
consistency check for both
storage groups after the move.

A protected storage group A storage group that is not DPM stops protection of that
protected database. Run a consistency
check for the protected storage
group after the move.

A storage group that is not A protected storage group DPM begins protection of that
protected database if the database files
are on a volume protected by
DPM. If the database files are
not on a protected volume, run
the Modify Group Wizard. Run
a consistency check for the
protected storage group after
the move.

Improving DPM Recoverable Object Search

The time required for DPM Recoverable Object Search to return recovery points that meet the
specified criteria increases as the number of recovery points grows and as the DPM database
(DPMDB) becomes more fragmented. You can reduce the search time by performing regular
maintenance on the DPM database.
To improve the performance of the recovery point search for a data source, you need to rebuild or
reorganize the indexes related to that data source. The following table lists the database tables
for which indexes need to be rebuilt for a specific data source.
78
Data source Tables in DPMDB

SharePoint tbl_RM_SharePointRecoverableObject
tbl_RM_RecoverySource

Exchange Mailbox tbl_RM_DatasetROMap

tbl_RM_RecoverableObject
tbl_RM_RecoverySource

Rebuilding Indexes
Rebuilding an index deletes the index and creates a new one. Rebuilding an index removes
fragmentation and reclaims disk space by compacting the pages that are using the specified or
existing fill factor setting, and the index rows are reordered in contiguous pages, allocating new
pages as needed. This can improve SQL query performance by reducing the number of page
reads required to obtain the requested data.
Query to rebuild an index
USE DPMDB
GO
ALTER INDEX ALL ON <tableName> REBUILD
GO

Reorganizing Indexes
Reorganizing an index defragments the leaf level of clustered and nonclustered indexes on tables
and views by physically reordering the leaf-level pages to match the logical order (left to right) of
the leaf nodes. Having the pages in order improves index-scanning performance. The index is
reorganized within the existing pages allocated to it; no new pages are allocated. If an index
spans more than one file, the files are reorganized one at a time. Pages do not migrate between
files.
Reorganizing an index also compacts the index pages. Any empty pages created by this
compaction are removed providing additional available disk space. In some cases, the gain might
not be significant. It is also takes longer than rebuilding the index.
Query to rebuild indexes
USE DPMDB
GO
ALTER INDEX ALL ON <tableName> REORGANIZE
GO

79
Rebuilding Compared To Reorganizing
Rebuilding Reorganizing

Takes the table whose indexes are being Leaves the table whose indexes are being
currently rebuilt offline. Rebuilding should be reorganized online and working normally. Does
done when it will least affect normal operations. not affect normal operations.

Substantial performance gains in search and Moderate performance gains in search and
browse operations. browse operations.

Not a time intensive operation. Usually a time intensive operation.

Most effective when index is heavily Most effective when index is not heavily
fragmented. fragmented.

Additional Resources
ALTER INDEX (Transact-SQL) (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=129339)

Managing Clustered Exchange Servers

On planned failover of a cluster, Data Protection Manager (DPM) continues protection. On
unplanned failover, DPM issues an alert that a consistency check is required.
For a non-shared disk cluster, planned failover might also require a consistency check.

In This Section
Changing Exchange Server Cluster Members
Changing Resource Groups on Clustered Exchange Servers

Changing Exchange Server Cluster Members

When you make changes to a server cluster that is protected by Data Protection Manager (DPM),
DPM takes the following actions:
 When a new server is added to a cluster, DPM issues an alert to install a protection agent on
the new cluster node and protection fails.
 When a server is removed from a cluster, DPM detects that a node has left the cluster and
the server now appears separate from the cluster with no data protected on it.

80
For example, assume you have a server cluster that contains four computers: Node1, Node2,
Node3, and Node4. You need to replace computer Node4 with a new computer, named Node5.
You use the administration console for your cluster service to add Node5 to the cluster and
configure the resources that can be failed over to Node5.
DPM issues an alert that protection of the server cluster will fail until a protection agent is installed
on Node5. You install the protection agent on Node5.
You fail over the resources from Node4 to other nodes in the cluster. When no resources remain
on Node4, you remove it from the cluster. DPM detects the failovers and continues protection of
the cluster.
DPM detects that Node4 has left the cluster—it appears as a stand-alone node now. If it no
longer exists on the network, you can remove the record for this server in DPM Administrator
Console.

Changing Resource Groups on Clustered

Exchange Servers
A cluster node can have any number of resource groups. Moving a protected data source to a
resource group, between resource groups, or out of a resource group can cause protection job
failures. To successfully make any of those changes to resource group membership, perform the
following steps:
1. Stop existing protection of the data source. The data source could belong to a protection
group as a single data source on a protected server or as a data source as a member of a
resource group.
2. Begin protection of the data source according to its new status, either as a single data source
on a protected server or as a data source as a member of a resource group. This will allocate
a new replica for the data source.
Changing the name of a resource group will affect the protection of all data sources in the
resource group. To change the name of a resource group, perform the following steps:
1. Stop protection of the resource group.
2. Change the name of the resource group.
3. Begin protection of the resource group under its new name.

Recovering Exchange Data

When you select a Microsoft Exchange database for recovery, you can select from the following
recovery options:
 Recover the database to its original location.
This option is available only if you select Latest as the recovery point.

81
 If you select this option, and the recovery destination contains files that have the same
names as the files you are recovering, the current database files will be overwritten during
recovery.
For Exchange 2003 only: You must configure the target database to allow it to be overwritten
by the recovered data. For instructions, see "How to Configure the Exchange Databases so
That the Restore Process Overwrites Them" (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=97929).
 Recover the database to another database on an Exchange 2007 server.
This option is available only for Exchange 2007.
This option is not available if you select Latest as the recovery point. You must specify an
existing database to which the selected database will be recovered. You must configure the
target database to allow it to be overwritten by the recovered data. For instructions, see "How
to Configure the Exchange Databases so That the Restore Process Overwrites Them"
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=97929).
 Recover to Recovery Storage Group.
This option is available only for Exchange 2007.
This option is not available if you select Latest as the recovery point.
 Copy the database to a network folder.
This option is not available if you select Latest as the recovery point. Data Protection
Manager (DPM) creates the following directory structure at the destination that you specify:
DPM_Recovery_Point_timestamp\DPM_Recovered_At_timestamp\Server name\Exchange
application\Database name\Files
To use the Bring the database to a clean shutdown after copying the files option, the
DPM protection agent and the Eseutil utility must be installed on the destination server. The
Eseutil utility can be installed as part of either an Exchange Server installation or an
Exchange Server Administrator-only-mode installation.
 Copy the database to tape.
This option is not available if you select Latest as the recovery point. This option copies the
replica of the storage group that contains the selected database.

In This Section
How to Recover a Storage Group to its Original Location
How to Recover a Database to Its Original Location
How to Recover a Database to an Alternate Database
How to Copy Exchange Data to a Network Folder
How to Copy Exchange Data to Tape
Recovering Mailboxes
Recovering Data to Clustered Servers

82
How to Recover a Storage Group to its
Original Location
When you recover a storage group to its original location, and the recovery destination contains
files that have the same names as the files you are recovering, the current database files will be
overwritten during recovery.

How to recover a storage group to its original location

1. On the server to which the storage group will be recovered, configure each database to
allow it to be overwritten by the recovered data. For instructions, see "How to Configure
the Exchange Databases so That the Restore Process Overwrites Them"
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=97929).
2. In DPM Administrator Console, click Recovery on the navigation bar.
3. Using the browse functionality, select the storage group to recover.
4. On the calendar, click any date in bold to obtain the recovery points available for that
date. The Recovery time menu lists the time for each available recovery point.
5. On the Recovery time menu, select the recovery point you want to use.
6. In the Actions pane, click Recover.
The Recovery Wizard starts. The wizard options vary depending on the version of
Exchange.
7. On the Review recovery selection page, click Next.
8. Select Recover to original Exchange Server location, and then click Next.
9. On the Specify recovery options page, you can select Send an e-mail when this
recovery completes.
Select this option to specify an e-mail address or addresses to notify upon recovery
completion. If you select this option, you must enter the e-mail address to notify. Multiple
e-mail addresses must be separated by a comma.
10. On the Summary page, review the recovery settings, and then click Recover.

See Also
How to Recover a Database to Its Original Location
How to Recover a Database to an Alternate Database
How to Copy Exchange Data to a Network Folder
How to Copy Exchange Data to Tape
Recovering Mailboxes
Recovering Data to Clustered Servers

83
How to Recover a Database to Its Original
Location
When you recover a Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 database to the original location, Data
Protection Manager (DPM) does not use the latest log files from the protected server; therefore,
the recovery is to the last saved state. To perform a database recovery without losing data,
recover the database to the original location using one of the following methods:
 If there are no databases mounted under the storage group, recover the storage group using
the Latest recovery point.
 If any database is mounted under the storage group, create a recovery point for the storage
group, and then recover the database using the Latest recovery point.
If you select Latest as the recovery point for an Exchange Server 2007 database, DPM applies
the log files from the protected server and performs a lossless recovery without any additional
steps.

Note
In Exchange 2007, if there are multiple databases in a storage group, all databases will
be dismounted during recovery. An Exchange 2007 best practice is to have one database
per storage group.

How to recover a database to its original location

1. On the server to which the database will be recovered, configure the target database to
allow it to be overwritten by the recovered data. For instructions, see "How to Configure
the Exchange Databases so That the Restore Process Overwrites Them"
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=97929).
2. In DPM Administrator Console, click Recovery on the navigation bar.
3. Using the browse functionality, select the database to recover.
4. On the Recovery time menu, select Latest.
You must select the most recent recovery point to recover the storage group to its original
location.
5. In the Actions pane, click Recover.
The Recovery Wizard starts. The wizard options will vary depending on the version of
Exchange.
6. On the Review recovery selection page, click Next.
7. Select Recover to original Exchange Server location, and then click Next.
8. On the Specify recovery options page, you can select Send an e-mail when this
recovery completes.
Select this option to specify an e-mail address or addresses to notify upon recovery
completion. If you select this option, you must also enter the e-mail address to notify.
Multiple e-mail addresses must be separated by a comma.

84
 9. On the Summary page, review the recovery settings and then click Recover.

See Also
How to Recover a Storage Group to its Original Location
How to Recover a Database to an Alternate Database
How to Copy Exchange Data to a Network Folder
How to Copy Exchange Data to Tape
Recovering Mailboxes
Recovering Data to Clustered Servers

How to Recover a Database to an Alternate

Database
Use the following procedure to recover a database to an alternate database.

How to recover a database to an alternate database

1. On the server to which the database will be recovered, configure the target database to
allow it to be overwritten by the recovered data. For instructions, see "How to Configure
the Exchange Databases so That the Restore Process Overwrites Them"
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=97929).
2. In DPM Administrator Console, click Recovery on the navigation bar.
3. Using the browse functionality, select the database to recover.
4. On the calendar, click any date in bold to obtain the recovery points available for that
date. The Recovery time menu lists the time for each available recovery point.
5. On the Recovery time menu, select the recovery point you want to use.
6. In the Actions pane, click Recover.
The Recovery Wizard launches. The wizard options will vary depending on the version of
Exchange.
7. On the Review recovery selection page, click Next.
8. Select Recover to another database on an Exchange Server, and then click Next.
9. On the Specify recovery options page, you can select Send an e-mail when this
recovery completes.
Select this option to specify an e-mail address or addresses to notify upon recovery
completion. If you select this option, you must enter the e-mail address to notify. Multiple
e-mail addresses must be separated by a comma.
10. On the Summary page, review the recovery settings, and then click Recover.

85
See Also
How to Recover a Storage Group to its Original Location
How to Recover a Database to Its Original Location
How to Copy Exchange Data to a Network Folder
How to Copy Exchange Data to Tape
Recovering Mailboxes
Recovering Data to Clustered Servers

How to Copy Exchange Data to a Network

Folder
When you copy a storage group to a network folder, Data Protection Manager (DPM) creates the
following directory structure at the destination that you specify:
DPM_Recovery_Point_timestamp\DPM_Recovered_At_timestamp\Server name\Exchange
application\Database name\Files
Example:
DPM_Recovery_Point_8-12-2007_0.1.54AM\DPM_Recovered_At_8-13-
2007_10.49.21AM\Server1.DPM.LAB\J-Volume\Files
The DPM protection agent and the Eseutil utility must be installed on the destination server. The
Eseutil utility can be installed as part of either a Microsoft Exchange Server installation or an
Exchange Server Administrator-only-mode installation.

How to copy Exchange data to a network folder

1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Recovery on the navigation bar.
2. Using the browse functionality, select the storage group or database to recover.
3. On the calendar, click any date in bold to obtain the recovery points available for that
date. The Time menu lists the time for each available recovery point.
4. On the Time menu, select the recovery point you want to use. Do not select Latest for
the recovery point.
5. In the Actions pane, click Recover.
The Recovery Wizard starts. The wizard options vary depending on the version of
Exchange.
6. On the Review recovery selection page, click Next.
7. Select Copy to a network folder, and then click Next.
8. Specify the destination path to which the storage group or database should be copied.
9. On the Specify recovery options page, you can select from the following options:
 Bring the database to a clean shutdown after copying the files.

86
 This option is available if you are copying a database, and it brings the database files
to a mountable condition by copying the logs. Select this option only if the destination
is an Exchange-based server that has the same version of the Exchange application
and the same or later version of Eseutil.exe as at the time of protection.
 Send an e-mail when this recovery completes.
Select this option to specify an e-mail address or addresses to notify upon recovery
completion. If you select this option, you must enter the e-mail address to notify.
Multiple e-mail addresses must be separated by a comma.
10. On the Summary page, review the recovery settings and then click Recover.

See Also
How to Recover a Storage Group to its Original Location
How to Recover a Database to Its Original Location
How to Recover a Database to an Alternate Database
How to Copy Exchange Data to Tape
Recovering Mailboxes
Recovering Data to Clustered Servers

How to Copy Exchange Data to Tape

Use the following procedure to copy Exchange data to tape.

How to copy Exchange data to tape

1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Recovery on the navigation bar.
2. Using the browse functionality, select the storage group or database to recover.
3. On the calendar, click any date in bold to obtain the recovery points available for that
date. The Time menu lists the time for each available recovery point.
4. On the Time menu, select the recovery point you want to use. Do not select Latest for
the recovery point.
5. In the Actions pane, click Recover.
The Recovery Wizard starts. The wizard options vary depending on the version of
Exchange.
6. On the Review recovery selection page, click Next.
7. Select Copy to tape, and then click Next.
8. On the Specify Library page, in Primary library, select a library to use for recovery.
(Copy library is available only when the job cannot be completed using only the tape
library selected in Primary library.)
 When the data is being copied from disk, the library you select in Primary library will

87
 copy the data to tape.
 When the data is being copied from tape and the tape library has multiple tape
drives, the library you select in Primary library will read from the source tape and
copy the data to another tape.
 When the data is being copied from tape and the tape library has only a single tape
drive, the library you select in Primary library will read from the source tape and the
library you select in Copy library will copy the data to tape.
9. Enter a label for the tape on which the storage group will be copied.
10. Specify if the data that is copied should be compressed.
11. On the Specify recovery options page, you can select Send an e-mail when this
recovery completes.
Select this option to specify an e-mail address or addresses to notify upon recovery
completion. If you select this option, you must enter the e-mail address to notify. Multiple
e-mail addresses must be separated by a comma.
12. On the Summary page, review the recovery settings, and then click Recover.

Additional Resources
How to Copy a Tape (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=196785)

See Also
How to Recover a Storage Group to its Original Location
How to Recover a Database to Its Original Location
How to Recover a Database to an Alternate Database
How to Copy Exchange Data to a Network Folder

Recovering Mailboxes
You can recover deleted e-mail messages using Microsoft Outlook. For instructions, see "How to
Recover a Deleted Item" (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=97933). To recover a deleted
mailbox, use the Exchange Management Shell or the Exchange Management Console. For
instructions, see "How to Recover a Deleted Mailbox"
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=97934).
If you cannot recover the mailbox using the Exchange Management Shell or the Exchange
Management Console, such as when the retention period is expired, you can use System Center
Data Protection Manager (DPM) to recover the mailbox.
To recover a mailbox, DPM must copy the entire database because this is the recommended
method that Exchange supports, as explained in Knowledge Base article 904845, "Microsoft

88
support policy for third-party products that modify or extract Exchange database contents"
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=96542).
When you select a mailbox for recovery, you cannot select Latest as the recovery point. The
Latest option recovers the data from the most recent recovery point, and then applies all
committed transactions from the server logs. This functionality is not available for individual
mailboxes.
Item details will not appear on the Recovery Wizard Summary page for Exchange Server
mailboxes.

In This Section
How to Recover an Exchange 2003 Mailbox
How to Recover an Exchange 2007 Mailbox

How to Recover an Exchange 2003 Mailbox

The procedure for recovering a mailbox to Microsoft Exchange 2003 includes the use of
Eseutil.exe and Exmerge.exe. For more information on the Exchange Server Database Utilities
tool (Eseutil.exe), see Eseutil (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=83451). For more
information on Exmerge.exe, see Knowledge Base article 174197, "Microsoft Exchange Mailbox
Merge program (Exmerge.exe) information" (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=83459).

Caution
DPM needs to restore the entire Exchange database before you can recover an
individual mailbox. Please make sure you have sufficient space on the server to which
you are restoring the database.

How to recover a previous version of an active Exchange 2003 mailbox

1. Use the Search tab and a date range to locate the mailbox you want to recover.
2. Select a recovery point for the database that contains the mailbox to be restored.
3. In the Actions pane, click Recover. The Recovery Wizard starts.
4. Review your recovery selection, and then click Next.
5. On the Select Recovery Type page, select Copy to a network folder.
6. On the Specify Destination page, enter a volume on an Exchange server that has a
recovery storage group enabled.
7. On the Select Recovery Options page, select the Bring the database to a clean shut
down state after copying the files check box.
8. Move the database file to the location of the Exchange recovery storage group database.
9. Mount the database under the recovery storage group. For more information, see
Restoring Databases to a Recovery Storage Group in Exchange Server 2003

89
 (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=153245).
10. Complete the Recovery Wizard.
11. Extract the mailbox from the recovered database.
 For Exchange Server 2003, use the Microsoft Exchange Server Mailbox Merge
Wizard (ExMerge).
 For Exchange Server 2003 SP1, extract and merge data using Exchange 2003
System Manager.

How to recover a disabled or deleted Exchange 2003 mailbox

1. Use the Search tab and a date range to locate the mailbox you want to recover.
2. Select a recovery point for the database that contains the mailbox to be restored.
3. In the Actions pane, click Recover. The Recovery Wizard starts.
4. Review your recovery selection, and then click Next.
5. On the Select Recovery Type page, select Recover mailbox to an Exchange server
database.
6. On the Specify Destination page, enter the full names of the Exchange server, including
the domain, storage group, and database.
The database should be dismounted and configured to allow it to be overwritten by the
recovered data. For instructions, see "How to Configure the Exchange Databases so
That the Restore Process Overwrites Them"
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=97929).
7. Complete the Recovery Wizard. DPM recovers the database.
8. Extract the mailbox from the recovered database.
 For Exchange Server 2003, use the Microsoft Exchange Server Mailbox Merge
Wizard (ExMerge).
 For Exchange Server 2003 SP1, extract and merge data using Exchange 2003
System Manager.

See Also
How to Copy Exchange Data to a Network Folder
Recovering Mailboxes
How to Recover an Exchange 2007 Mailbox

How to Recover an Exchange 2007 Mailbox

To recover a Microsoft Exchange 2007 mailbox, the recovered .edb and .log files need to be
attached to the Recovery Storage Group in Exchange and you must use Exchange-supported
tools, such as Exmerge.exe, to extract a .pst file.

90
The procedure you use depends on whether there is an existing mailbox to which you want to
recover a previous version or the mailbox no longer exists and you want to recover it.

Caution
DPM needs to restore the entire Exchange database before you can recover an
individual mailbox. Please make sure you have sufficient space on the server to which
you are restoring the database.

How to recover an Exchange 2007 mailbox for an existing mailbox

1. If you do not have an existing Recovery Storage Group, create one by using the new-
storagegroup cmdlet in Exchange Management Shell.
2. Create a recovery database in the Recovery Storage Group by using the new-
mailboxdatabase cmdlet in Exchange Management Shell.
3. Configure the recovery database to allow it to be overwritten by using the set-
mailboxdatabase cmdlet in Exchange Management Shell.
4. In DPM Administrator Console, click the Search tab and select a date range to locate the
mailbox you want to recover.
5. Select a recovery point that contains the mailbox to be restored, and then click Recover.
DPM recovers the database that contains the selected mailbox.
6. On the Review Recovery Selection page, click Next.
7. On the Select Recovery Type page, select Recover mailbox to an Exchange server
database.
8. On the Specify Destination page, enter the full names of the Exchange server, including
the domain, the name of the Recovery Storage Group that you created in step 1, and the
name of the recovery database that you created in step 2.
9. Complete the Recovery Wizard. DPM recovers the database.
10. Configure the destination database to allow it to be overwritten by using the set-
mailboxdatabase cmdlet in Exchange Management Shell.
11. Merge the mailbox data in the recovery database to the production mailbox database,
using the restore-mailbox cmdlet in Exchange Management Shell.

Example
You need to retrieve some items from a mailbox for an employee who has left the organization.
The following is the identification of the mailbox:
 Exchange Server: exchangeserver1
 Storage group: SG1
 Database: DB11
 Mailbox: John

91
Storage group SG1 is protected by DPM. You decide to recover the mailbox John to the
manager's mailbox so that he can retrieve the necessary items. The following is the identification
of the manager's mailbox:
 Exchange Server: exchangeserver1
 Storage group: SG2
 Database: DB21
 Mailbox: Simon
To recover the mailbox John to the mailbox Simon, you perform the following steps:
1. Create a Recovery Storage Group (RSG) by running the following Exchange Management
Shell cmdlet:
new-storagegroup -Server exchangeserver1 -LogFolderPath C:\RSG\ -Name RSG -
SystemFolderPath C:\RSG\ -Recovery
This creates a storage group named RSG on exchangeserver1.
2. Add a recovery database to the RSG by running the following Exchange Management Shell
cmdlet:
new-mailboxdatabase -mailboxdatabasetorecover exchangeserver1\SG1\DB11 -
storagegroup exchangeserver1\RSG -edbfilepath C:\RSG\DB11.edb
This creates a mailbox on exchangeserver1\RSG\DB11. The .edb file name must be the
same as the .edb file name for the mailbox you are recovering.
3. Set the recovery database to allow overwrites by running the following Exchange
Management Shell cmdlet:
set-mailboxdatabase -identity exchangeserver1\RSG\DB11 -AllowFileRestore 1
4. Open DPM Administrator Console and click Recovery on the navigation bar.
5. Expand the tree and select SG1.
6. Double-click database DB11.
7. Select John, and click Recover.
8. In the Recovery Wizard, on the Review Recovery Selection page, click Next.
9. On the Select Recovery Type page, select Recover mailbox to an Exchange server
database.
10. On the Specify Destination page, enter the following information:
 For Exchange server: exchangeserver1
 For storage group: RSG
 For database: DB11
11. Specify your recovery options, and then click Recover.
12. Set the destination database to allow overwrites by running the following Exchange
Management Shell cmdlet:
set-mailboxdatabase -identity exchangeserver1\SG2\DB21 -AllowFileRestore 1
The destination database is the database that contains the mailbox to which we want to
recover the e-mail from the John mailbox.

92
13. When the recovery is complete, run the following Exchange Management Shell cmdlet:
Restore-Mailbox -RSGMailbox 'John' -RSGDatabase 'RSG\DB11' -id 'Simon' -
TargetFolder 'John E-mail'
The manager opens his mailbox and finds a new folder named John E-mail, which contains
the e-mail items from the recovered mailbox.

See Also
Recovering Mailboxes
How to Recover an Exchange 2003 Mailbox

Recovering Data to Clustered Servers

Stand-alone and Shared Disk Cluster Recovery

To recover the storage group or database to the latest point in time
1. Set the Exchange server database property Override by restore to True.
2. On the DPM server, recover the storage group or database, selecting the Restore to
original location option.

To recover the storage group to a previous point in time

1. Delete the existing log files and checkpoint files on the Exchange server.
2. Set the Exchange server database property Override by restore to True.
3. On the DPM server, recover the storage group or database, selecting the Restore to
original location option.
To recover a storage group or database in clean shutdown state to a network share, you cannot
select Latest as the recovery point.

To recover the storage group or database in clean shutdown state to a network share
1. On the DPM server, recover the storage group or database, selecting the Copy to a
network folder option.
2. On the Specify Destination page, specify a folder on a server running Exchange 2007
server.
3. On the Specify Recovery Options page, select the Bring the database to a clean
shutdown state after copying the files option.
4. On the Summary page, click Recover.

93
Cluster Continuous Replication and Local
Continuous Replication Recovery
Data Protection Manager (DPM) will always recover to the active node, regardless of protection
topology.

To recover from failure on the active node

1. Set the Exchange Server database property Override by restore to True.
2. On the DPM server, recover the storage group or database, selecting the Restore to
original location option.
3. On the Exchange server, in Exchange Management Shell, run get-
storagegroupcopystatus to verify the copy status.
After recovery, you should synchronize the passive nodes with the active node.

If the database or logs on the passive node are corrupt, use either of the following procedures to
recover data.

To recover from failure on the passive node

1. On the Exchange server, in Exchange Management Shell, run suspend-
storagegroupcopy for the failed storage group.
2. Delete all .logs, .chk, and .edb files from the copy location (passive node).
3. In the DPM Recovery Wizard, copy the database files without running database clean
shutdown to the passive node.
4. Move the files to appropriate locations in the passive node.
5. Remove the common log files (between active and passive nodes) from the passive
node. For example, a failover might have created a new log stream with the same log file
names.
6. On the Exchange server, in Exchange Management Shell, run resume-
storagegroupcopy for the failed storage group.

To recover from failure on the passive node (if both copies are corrupt)
1. Set the Exchange Server database property Override by restore to True.
2. In the DPM Recovery Wizard, recover to the active node.
3. On the Exchange server, in Exchange Management Shell, run get-
storagegroupcopystatus to verify the copy status.
4. After recovery, synchronize the passive nodes with the active node.

See Also
Managing Clustered Exchange Servers
Recovering Exchange Data

94
Managing Exchange SCR Servers
System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) 2010 provides support for backup and recovery
of Microsoft Exchange Server while supporting backup and recovery of the SCR server. For more
information, see Exchange Server 2007 - Standby Continuous Replication
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=134034).
In the current scenario, an onsite DPM server protects the Exchange server or cluster. The DPM
server is protected by an offsite DPM server for disaster recovery. The Exchange server also
replicates its logs and databases to the SCR server at a remote location. By using this
deployment, you make sure that you have disaster recovery options both onsite and offsite.
However, this also means that both Exchange and DPM are sending data across the network.
In the new scenario, instead of having both DPM and Exchange send data over the network, you
use each DPM server to protect the local Exchange servers. The onsite DPM protects the onsite
Exchange server (SCR source); the offsite DPM protects the SCR server (SCR target). This
deployment lets you continue having a disaster recovery scenario both onsite and offsite without
the cost of both applications transporting data over the network.
Depending on business requirements, you can choose to protect either both the SCR source and
the SCR target server or just one of them.

Note

 Incremental backups are not enabled for all Exchange data sources on an SCR target.
 SCR protection requires a dedicated protection group.
 DPM does not support configurations where a stand-alone Exchange server uses a clustered
SCR or vice versa.

Important
If SCR protection was enabled at the time of backup, make sure that it is also enabled at
the time of recovery.

Supported Scenarios
 Both SCR source and target servers are Exchange Server 2007 in standalone mode.
 Both SCR source and target servers are Exchange Server 2007 in SCC mode.
 Both CCR source and target servers are Exchange Server 2007 in CCR mode.

In This Section
Protecting an Exchange Server 2007 SCR Target Server Configured as Single Node Cluster
Protecting an Exchange Server 2007 SCR Server in Standalone Mode
Modifying Protection For an Exchange Server 2007 SCR
95
Recovering an Exchange Server 2007 SCR Server
Stopping Protection for an Exchange Server 2007 SCR Server
Disabling Protection for an Exchange Server 2007 SCR Server
Protecting an Exchange Server 2007 SCR Server Post-Activation

Protecting an Exchange Server 2007 SCR

Target Server Configured as Single Node
Cluster
All scripts that are used in the procedure can be found under the <DPM Installation folder>\Bin
folder of the computer on which the action is being performed. For example, if the script has to be
run on the SCR server, the script is in .\Program Files\Microsoft Data Protection
Manager\DPM\Bin. On the DPM server, the script is in .\Program Files\Microsoft DPM\DPM\Bin.
DPM scripts must be run in the DPM Management Shell.
Scripts on the SCR server must be run in the Exchange Management Shell.

Important
If you are using a Single Copy Cluster (SCC) server as your SCR source, you must set
the registry key EnableSccForScr of type DWORD under
HKLM\Software\Microsoft\Microsoft Data Protection Manager\Agent\2.0 to 1 before
proceeding with the following procedure on SCR target server.

Procedure to enable protection for an SCR server

1. Create a resource group with same name as the resource group on SCR target cluster.
This is required by the DPM naming convention for clusters. Create an IP address
resource under this resource group and bring it online.
2. Enable SCR protection on the DPM server by using the Enable-ExchangeSCRProtection
script.
You only have to enable SCR protection one time for an SCR server.
Syntax: Enable-ExchangeSCRProtection.ps1 <DPM Server Name>
<Resource Group>.<Cluster FQDN>

Where Cluster FQDN for the cluster must be provided in the format
<Cluster Name>.<Domain>.
Example: Enable-ExchangeSCRProtection.ps1 DPMTest
ExchangeSCRCluster.DRCLUSTER.contoso.com

Note
You can check if Exchange SCR protection has been enabled by running get-
ExchangeSCRProtection.ps1.

96
 The value for <Cluster FQDN> must be provided in the following format - <Cluster
Name>.<Domain Name>.
3. Run the Add-SCRSG script from the SCR target server.
Syntax: add-SCRSG.ps1 <SCRSourceFQDN> <Storage Group Name>
<Size of Storage Group in MB> <SCRTargetFQDN> <is cluster>
Where target FQDN for the cluster must be provided in the format
<Resource Group Name>.<Cluster Name>.<Domain>.
Example: add-SCRSG.ps1 ExchangeCluster.DRCluster.contoso.com testSG 1024
ExchangeSCRCluster.contoso.com $true

Note
In case of clusters, the source FQDN must be entered as <Resource Group
Name>.<Domain>.
4. On the DPM server, start the Create New Protection Group wizard.

Note
On the Specify Short-Term Goals page of the Create New Protection Group
wizard, you can only select Express full backups for SCR protection.

Important
After activating the SCR server as the primary Exchange server, you must run
Remove-SCRSG.ps1 on the SCR server to enable DPM protection. After
fallback, you must run Add-SCRSG.ps1 on the SCR server to enable DPM
protection.

Protecting an Exchange Server 2007 SCR

Server in Standalone Mode
All scripts used in the procedure can be found under the <DPM Installation folder>\Bin folder of
the computer on which the action is being performed. For instance, if the script has to be run on
the SCR server, the script is in .\Program Files\Microsoft Data Protection Manager\DPM\Bin. On
the DPM server, the script is in .\Program Files\Microsoft DPM\DPM\Bin.
Scripts on the SCR server must be run in the Exchange Management Shell.
DPM scripts must be run in the DPM Management Shell.

Procedure to enable protection for an SCR server

1. Enable SCR protection on the DPM server using the Enable-ExchangeSCRProtection script.
You only have to enable SCR protection one time for a SCR server.
Syntax: Enable-ExchangeSCRProtection.ps1 <DPMServerName> <SCRTargetFQDN>
Example: Enable-ExchangeSCRProtection.ps1 DPMTest ExchangeSCR.contoso.com

97
 Note
You can check if Exchange SCR protection has been enabled by running get-
ExchangeSCRProtection.ps1.
2. Create a storage group and database, with .log, .sys and .ebd files, with the same name as
the source at some temporary location on the SCR server.

Caution
Ensure that the log file path does not point to the location where the log files for the
SCR source exist. This can lead to the replication service failing.
3. Add the SCR server to the protection group using the Add-SCRSG script from the Exchange
Management Shell.
Syntax: add-SCRSG.ps1 <SCRSourceFQDN> <SGName> <Size of storage group in
MB> <SCRTargetFQDN> <is cluster> <cluster name>
Example: add-SCRSG.ps1 ExchangeServer.contoso.com testSG 1024
ExchangeCluster.contoso.com $false

Important
If the SCR server has been activated (if it is now the primary Exchange server), you
do not need to run this script as the Exchange writer will provide this information to
DPM.
4. Follow the wizard to create a new protection group on the DPM server.

Modifying Protection For an Exchange

Server 2007 SCR
The procedure of modifying protection is similar to the procedure to modify protection for an
Exchange server.

Note
On the Specify Short-Term Goals page of the Modify Group wizard, you can only select
express full backups for SCR protection.

Recovering an Exchange Server 2007 SCR

Server
The procedure to recover an Exchange Server 2007 SCR is similar to the procedure to recover
an Exchange server.

Note

98
 On the Recovery tab in DPM Administrator Console, you cannot expand the SCR server to
display individual items.
 You can only recover the SCR server to a network share.

Stopping Protection for an Exchange Server

2007 SCR Server
All scripts used in the procedure are under the <DPM Installation folder>\Bin folder of the
computer on which the action is being performed. For example, if the script has to run on the
SCR server, the script is in .\Program Files\Microsoft Data Protection Manager\DPM\Bin. On the
DPM server, the script is in .\Program Files\Microsoft DPM\DPM\Bin.
Scripts on the SCR server run in the Exchange Management Shell.

Stopping protection for an SCR server

1. Stop protection for the computer through DPM Administrator Console.
2. Remove the SCR server from the protection group using Remove-SCRSG.ps1 on the SCR
server in the Exchange Management Shell.
Syntax: remove-SCRSG.ps1 [SCRSourceFQDN] [StorageGroupName]
Example: remove-SCRSG.ps1 ExchangeSCRCluster.contoso.com testSG

Disabling Protection for an Exchange Server

2007 SCR Server
By disabling Exchange SCR protection on a server, all data sources using SCR protection on that
DPM server are affected.
You can disable protection for the SCR server using Disable-ExchangeSCRProtection.ps1 on the
DPM server.

Note
All scripts used in the procedure can be found under the <DPM Installation folder>\Bin
folder of the computer on which the action is being performed. For example, if the script
has to be run on the SCR server, the script is in .\Program Files\Microsoft Data Protection
Manager\DPM\Bin. On the DPM server, the script is in .\Program Files\Microsoft
DPM\DPM\Bin.
Scripts on the SCR server must be run in the Exchange Management Shell.
Syntax (standalone server): Disable-ExchangeSCRProtection.ps1 <DPMServerName>
<ScrPSFQDN>

99
Example: Disable-ExchangeSCRProtection.ps1 DPMTest ExchangeSCR.contoso.com
Syntax (clustered server): Disable-ExchangeSCRProtection.ps1 <DPMServerName>
<ResourceGroup>.<ClusterFQDN>
Example: Disable-ExchangeSCRProtection.ps1 DPMTest
ExchangeSCRCluster.DRCLUSTER.contoso.com

Protecting an Exchange Server 2007 SCR

Server Post-Activation
Activation of an SCR target is done in case of a major disaster that results in no easier options to
recover the Exchange server. When such a disaster happens, you have to remove protection for
the SCR server to allow DPM to protect it as the primary Exchange server.
Use Remove-SCRSG.ps1 on the SCR server to remove it from the protection group.

Important
After you activate the SCR server as the primary Exchange server, a new SCR server
has to be put in place to continue SCR protection. You must specifically enable protection
for the new SCR target.

Managing Protected Servers Running SQL

Server
This content applies to both Microsoft® SQL Server 2000 and SQL Server 2005, unless
otherwise specified.

In This Section
Performing General Maintenance on Servers Running SQL
Performing SQL Server Management Tasks
Managing Clustered SQL Servers
Managing Mirrored SQL Servers
Recovering SQL Server Data

100
Performing General Maintenance on Servers
Running SQL
General maintenance includes tasks such as disk and file maintenance, updating operating
systems and applications, and protecting data by using antivirus software and performing regular
backups. Some special considerations apply when you are performing server maintenance on
SQL Servers that are protected by Data Protection Manager (DPM).
When you need to perform maintenance on a protected server and do not want protection jobs to
continue for the duration of the maintenance, you can use the following procedure to disable the
protection agent.

Note
If you disable a protection agent for a server that is a cluster node, you should disable the
protection agent for every node of the cluster.

To disable a protection agent

1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Management on the navigation bar.
2. On the Agents tab, in the display pane, select the name of the computer with the
protection agent you want to disable.
3. In the Actions pane, click Disable protection agent.
4. In the dialog box, click OK to confirm that you want to proceed.

In This Section
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on SQL Servers
Performing SQL Maintenance Tasks
Applying Operating System Updates on SQL Servers
Running Antivirus Software on SQL Servers

Using Windows Maintenance Tools on SQL

Servers
Running Disk Cleanup, Disk Defragmenter, or Chkdsk.exe should have no adverse effect on
performance or data protection.
You should not use other backup applications on a computer running SQL Server that is
protected by DPM.

101
See Also
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on the DPM Server
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on File Servers and Workstations
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on Exchange Servers
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on SharePoint Servers
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on Virtual Server

Performing SQL Maintenance Tasks

Coordinate with the SQL Server administrator to ensure that the following tasks are not
scheduled at the same time as the express full backup performed by DPM:
 Check database integrity
 History cleanup
 Maintenance cleanup
 Rebuild index
 Reorganize index
 Shrink database
 Update statistics
Best practices for SQL Server include running a weekly database consistency check (DBCC).
You should continue this practice for databases protected by DPM to avoid backing up a
database with corruption issues.

Applying Operating System Updates on SQL

Servers
An important part of computer maintenance is ensuring that operating systems and software are
up to date. Updates—known as "fixes," "patches," "service packs," and "security rollup
packages"—help to protect computers and data.
You can use your preferred method for deploying software updates, such as Automatic Updates
or Windows Server Update Services, on computers running SQL Server that are protected by
DPM. Because some software updates require a computer restart, you should schedule or
perform the updates at times that have the least impact on protection operations.

102
Running Antivirus Software on SQL Servers
To prevent data corruption of replicas and recovery points, configure the antivirus software to
delete infected files rather than automatically cleaning or quarantining them. Automatic cleaning
and quarantining can result in data corruption because these processes cause the antivirus
software to modify files, making changes that DPM cannot detect. For instructions on configuring
your antivirus software to delete infected files, see the documentation for your antivirus software.

Performing SQL Server Management Tasks

This section provides instructions and guidelines for managing a protected SQL Server and
making changes after the initial configuration of Data Protection Manager.

In This Section
Upgrading SQL Server 2000 to SQL Server 2005
Moving SQL Servers Between Domains
How to Rename a Computer Running SQL Server
Changing the Recovery Model of a Database
Replacing a Disk on a SQL Server
Adding Databases to a SQL Server
Changing the Path of a SQL Server Database
Renaming a SQL Server Database
Running Parallel Backups

Upgrading SQL Server 2000 to SQL Server

2005
If you upgrade a protected server running SQL Server 2000 to SQL Server 2005, you must
reprotect the databases after the upgrade by performing the following steps:
1. Stop protection of the databases, choosing the retain data option.
2. Start the SQL Writer Service on the upgraded server.
3. Add the databases on the upgraded server to a new protection group.
You will be able to use the retained replica to recover data from points in time before the upgrade.
Data created by SQL Server 2000 must be restored to a computer running SQL Server 2000.
You can also use the retained replica to manually create the initial replica for each database in
the new protection group.

103
 Note
After you reconfigure protection, DPM Administrator Console displays the protected
database as two separate nodes. The protection status in the Protection task area
appears as Inactive replica for one of the database nodes, and the Recovery task area
displays two database nodes with the same name.

Moving SQL Servers Between Domains

You cannot do the following for protected computers:
 Change the domain of a protected computer and continue protection without disruption.
 Change the domain of a protected computer and associate the existing replicas and recovery
points with the computer when it is re-protected.
We recommend that you do not change the domain of a protected computer. If you must change
the domain of a protected computer, you must complete two tasks:
 Remove the data sources on the computer from protection while the computer retains its
original domain membership.
 Protect the data source on the computer after it becomes a member of another domain.

To change the domain membership of a protected computer

1. Remove all members from protection groups.
If you retain the replicas and recovery points, the data will remain accessible for
administrative recovery until you delete the replicas. However, it will not be accessible for
end-user recovery.
2. Uninstall the protection agent by using DPM Administrator Console on the DPM server.
3. Change the domain membership of the computer.
4. Install a protection agent by using DPM Administrator Console on the DPM server.
5. Add the data sources to protection groups on the DPM server.
For information about performing tasks involving protection agents and protection groups,
see DPM Help.

How to Rename a Computer Running SQL

Server
DPM uses the computer name as a unique identifier for replicas, recovery points, DPM database
entries, reporting database entries, and so on.
You cannot do the following:

104
 Change the name of a protected computer and continue protection without disruption.
 Change the name of a protected computer and associate the existing replicas and recovery
points with the new computer name.
We recommend that you do not change the name of a protected computer. If you must change
the name of a protected computer, you must complete two tasks:
 Remove the data sources on the computer from protection (the old computer name).
 Protect the data source on the computer (the new computer name).

To rename a protected computer

1. Remove all members from protection groups.
If you retain the replicas and recovery points, the data will remain accessible for
administrative recovery until you delete the replicas. However, it will not be accessible for
end-user recovery.
2. Uninstall the protection agent by using DPM Administrator Console on the DPM server.
3. Change the name of the computer.
4. Install a protection agent by using DPM Administrator Console on the DPM server.
5. Add the data sources to protection groups on the DPM server.
For information about tasks that involve protection agents and protection groups, see
DPM Help.

Changing the Recovery Model of a Database

SQL Server databases can have one of three types of recovery models: simple, full, or bulk-
logged. By default, new databases are usually created in the full recovery model. The following
table describes how each model uses log backups.

SQL Server Database Recovery Models

Recovery model Use of log backups

Simple Does not use log backups.

Full SQL Server maintains the transactions logs for

the databases, allowing log backups to be
taken. The logs must be truncated explicitly;
otherwise, they continue to grow.

Bulk-logged Similar to the full recovery model except that

certain types of transactions are not logged in
the transaction log.

105
When a database is added to a protection group, DPM detects the recovery model that the
database is configured to use. DPM does not allow log, or incremental, backups for databases
configured in the simple recovery model. Log backups are only allowed for databases configured
in the full and bulk-logged recovery models.
When the recovery model of a protected database is changed from simple to full or bulk-logged,
DPM protection continues as configured. When the recovery model of a protected database is
changed from full or bulk-logged to simple, express full backups will continue to succeed, but
incremental backups will fail.

To change the recovery model of a protected database to the simple recovery model
1. Stop protection of the database, selecting the retain replica option.
2. Change the recovery model on the SQL Server database.
3. Add the database to a protection group.
You should also stop protection of a database before you configure log shipping for the database
or change the database to Read Only. After you make the changes to the database, you can
reconfigure protection for the database.
When protecting SQL Server databases that are configured to use the full or bulk-logged
recovery models, DPM creates a folder on the SQL Server that is being protected. This folder is
created in the same location as the first log file (*.ldf) of each protected database.
This folder is used as a temporary store for logs during SQL Server log backup and SQL Server
log restore by DPM. If DPM finds the folder missing, DPM will re-create the folder.

Replacing a Disk on a SQL Server

You might replace a disk on a SQL Server to upgrade capacity or to replace a failed disk. If you
replace a disk that contains SQL Server data protected by DPM, you should assign the same
drive letter to the new disk. You can then recover the protected data from the DPM server to the
new disk.

Adding Databases to a SQL Server

System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) allows you to protect SQL Server databases
through SQL Server instance auto-protection. This enables DPM to automatically identify and
protect SQL Server databases that are added to instances of SQL Server to be automatically
protected.

106
Enabling SQL Server Instance Auto-Protection
SQL Server instance auto-protection is turned on by default for any instance of SQL Server that
you protect. When you add an instance of SQL Server to a protection group, auto-protection is
automatically enabled on the instance.
You can use the cmdlet Start-AutoProtection to force DPM to immediately check for new
databases and add them to protection if you cannot wait for the nightly job.

Disabling SQL Server Instance Auto-Protection

To disable auto-protection for SQL Server instance, right-click the instance on the Create
Protection Wizard or on the Modify Protection Wizard, and then select Turn off auto-protection.
When you turn off auto-protection for an instance of SQL Server, DPM will not discover any new
databases created on that instance. To protect any new databases, you must manually add them
to the protection group.

Changing the Path of a SQL Server Database

When a path associated with a protected database changes, backup jobs will fail. To resolve this
issue, remove the database from protection and then add the database back to the protection
group. This change to the protection group will require a consistency check. After the consistency
check completes successfully, normal protection jobs will resume.

Renaming a SQL Server Database

If you rename a database that is protected by DPM, you must add the database under its new
name to an existing or new protection group and then remove the database under its old name
from its protection group. The database will be protected as a new data source.

Running Parallel Backups

Microsoft System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) supports running parallel backups of
data sources in the same protection group to optimize your network usage. However, there are
restrictions to performing parallel backups for SQL Server databases from the same protected
computer because of restrictions in SQL Server.

Supported Scenarios
The following is a list of scenarios in which you can perform parallel backups of a SQL data
source.
107
 The databases are on Microsoft SQL Server 2008.

Note
Both the databases must be on different protection groups.
 Both the databases are on different versions of SQL Server. For example, one is on Microsoft
SQL Server 2000 and the other on Microsoft SQL Server 2005.

Unsupported Scenarios
Neither Microsoft SQL Server 2000 nor Microsoft SQL Server 2005 support parallel backups. If
two databases from the same version and instance of SQL Server are scheduled for backup at
the same time, the backup will happen serially.

Managing Clustered SQL Servers

On planned failover of a cluster, DPM continues protection. On unplanned failover, DPM issues
an alert that a consistency check is required.
For a non-shared disk cluster, planned failover may also require a consistency check.
You cannot backup and recover the master database for clustered SQL Servers.

In This Section
Changing SQL Server Cluster Members
Changing Resource Groups on Clustered SQL Servers

Changing SQL Server Cluster Members

When you make changes to a server cluster that is protected by DPM, DPM takes the following
actions:
 When a new server is added to a cluster, DPM issues an alert to install a protection agent on
the new cluster node and protection fails.
 When a server is removed from a cluster, DPM detects that a node has left the cluster and
the server now appears separate from the cluster with no data protected on it.
For example, assume you have a server cluster that contains four computers: Node1, Node2,
Node3, and Node4. You need to replace computer Node4 with a new computer named Node5.
You use the administration console for your cluster service to add Node5 to the cluster and
configure the resources that can be failed over to Node5.
DPM issues an alert that protection of the server cluster will fail until a protection agent is installed
on Node5. You install the protection agent on Node5.

108
You fail over the resources from Node4 to other nodes in the cluster. When no resources remain
on Node4, you remove it from the cluster. DPM detects the failovers and continues protection of
the cluster.
DPM detects that Node4 has left the cluster – it appears as a stand-alone node now. If it no
longer exists on the network, you can remove the record for this server in DPM Administrator
Console.

Changing Resource Groups on Clustered

SQL Servers
A cluster node can have any number of resource groups. Moving a protected data source to a
resource group, between resource groups, or out of a resource group can cause protection job
failures. To successfully make any of those changes to resource group membership, perform the
following steps:
1. Stop existing protection of the data source. The data source could belong to a protection
group as a single data source on a protected server or as a data source as a member of a
resource group.
2. Begin protection of the data source according to its new status, either as a single data source
on a protected server or as a data source as a member of a resource group. This will allocate
a new replica for the data source.
Changing the name of a resource group will affect the protection of all data sources in the
resource group. To change the name of a resource group, perform the following steps:
1. Stop protection of the resource group.
2. Change the name of the resource group.
3. Begin protection of the resource group under its new name.

Managing Mirrored SQL Servers

System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) protects SQL Server databases and clusters that
use SQL Server mirroring technology. This support does not translate into any major changes in
the procedure to protect or recover SQL Server databases in DPM. The following sections will call
out any changes in procedure.

Prerequisites for Protecting Mirrored Databases

Before protecting a mirrored SQL Server database, ensure the following:
 Install agents on both partners of the mirror.
 Do not mirror the database on the same computer.

109
Protecting a Mirrored SQL Server Database
The procedure to protect a mirrored database is the same as protecting a SQL Server database.
When you select a mirrored database to add to the protection group in the Create New Protection
Group wizard, DPM automatically detects that the database is mirrored and displays the mirror
details on the Select Group Members page.

Protecting a Mirrored SQL Server Cluster

DPM also supports protection of mirrored SQL Server clusters. The procedure to protect SQL
Server clusters that are mirrored is the same as protecting a mirrored SQL Server database.

Note
DPM agents must be installed on all the computers in the cluster.
DPM protects all the following configurations:
 Principal is clustered, mirror is not.
 Principal is not clustered, mirror is.
 Both principal and mirror are clustered.

Common Scenarios

A protected SQL Server database gets mirrored

At the time of backup, DPM will detect that the database has been mirrored and raise an alert.
You will need to remove protection (with retain data) for the database and then reprotect it.

Note
DPM will maintain a single replica for the mirror.

A mirror is broken
When the mirror is broken for a mirrored SQL Server database that is currently protected by
DPM, backups will fail with alerts. Remove protection (with retain data) for the SQL Server
database and reprotect it.

Principal partner in a mirror fails over and fails back before next
backup
This scenario does not affect protection in any manner since DPM is not informed about the fail
over, unless a backup of the mirror is in progress.

110
Principal partner fails and the mirror server takes over
DPM will detect that the mirror is now the principal partner, stops the backup job, and performs a
consistency check after 30 minutes on the database that failed over.

Note
If during these 30 minutes the database fails back to the original principal, DPM will
detect this and resume protection after performing a consistency check.
If you try to backup the mirrored database before the scheduled consistency check (after 30
minutes), an alert indicating that a consistency check is required will be created on the DPM
Monitor tab and the backup will not start until a consistency check is done. To start the backup
immediately, do a consistency check and retry the backup.

One protected database is made the mirror of another protected

database
Where one SQL Server database protected by DPM is made the mirror of another protected
database, protection will fail for both partners of the mirror. To continue protection, you must
protect the principal partner.

Recovering a Mirrored SQL Server Database

When recovering a mirrored SQL Server database, always use the ‘Recover to alternate location’
option. Even if you want to recover to the original location, use the alternate location option and
provide the path to either of the partners of the mirror.

Unsupported Scenarios
The following scenarios for mirrored SQL Server databases are not supported by DPM:
 The database is mirrored on the same server.
 The SQL Server mirroring session uses an explicitly-configured IP address.

Recovering SQL Server Data

When you recover SQL Server data, you can choose from the following options:
 Recover the database to its original location
 Recover the database with a new name to its original location or to a different instance of
SQL Server
 Recover the database to a different instance of SQL Server
 Copy the database to a network folder
 Copy the database to tape

111
When you recover a SQL Server 2000 database to a different instance of SQL Server, the
recovery path on the new server must be the same as the path of the database when it was
protected on the source server. For example, DB1 on D:\sample on server1 can be recovered
only to D:\sample on server2. If you want to recover to a completely new path, then you will only
be able to recover express full backups (typically one copy per day).
When you recover a SQL Server 2005 database to a different instance of SQL Server, you can
recover the database to any chosen path on the new server. You can back up once every 15
minutes and recover to any point in time on the target SQL Server.
In both SQL Server 2000 and SQL Server 2005, you can rename the database and recover to the
original SQL instance.
You cannot recover a database from an instance of SQL Server on a computer running Windows
Server 2008 to an instance of SQL Server on a computer running Windows Server 2003.
You cannot recover a system database to a different instance of SQL Server.

In This Section
How to Recover a SQL Database to Its Original Location
How to Recover and Rename a SQL Database
How to Recover a Database to a Different Instance of SQL Server
How to Copy a SQL Database to a Network Folder
How to Copy a SQL Database to Tape
How to Recover a SQL Database and Allow Additional Log Backups

How to Recover a SQL Database to Its

Original Location

To recover a database to its original location

1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Recovery on the navigation bar.
2. Using the browse functionality, select the database to recover.
3. On the calendar, click any date in bold to obtain the recovery points available for that
date. The Recovery time menu lists the time for each available recovery point.
4. On the Recovery time menu, select the recovery point you want to use.
5. In the Actions pane, click Recover.
The Recovery Wizard starts.
6. On the Review recovery selection page, click Next.
7. Select Recover to original SQL Server location, and then click Next.
8. If you selected a recovery point other than Latest, on the Specify Database State page,

112
 select Leave database operational.
9. Specify recovery options for network bandwidth usage throttling, SAN-based recovery,
and e-mail notifications, and then click Next.
10. On the Summary page, review the recovery settings, and then click Recover.

See Also
How to Recover and Rename a SQL Database
How to Recover a Database to a Different Instance of SQL Server
How to Copy a SQL Database to a Network Folder
How to Copy a SQL Database to Tape
How to Recover a SQL Database and Allow Additional Log Backups

How to Recover and Rename a SQL

Database
To recover and rename a database, use the Recover to any SQL instance option. This option is
unavailable if you select Latest as the recovery point from which to recover the database.

To recover and rename a database

1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Recovery on the navigation bar.
2. Using either the browse or search functionality, select the database to recover.
3. On the calendar, click any date in bold to obtain the recovery points available for that
date. The Recovery time menu lists the time for each available recovery point.
4. On the Recovery time menu, select the recovery point you want to use. Do not select
Latest for the recovery point.
5. In the Actions pane, click Recover.
The Recovery Wizard launches.
6. On the Review recovery selection page, click Next.
7. Select Recover to any SQL instance, and then click Next.
8. On the Specify recovery destination page, enter the path to recover the database to,
and specify a new name for the recovered database.
9. Specify recovery options for network bandwidth usage throttling, SAN-based recovery,
and e-mail notifications, and then click Next.
10. On the Summary page, review the recovery settings, and then click Recover.

113
See Also
How to Recover a SQL Database to Its Original Location
How to Recover a Database to a Different Instance of SQL Server
How to Copy a SQL Database to a Network Folder
How to Copy a SQL Database to Tape
How to Recover a SQL Database and Allow Additional Log Backups

How to Recover a Database to a Different

Instance of SQL Server
To recover a database to a different instance of SQL Server, you use the Recover to any SQL
instance option. This option is unavailable if you select Latest as the recovery point from which
to recover the database.

Note
When recovering a databases to a different instance of SQL Server
 You cannot recover a database from an instance of SQL Server on a computer running
Windows Server 2008 to an instance of SQL Server on a computer running Windows
Server 2003.
 You cannot recover a SQL Server 2008 database to a SQL Server 2005 instance.

To recover a database to a different instance of SQL Server

1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Recovery on the navigation bar.
2. Using either the browse or search functionality, select the database to recover.
3. On the calendar, click any date in bold to obtain the recovery points available for that
date. The Recovery time menu lists the time for each available recovery point.
4. On the Recovery time menu, select the recovery point you want to use. Do not select
Latest for the recovery point.
5. In the Actions pane, click Recover.
The Recovery Wizard starts.
6. On the Review recovery selection page, click Next.
7. Select Recover to any SQL instance, and then click Next.
8. On the Specify recovery destination page, the actions you can take depend on the
version of SQL Server database:
 If you are recovering a database created by SQL Server 2000, specify the alternate
instance of SQL Server to which the database should be recovered. The database
must use the same complete path that it used in its original location.
 If you are recovering a database created by SQL Server 2005, specify the alternate

114
 instance of SQL Server to which the database should be recovered. You can also
specify a path for the database that differs from the path that it used in its original
location.
9. Specify recovery options for network bandwidth usage throttling, SAN-based recovery,
and e-mail notifications, and then click Next.
10. On the Summary page, review the recovery settings, and then click Recover.

See Also
How to Recover a SQL Database to Its Original Location
How to Recover and Rename a SQL Database
How to Copy a SQL Database to a Network Folder
How to Copy a SQL Database to Tape
How to Recover a SQL Database and Allow Additional Log Backups

How to Copy a SQL Database to a Network

Folder
You can only copy a SQL Server database from a recovery point that was created from an
express full backup.

To copy a database to a network folder

1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Recovery on the navigation bar.
2. Using the browse functionality, select the database to recover.
3. On the calendar, click any date in bold to obtain the recovery points available for that
date. The Recovery time menu lists the time for each available recovery point.
4. On the Recovery time menu, select the recovery point you want to use.
5. In the Actions pane, click Recover.
The Recovery Wizard starts.
6. On the Review recovery selection page, click Next.
7. Select Copy to a network folder, and then click Next.
If the recovery point that you selected was not created from an express full backup, you
will be presented with new recovery point choices.
8. Specify the destination path to which the database should be copied.
9. On the Specify recovery options page, you can select either or both of the following
options:
 Restore security
Specify whether to use the security settings of the data being recovered or the

115
 security settings of the target destination.
 Send an e-mail when this recovery completes.
Select this option to specify an e-mail address or addresses to notify upon recovery
completion. If you select this option, you must enter the e-mail address to notify.
Multiple e-mail addresses must be separated by a comma.
10. On the Summary page, review the recovery settings, and then click Recover.

See Also
How to Recover a SQL Database to Its Original Location
How to Recover and Rename a SQL Database
How to Recover a Database to a Different Instance of SQL Server
How to Copy a SQL Database to Tape
How to Recover a SQL Database and Allow Additional Log Backups

How to Copy a SQL Database to Tape

You can copy a SQL Server database to tape only from a recovery point that was created from an
express full backup.

To copy a database to tape

1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Recovery on the navigation bar.
2. Using either the browse or search functionality, select the database to recover.
3. On the calendar, click any date in bold to obtain the recovery points available for that
date. The Recovery time menu lists the time for each available recovery point.
4. On the Recovery time menu, select the recovery point you want to use.
You must select the most recent recovery point to recover the storage group to its original
location.
5. In the Actions pane, click Recover.
The Recovery Wizard starts.
6. On the Review recovery selection page, click Next.
7. Select Copy to tape, and then click Next.
If the recovery point that you selected was not created from an express full backup, you
will be presented with new recovery point choices.
8. On the Specify Library page, in Primary library, select a library to use for recovery.
(Copy library is available only when the job cannot be completed using only the tape
library selected in Primary library.)
 When the data is being copied from disk, the library you select in Primary library will

116
 copy the data to tape.
 When the data is being copied from tape and the tape library has multiple tape
drives, the library you select in Primary library will read from the source tape and
copy the data to another tape.
 When the data is being copied from tape and the tape library has only a single tape
drive, the library you select in Primary library will read from the source tape and the
library you select in Copy library will copy the data to tape.
9. Enter a label for the tape on which the storage group will be copied.
10. Specify if the data that is copied should be compressed or encrypted.
11. On the Set notification page, you can select Send an e-mail when this recovery
completes.
12. On the Summary page, review the recovery settings, and then click Recover.

Additional Resources
How to Copy a Tape (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=196785)

See Also
How to Recover a SQL Database to Its Original Location
How to Recover and Rename a SQL Database
How to Recover a Database to a Different Instance of SQL Server
How to Copy a SQL Database to a Network Folder
How to Recover a SQL Database and Allow Additional Log Backups

How to Recover a SQL Database and Allow

Additional Log Backups
The DPM recovery process uses SQL Server functionality to recover a database such that all
uncommitted transactions are rolled back. The recovery process opens the transaction log to
identify uncommitted transactions. Uncommitted transactions are undone by being rolled back,
unless they hold locks that prevent other transactions from viewing transactionally inconsistent
data. This step is called the undo, or roll back, phase.
In some circumstances, the SQL Server administrator might require the database to be restored
in a mode that allows log backups to be selectively played back. Using DPM, you can recover a
database and leave it in a restoring state in which additional log backups can be applied to the
database.

To recover a database without transaction roll back

117
 1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Recovery on the navigation bar.
2. Using the browse functionality, select the database to recover.
3. On the calendar, click any date in bold to obtain the recovery points available for that
date. The Recovery time menu lists the time for each available recovery point.
4. On the Recovery time menu, select the recovery point you want to use. You can select
any recovery point except Latest.
5. In the Actions pane, click Recover.
The Recovery Wizard starts.
6. On the Review recovery selection page, click Next.
7. Select Recover to original SQL Server location or Recover to any SQL instance, and
then click Next.
8. If you select Recover to any SQL instance, on the Specify recovery destination page,
specify the instance of SQL Server to which the database should be recovered.
9. On the Specify Database State page, select Leave database non-operational but
able to restore additional transaction logs.
10. Select Copy SQL transaction logs between the selected recovery point and latest
available recovery point, specify a copy destination for the transaction logs, and then
click Next.
DPM must have Write permission for the copy destination for the transaction logs.
11. Specify recovery options for network bandwidth usage throttling, SAN-based recovery,
and e-mail notifications, and then click Next.
12. On the Summary page, review the recovery settings, and then click Recover.
13. Use the Restore Transact-SQL command with the HeaderOnly argument to retrieve the
header information for the transaction logs. The header contains information that allows
the log backup sequences to be correctly ordered.
14. Use the Restore command with the Log argument to apply the desired logs to the
database in the right order.
For more information on the Restore command, see RESTORE Arguments (Transact-
SQL) (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=104665).

See Also
How to Recover a SQL Database to Its Original Location
How to Recover and Rename a SQL Database
How to Recover a Database to a Different Instance of SQL Server
How to Copy a SQL Database to a Network Folder
How to Copy a SQL Database to Tape

118
Managing Protected Servers Running
SharePoint
This section provides information about how System Center Data Protection Manager
(DPM) 2010 protects servers running SharePoint. All information in this section pertains to
Microsoft SharePoint 2010 products, Microsoft Office SharePoint Server (MOSS) 2007, and
Windows SharePoint Services 3.0 and Windows SharePoint Services 3.0 SP Search unless
otherwise specified.

In This Section
Configuring SharePoint Protection
Protecting a SharePoint Farm
Protecting SharePoint Front-End Web Server
Protecting SharePoint Search
Recovering SharePoint Data
Performing SharePoint Protection Management Tasks
Performing General Maintenance on Servers Running SharePoint
Troubleshooting SharePoint Protection and Recovery

Configuring SharePoint Protection

System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) allows you to natively protect the following
components of a SharePoint farm:
 SharePoint farm content
 Front-end Web server content
 SharePoint Search
This section deals with configuration settings and prerequisite software that is required on the
DPM server and the protected computers to ensure that the SharePoint farm components are
protected correctly.

In This Section
Configuring the DPM Server for SharePoint Protection
Configuring SharePoint Farm Servers

119
Configuring the DPM Server for SharePoint
Protection
Before protecting a SharePoint farm, you must ensure that the following prerequisites are
installed on the System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) server.

DPM Server Prerequisites

 DPM 2010
 For every 10 million items in the farm, there must be at least 2 GB of space on the volume
where the DPM folder is located. This space is required for catalog generation. To enable you
to use DPM to perform granular-level recovery of items (site collections, sites, lists, document
libraries, folders, individual documents, and list items), catalog generation creates a list of the
URLs contained within each content database. You can view the list of URLs in the
recoverable item pane in the Recovery task area of DPM Administrator Console.

In This Section
Configuring Data Source Groups

Configuring Data Source Groups

Microsoft System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) supports running parallel backups of
data sources in the same protection group to optimize your network usage. To optimize
performance of backing up SharePoint, you can configure the databases so that they can be
backed up in parallel across disk spindles, physical disks, or servers. This configuration can be
done by authoring the DataSourceGroups.xml file on the DPM server.

Configuring DataSourceGroups.xml
To configure the DatasourceGroupsSample.xml file, follow these steps:
1. Locate the DatasourceGroupsSample.xml file in the Config folder under the DPM installation
folder.
2. Make a copy of the DatasourceGroupsSample.xml file and rename it.
After you perform the preceding steps, when a new protection group is created or an existing
protection group is modified, DPM will load the DatasourceGroupsSample.xml file.

Note
Modifying an existing protection group leads to cancellation of all running jobs. To avoid
this, you can create a dummy protection group that contains a single data source and
modify it when you want to reload the XML file.

120
The DatasourceGroupsSample.xml file will contain a single group (for example, Group1) and all
the data sources protected by the DPM server will be present in that group. If you do not want to
control the backup of any particular data source, then that data source can be removed from the
XML file. The following is an example of a DatasourceGroupsSample.xml file.

Note
Each group must have its own unique name.
<Group GroupName="Group1"> <Datasource DatasourceName=<Database>
ProtectedServerName=<Protected Server> WriterId=<Writer ID /> </Group>

The following table describes the field names in the DatasourceGroupsSample.xml file.

Name Description

DataSourceName Name of the database. The name should be in

the following format:
SQLInstanceName\SQLDBName.

ProtectedServerName Name of the server where the database

resides.

WriterID ID of the VSS writer that reports this database.

This field is set by the system and does not
have to be modified.

When running parallel backups, DPM selects only one database from each group.
If you have to back up two databases from the same spindle or disk, ensure that both the
databases are in the same group in the XML file. This helps to maximize the use of disk
throughput and also ensures that DPM does not back up both the databases in parallel.
You can create an unlimited number of groups. However, DPM can run backups for only eight
SharePoint databases from the same database instance in parallel. In SQL Server 2005, you can
run only one backup at a time from a given instance of SQL Server.

Unloading DatasourceGroups.xml
To unload the datasourcegroups.xml file, perform the following steps:
1. Save a copy of datasourcegroups.xml using a different name.
2. Empty datasourcegroups.xml and save it.
3. Run the Modify Protection Wizard for any protection group to complete the unload process.

121
Configuring SharePoint Farm Servers
Before protecting a SharePoint farm with DPM, you must perform series of configuration tasks on
the SharePoint farm servers.

Install DPM Protection Agents

To protect data on SharePoint servers, ensure that the DPM protection agents are installed on all
the servers of the farm. For more information about how to install DPM agent, see Installing
Protection Agents (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=179676).

In This Section
Configuring the Front-End Web Server
Configuring the SQL Backend Servers

Configuring the Front-End Web Server

Before protecting a SharePoint farm, you must ensure that the following prerequisites are
installed on the Front-end Web server.

Prerequisites for Front-end Web Server

If you are running Windows Server 2003 on the front-end Web server and have installed
Knowledge Base article 940349, then you must ensure that the following prerequisites are
installed:
 Windows SharePoint Services 3.0 with SP2 or Windows SharePoint Services 3.0 with SP1 or
Microsoft Office SharePoint Server 2007 with SP2 or
Microsoft Office SharePoint Server 2007 with SP1 or Microsoft SharePoint Foundation 2010
or Microsoft SharePoint Server 2010.

 At least 2 GB of space on the volume in which the DPM is installed for every 10 million items
in the farm. This is required for catalog generation. In DPM, to perform granular level
recovery of items (site collections, sites, lists, document libraries, folders, individual
documents and list items), catalog generation provides you a list of URLs contained within
each content database. This list of URLs is displayed on the recoverable item pane in the
DPM Administrator console.
 If you are running Windows SharePoint Services 3.0 SP1 or MOSS 2007 SP1, then install
Knowledge Base article 941422, Update for Windows SharePoint Services 3.0
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=100392).

122
 Note
You must install Knowledge Base article 941422 on all protected servers on which
Windows SharePoint Services 3.0, Microsoft Office SharePoint Server 2007 with
SP1, and Microsoft Office SharePoint Server 2007 are installed.

 Run ConfigureSharePoint.exe on the front-end Web server. For more information about using
ConfigureSharePoint, see Using ConfigureSharePoint.

Note
If the SharePoint VSS Writer service does not start on the front-end Web server then
you must manually start this service. For more information, see Starting and
Configuring the WSS VSS Writer Service in Configuring DPM 2010
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=179157).
 In the SharePoint farm, if you have SQL Server databases that are configured with SQL
Server aliases, then install the SQL Server client components on the front-end Web server
that DPM will protect. For information about installing SQL Server 2005 components, see
How to: Install SQL Server 2005 (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=147257).

Using ConfigureSharePoint
Before you begin to protect a SharePoint farm, you must configure protection for SharePoint by
using the ConfigureSharePoint.exe tool.
In DPM, ConfigureSharePoint.exe is a tool that is required to be run on the front-end Web server
from where you plan to protect SharePoint farm data. The ConfigureSharePoint.exe file can be
found in the <DPM Installation Path>\bin folder on the front-end Web server. This tool must be
run in the following scenarios:
 Before you begin to protect a SharePoint farm
 Change in SharePoint farm administrator password
 Change in SharePoint farm administrator account

Permissions
To run the ConfigureSharePoint.exe tool, ensure that you meet the following prerequisites:
You must be a member of the Administrators group on the local computer to run this tool.
You must run this tool from an elevated command prompt.
The ConfigureSharePoint.exe tool provides the following permissions to the farm administrator on
the front-end Web server:
 Read and Execute to all DPM directories: DPM has to load the DLLs from the DPM Bin
directory when WSSCmdletWrapper.exe runs.
123
 Read, Execute, and Write (all) access on the Temp directory in the DPM directory: DPM has
to create a directory inside the DPM Temp directory where item-level catalog dumps are
created. DPM also creates a log file, WSSCmdletWrapperCurr.errlog, inside the DPM Temp
directory.
 Read permissions to the DPM hive in the registry.

Syntax
ConfigureSharePoint [-EnableSharePointProtection] [-EnableSPSearchProtection] [-
ResolveAllSQLAliases] [-SetTempPath <path>]

Note
To run this command, you must be a local administrator on the front-end Web server. In
Windows Server 2008 and later versions, ensure that you run this command from an
elevated command prompt.

Parameters

Parameter Description

EnableSharePointProtection  To enable SharePoint farm protection using

a DPM server, you must ensure that you
run this option on the front-end Web server
from where you plan to protect SharePoint
farm data.
Do not run this option on more than one
front-end Web server.
To run this option on multiple servers, run
the command “Stsadm –o
unregisterwsswriter” on the front-end Web
servers from where you do not plan to
protect SharePoint farm data.
This option performs the following:
 Enables the SharePoint VSS writer required
for SharePoint farm protection.
 Registers the identity of the DCOM
application WssCmdletsWrapper to run as
a user whose credentials are entered with
this option. If you are prompted to enter
your user credentials, then enter the
credentials of a farm administrator.

EnableSPSearchProtection  You must run this option from any one of

the front-end Web servers from where you

124
Parameter Description
plan to protect the Windows SharePoint
Services 3.0/MOSS 2007 Search service.
This server can be an indexing service or
any other front-end Web server.
Do not run this option on multiple servers.
If you want to run this option on multiple
servers, then delete the registry key
SharePointSearchEnumerationEnabled
under HKLM\Software\Microsoft\
Microsoft Data Protection
Manager\Agent\2.0\ on the front-end Web
server that is not used for protecting
SharePoint Search services.
 Enables the protection of SP Search and
MOSS 2007 SSP by using the registry key
SharePointSearchEnumerationEnabled
under HKLM\Software\Microsoft\
Microsoft Data Protection
Manager\Agent\2.0\ on the front-end Web
Server.
 Registers the identity of the DCOM
application WssCmdletsWrapper to run as
a user whose credentials are entered with
this option. If you are prompted to enter
your user credentials, then enter the
credentials of a farm administrator.

ResolveAllSQLAliases This option displays all the aliases reported by

the SharePoint VSS writer and resolves them to
the corresponding SQL Server. It also displays
their resolved instance names. If the servers
are mirrored, it also displays the mirrored
server. It reports all the SQL Server aliases that
are not being resolved to a SQL Server.

Note
This option can be run only after you
run the ConfigureSharePoint [-
EnableSharePointProtection] or
ConfigureSharePoint [-
EnableSPSearchProtection] command
on the front-end Web server.

125
Parameter Description

SetTempPath Sets the environment variables TEMP and TMP

to the specified path. Item-level recovery fails if
a large site collection, site, list, or item is being
recovered and there is insufficient space in the
farm administrator Temporary folder. This
option allows you to change the folder path of
the temporary files to a volume that has
sufficient space to store the site collection or
site being recovered.

Configuring the SQL Backend Servers

The following prerequisites are required on the SQL Server backend servers:

SQL Server Prerequisites

If you are running Windows Server 2003 and have installed Knowledge Base article 940349, then
you must install at least Microsoft SQL Server 2005 with Service Pack (SP1) or
Microsoft SQL Server 2000 with SP4.

Note
DPM supports Standard, Enterprise, Workgroup, and Express Editions of SQL Server.
You must start the SQL Server VSS Writer Service on computers running SQL Server before you
can start protecting SQL Server data. The SQL Server VSS Writer Service is turned on by default
on computers running SQL Server. To start the SQL Server VSS Writer service, in the Services
console, right-click SQL Server VSS writer, and then click Start.

Protecting a SharePoint Farm

To protect a SharePoint farm, you must perform the following steps:
1. Install DPM protection agents on all SharePoint servers that you plan to protect. For more
information about how to install DPM agents, see Installing Protection Agents
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=179676).
2. Enable SharePoint protection by configuring a front-end Web server. For more information
about configuring front-end Web servers, see Configuring the Front-End Web Server.
3. If you are protecting Windows SharePoint Services 3.0/MOSS 2007 Search, you must
configure a front-end Web server to enable SharePoint Search protection.

126
4. On the DPM server, run the Create New Protection Group Wizard to protect SharePoint data
that exists under a front-end Web server that is configured for protection. For more
information about how to create a protection group, see DPM Help.

In This Section
Protecting a SharePoint Farm by Using Mirrored Databases
Protecting a SharePoint Farm by Using Databases With SQL Server Aliases
Long-Term Protection for a SharePoint Farm on Tape

Protecting a SharePoint Farm by Using

Mirrored Databases
System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) extends DPM’s support for SharePoint to include
support for SharePoint content databases that uses SQL Server database mirroring technology.
This additional support does not translate into any major changes in the procedure to protect or
recover SharePoint data in DPM.

Prerequisites
 Install the DPM protection agent on both the computers that are running the instance of SQL
Server and hosts the principal and mirror database.

Note
DPM does not support mirroring the database on the same instance of SQL Server.

Common Scenarios
A protected SharePoint database gets mirrored
At the time of the backup, DPM detects that the database has been mirrored and raises an alert
that farm configuration has been changed. DPM treats the mirrored database as a new database
in the farm and automatically protects it. Although the alert is not deactivated, all the content in
the SharePoint farm will continuously be protected. To inactivate this alert, you must stop
protection for the farm (with retain data) and re-protect it.

Note
Even if failovers between principal and mirrored copies of the database occur, DPM
maintains a single replica for the mirror.

127
Principal partner in a mirror fails over and fails back before next
backup
This scenario does not affect protection in any way unless a backup is in progress.

Principal partner fails and the mirror server takes over

DPM detects that the mirror is now the principal partner, stops the backup job, and performs a
consistency check after 30 minutes on the database that failed over. Alternatively, you can start a
manual consistency check on the farm after the alert is raised.

Note
If, during these 30 minutes, the database fails back to the original principal, DPM detects
this and resumes protection after performing a consistency check.

A mirror is broken
When the mirror is broken for a mirrored SQL Server database that is currently protected by
DPM, backups fail with alerts. This is similar to the behavior when the protected SharePoint
database gets mirrored.

Protecting a SharePoint Farm by Using

Databases With SQL Server Aliases
System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) 2010 supports protection of a SharePoint farm
that uses SQL Server databases configured with SQL Server aliases. This additional support
does not require any major changes in the procedure you use to protect or recover SharePoint
data with DPM.

Important
You can use only TCP/IP aliases.

Prerequisites
 You must configure SQL Server aliases and define all SQL Server aliases in the farm on the
front-end Web Server. We recommend that you use one SQL Server alias per database.
 The SQL Server client connectivity components must be installed on the front-end Web
Server.

Additional Resources
How to: Create a Server Alias for Use by a Client (SQL Server Configuration Manager)
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=132909)

128
Long-Term Protection for a SharePoint Farm
on Tape
When protecting a SharePoint farm, DPM takes the disk backup for all the databases that are
online at that time. When DPM retries backup for failed databases, two different recovery points
are created for the farm.
If long-term backup is configured for a SharePoint farm, DPM needs to find databases across
multiple recovery points and ensure that the complete set of databases in the farm are backed up
on tape. To do this, DPM does the following:
Checks the list of databases present in the latest topology of the SharePoint farm. The latest
topology is stored in DPM.
Checks the latest recovery point on the disk and copies the databases on the disk to the tape.
Checks the previous recovery point for all the databases that were missing in the latest recovery
point.
Similarly, DPM traverses older recovery points one-by-one unless the recovery points of all the
databases are found.
If there is a database for which a recovery point was not created since the last successful
scheduled tape backup, then that database’s recovery point on the tape fails.

Note
Long-term protection for a SharePoint farm on tape is available only on the primary DPM
server.

Protecting SharePoint Front-End Web Server

System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) 2010 supports the protection of front-end Web
server computers of a SharePoint farm that are deployed on either physical computers or on
virtualized environments such as Hyper-V.

Front-End Web Server Running on Hyper-V Virtual

Machine
With DPM, you can perform backup and recovery of virtual machines that are running on Hyper-
V. For more information about how to protect Hyper-V virtual machines, see Protecting Hyper-V
Machines and Recovering Hyper-V Data. If the front-end Web server of a SharePoint farm is on a
computer that is running on any other virtualization technology, you can protect it just as you
would a physical computer.

129
Front-End Web Server Running on Physical
Computer
With DPM, you can perform backup and recovery of physical computers by using
Bare Metal Recovery (BMR). For more information, see Setting Up BMR Protection and
Recovering BMR.

Protecting SharePoint Search

The procedure to protect a SharePoint Search requires a few tasks to be performed before you
start the Create New Protection Group Wizard. For details on protecting Windows SharePoint
Services 3.0 SP Search and MOSS 2007 Shared Services Provider (SSP), see the other topics in
this section.

In This Section
Protecting Windows SharePoint Services 3.0 SP Search Service Data
Protecting MOSS 2007 Shared Services Provider (SSP) Search

Protecting Windows SharePoint Services 3.0

SP Search Service Data
System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) allows you to back up and restore indexes
created by Windows SharePoint Services (WSS) 3.0 SP Search Service Data.

Protecting WSS 3.0 SP Search Service Data

DPM recognizes and lists the WSS 3.0 SP Search instance at the time of creating a protection
group for the SharePoint farm. The following procedure lists the steps to protect a WSS SP
Search Service Data:

1. Enable SPSearch protection on the protected computer using ConfigureSharePoint.exe.

For more information about ConfigureSharePoint.exe, see Using ConfigureSharePoint.
2. Use the Create New Protection Group Wizard to protect the SPSearch instance which is
listed under the farm in which it was created.
Be aware of the following issues about DPM support for WSS index protection:
 During the backup process, DPM pauses index crawl and all background processes. After the
backup process is completed, DPM automatically resumes these processes.

130
 If the backup schedule for the Search database overlaps with the schedule for other
databases on the same server but belonging to another protection group, it results in a longer
pause of the crawl. We recommend that you schedule backups to minimize the pause of the
crawl.
 DPM performs express full backups for the Search database, but on index files it performs
consistency checks only.

Protecting MOSS 2007 Shared Services

Provider (SSP) Search
With System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) 2010, you can backup and restore
SharePoint Search created by Microsoft Office SharePoint Server 2007 (MOSS).

Protecting SharePoint Search and MOSS 2007

Shared Service Provider (SSP)
DPM recognizes and lists the SharePoint SSP instance when you create a protection group for
the SharePoint farm. The following procedure lists the steps to protect a computer that is running
MOSS 2007 SSP.

To Protect a Computer that is Running MOSS 2007 SSP

1. Enable SPSearch protection on the protected computer by using
ConfigureSharePoint.exe. For more information about ConfigureSharePoint.exe, see
Using ConfigureSharePoint.
2. Use the Create New Protection Group wizard to protect the SharePoint SSP instance,
which is listed under the SharePoint farm in which it was created.

Note
During the backup process, DPM pauses index crawling and all background processes.
After the backup process is complete, DPM automatically resumes these processes. This
does not affect the search function.

Recovering SharePoint Data

The following points apply to the recovery of SharePoint data:
 The Central Administration content database is the first content database created with the
Central Administration when you set up your farm.

Caution

131
 Do not directly recover the Central Administration content database or the
configuration database because this could cause data corruption in the SharePoint
farm.
 The recovery point time for SharePoint data displayed on the Browse tab may differ from the
time displayed on the Search tab. The Browse tab displays the backup time for the farm,
while the Search tab lists the correct recovery point time for sites, documents, and folders.

In This Section
Recovering SharePoint Front-End Web Server
Recovering SharePoint Farm Content
Recovering SharePoint Web Application
Recovering SharePoint Content Database
Recovering SharePoint Content Database
Recovering SharePoint Items
Recovering SharePoint Search

Recovering SharePoint Front-End Web

Server
Front-end Web servers for a SharePoint farm can be deployed either on physical computers or on
virtual machines such as those found in a Hyper-V virtual environment.

Recovering a Front-End Web Server Deployed on

a Physical Computer
To recover a front-end Web server that was backed up by using the Bare-Metal Recovery (BMR)
option, see Recovering BMR.

Recovering a Front-End Web Server Deployed on

a Hyper-V Virtual Machine
The steps to recover a front-end Web server deployed on a Hyper-V virtual machine are similar to
how you recover a virtual machine. For more information, see How to Recover a Virtual Machine.

Recovering SharePoint Farm Content

To recover a SharePoint farm, the recovery destination must meet the following requirements:

132
 The front-end Web servers are configured the same as they were when the recovery point
was created.
 The farm structure must be created on the front-end Web server; the farm data will be
recovered to the existing structure.
 The instances of SQL Server are configured with the same names as when the recovery
point was created.
 The instances of SQL Server are configured with the same drive configuration as when the
recovery point was created.
 The recovery farm must have all service packs, language packs, and patches installed on the
primary farm.

Caution
You cannot perform a full farm recovery to a new location.
You can encounter two situations when restoring a complete farm:
 A farm configuration exists as it did at the time of taking the backup. In this case, you will be
restoring to a functioning farm.
 The Configuration database is corrupt and the servers in the farm are down.

To recover farm data to a functioning farm

1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Recovery on the navigation bar.
2. In the Protected data pane, expand the server that contains the farm you want to
recover, and then click All Protected SharePoint Data.
The farm displays in the Recoverable item pane as server name\farm name.
3. Use the calendar and Recovery time menu to select a recovery point.
4. In the Recoverable item pane, click the farm item.
5. Click Recover in the Actions pane.
6. Complete the wizard.

To recover farm data when the protected farm is unavailable

1. Create a new farm that uses the same instance of SQL Server and the same front-end
Web server as the original protected farm.
2. On the front-end Web server that DPM uses to recover farm data, run the following
command at the command prompt::
ConfigureSharePoint-EnableSharePointProtection
3. On the DPM server, in DPM Administrator Console, click Recovery on the navigation
bar.
4. In the Protected data pane, expand the server that contains the farm you want to
recover, and then click All Protected SharePoint Data.
The farm displays in the Recoverable item pane as server name\farm name.
5. Use the calendar and the Recovery time menu to select a recovery point.

133
 6. In the Recoverable item pane, click the farm item.
7. In the Actions pane, click Recover.
8. Complete the wizard.
9. On the main front-end Web server for the server farm, run the SharePoint Products and
Technologies Configuration Wizard and disconnect the front-end Web server from the
farm.

Note
If the main front-end Web server for the server farm is not the front-end Web
server that DPM uses to protect the farm, you must also disconnect the front-end
Web server that DPM uses to protect the farm.
10. Open Internet Information Services (IIS) and delete all Web site and application pool
entries related to the farm.
11. Run the SharePoint Products and Technologies Configuration Wizard, select to connect
to an existing server farm, and specify the server name and database name for the farm
you created in step 1.

Note
Perform step 11 for all front-end Web servers for the server farm.
12. On the Completing the SharePoint Products and Technologies Configuration
Wizard page, click Advanced Settings, and then click Next.
13. On the Advanced Settings page, select the option Use this machine to host the web
site, and complete the wizard.

In This Section
Recovering a SharePoint Farm by Using Databases with SQL Server Aliases
Recovering a SharePoint Farm by Using Mirrored Databases

Recovering a SharePoint Farm by Using

Databases with SQL Server Aliases

Recovering a farm that uses a database with a

SQL Server alias
The procedure to recover a farm with SQL Server aliases configured is the same as the
procedure to recover a farm without aliases configured.
Before you perform a recovery, ensure that aliases that correspond to the respective databases
are configured in the same manner as they were configured when the recovery point for the
SharePoint farm was created.

134
You can retrieve all the SQL Server aliases used using the following command in the DPM
Management Shell
$RecoveryPoint.GetSqlaliases()
To enumerate $RecoveryPoint, you must start by retrieving the protection groups. For more
information, refer to the DPM Management Shell Help using the following cmdlet
get-help get-recoverypoint -full

See Also
Recovering SharePoint Data

Recovering a SharePoint Farm by Using

Mirrored Databases

Recovering a farm with a mirrored database to its

original location
The procedure to recover a farm with a mirrored database is the same as the procedure to
recover a farm with stand-alone databases. Additionally you will find the following options when
you select the Recover all SharePoint content and components option on the Select
Recovery Type page of the Recovery Wizard.

Name Description

Typical recovery Select this option to recover the mirrored SQL

Server databases to the instances of SQL
Server that were hosting these databases as
the principal database when the selected
recovery point was created.

Custom recovery Select this option to recover the mirrored SQL

Server databases of the SharePoint farm to the
instances of SQL Server. At the point of
recovery point creation, for each mirrored SQL
Server database, you can select either of its
partner instances of SQL Server
(principal/mirror). Before you select the
instance of SQL Server, make sure of the
following:
 The selected instance of SQL Server is
online.

135
Name Description
 The SQL alias being used on the front-end
Web server points to the selected instance
of SQL Server.

The default selection is the partner from which the database was last backed up.
If you are using a SQL Server alias for the mirrored database, then before the recovery ensure
that aliases corresponding to the respective databases are configured such that they refer to the
SQL Server instance location selected on the Recovery Wizard page.
Otherwise the farm recovery fails at the end because it cannot attach the databases after
recovery. For more information, see Recovering a SharePoint Farm by Using Databases with
SQL Server Aliases.

See Also
Recovering SharePoint Data

Recovering SharePoint Web Application

Use the procedure in this topic to recover a protected Web application in Windows SharePoint
Services 3.0.

Procedure to recover a Web application

1. Create a Web application in the target farm.

Note
If you want to retain the same URL for the application, ensure that the host
header and port are the same as the original application.
2. Restore all the databases in that Web application to either the original location or to a
different SQL Server.
3. Attach each content database to the Web application by using the stsadm command or
from the Central Administrator site

Additional Resources
Addcontentdb: Stsadm operation (Office SharePoint Server)
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=143331)

136
Recovering SharePoint Content Database
The procedure to recover a SharePoint database is similar to how to recover a SQL Server
database by using DPM. For more information about how to recover a SQL Server database, see
Recovering SQL Server Data.

Note
After a SharePoint database is recovered, it cannot be left in a recovering state.

Note
To recover a mirrored database to its original instance of SQL Server, select the Recover
to any SQL Instance option, and then, on the Specify Alternate Recovery Location
page, specify the recovery destination path of the original instance of SQL Server.

Recovering SharePoint Items

The following points apply to the recovery of SharePoint items:
 Item details do not appear on the Recovery Wizard Summary page for SharePoint sites and
items.
 If document versioning is enabled, documents in SharePoint might be in one of the following
states:
Created not checked in - Visible only to the creator
Checked in - Visible to administrator and users with permission to publish
Published - Visible to users with permission to approve
Approved - Visible to all viewers
 When you recover SharePoint data, only documents that are checked in, published, or
approved are recovered. The following documents are not recovered:
 Documents not checked in on the user computer
 Documents in either the user computer Recycle Bin or the site collection Recycle Bin

In This Section
Using a Recovery Farm
Recovering a SharePoint Site Collection
Recovering a SharePoint Site
Recovering a List, List Item, Document Library, or Document
DPM Cataloging to Recover SharePoint Items

137
Using a Recovery Farm
A recovery farm is a temporary staging SharePoint where the content database that contains the
item to be restored is temporarily hosted. The SharePoint APIs extract the item from the content
database in the recovery farm and then import the item into the target farm.

In This Section
Creating a Recovery Farm

Creating a Recovery Farm

A recovery farm is a single-computer SharePoint farm running both SharePoint front-end Web
server and SQL Server 2005 with SP2. The recovery farm server should have a local instance of
SQL Server running.

Note
The version of SQL Server must be the same or higher than what was installed at the
time of backup.
SQL Server VSS Writer should be running on the recovery farm.
This computer must be separate from the DPM server, Active Directory, domain
controller, any server on which SharePoint data is protected by DPM and farm
computers.

To create a recovery farm

1. Install the DPM agent on the recovery farm computer through the DPM server backing up
the farm.
2. Run ConfigureSharepoint.exe. For more information on running
ConfigureSharePoint.exe, see Using ConfigureSharePoint.
3. If you protect a MOSS farm, then the recovery farm must also be MOSS.
4. The features and templates installed on the recovery farm must match those of the target
farm as it was at the time of backup. Any customized templates, added or modified, on
the production farm, must be added to the recovery farm to ensure a successful recovery.

Note
You can enable all the features and templates installed on the recovery farm and
use it for the different farms existing in your SharePoint environment.
5. If a service pack or update is installed on the protected farm, the recovery farm must
have the same service pack or update installed otherwise item-level restore operations
could fail.
6. Both the recovery and target farms must be in the same language and have the same

138
 language packs installed.
7. Create a Web application and name it DPMRecoveryWebApplication. To create a new
Web application, see the instructions at Create or extend Web applications (Windows
SharePoint Services) (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=94374).
8. Ensure that no content database is already attached to the recovery web application
(DPMRecoveryWebApplication) as this will cause recoveries to fail. The web application
name DPMRecoveryWebApplication is a required name and it must be created for
DPM to be able to restore any SharePoint data.
When you restore a site, DPM restores the database to the recovery farm, extracts the site
from the recovery farm, and imports it into the target farm. During this process, DPM creates
a temporary file on the recovery farm at a location specified in the Recovery Wizard. You
should periodically delete the temporary files at that location.

Note
The recovery farm must have enough hard disk space to store the largest content
database in the environment. Best practice would dictate that an additional 10-20%
be allocated on the temporary storage volume to provide a cushion for growth and
reduce the risk of running out of space when trying to recover time-sensitive
SharePoint data.

See Also
Create a recovery farm (Office SharePoint Server 2007)

Recovering a SharePoint Site Collection

Use the procedure in this topic to recover a protected SharePoint site collection.

Procedure to recover a site collection

1. Create an empty site collection with the same name on the target farm.
2. Apply the same features and templates to the site collection that was used at the time of
backup. If they do not match, SharePoint will raise an error to indicate that the site
templates do not match, which causes the DPM site restoration to fail.
3. Recover the top-level site from the site collection. For more information about how to
recover a SharePoint site, see Recovering a SharePoint Site.

Note
If a content database contains only one site collection, you can chose to recover
the database directly, and then attach it to the farm using the stsadm command.

139
Additional Resources
Addcontentdb: Stsadm operation (Office SharePoint Server)
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=143331)

Recovering a SharePoint Site

With System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) 2010, you can recover a Windows
SharePoint site either to its original backup location or to another location on the same farm from
which the site was backed up.
If you are recovering to the original location, DPM does not overwrite the files; instead, it performs
a merge. The following example explains this behavior.
Assume that a document library has two files – TextFile1 and TextFile2. At a point in time (T1),
DPM creates a recovery point (R1) for the library. The following day, three changes occur to the
library – TextFile1 is deleted; TextFile2 is changed, creating TextFile2.1; and TextFile3 is added
to the library. At another point in time (T2), DPM creates a second recovery point (R2) for the
library.
If you then recover the site by using the first recovery point (R1), the document library has the
files TextFile1, TextFile2, and TextFile3. Note that TextFile2.1 is lost because it is overwritten with
TextFile2.

Note
This recovery process does not work with lists. If you are trying to restore lists, you must
manually delete all lists under the site, and then restore the site.
Whether you recover a SharePoint site to its original location or to another location on the same
farm, the overall steps are the same. First, you create a recovery farm, and then you use DPM to
recover the site by using the recovery farm.

Note
You can use DPM to recover items (site collections, sites, document libraries, lists,
documents, and list items) from a Microsoft SharePoint Foundation 2010 or Microsoft
Office SharePoint Server 2010 farm both with and without a recovery farm.

To recover a SharePoint site

1. Create a farm that DPM can use for the recovery. To create a recovery farm, see the
instructions at Creating a Recovery Farm.
2. In DPM Administrator Console, click Recovery on the navigation bar.
3. In the Protected data pane, expand the server that contains the farm you want to
recover, and then click All Protected SharePoint Data.
The farm appears in the Recoverable Item pane as server name\farm name.
4. Double-click the farm item.

140
 The databases for the farm appear in the Recoverable Item pane.
5. Navigate to the recoverable item objects and locate the site that you want to recover.
6. Select a recovery point for the site that you want to recover, and then, in the Actions
pane, click Recover.
7. On the Review Recovery Selection page, confirm that the correct item is being
recovered based on Recovery Item.
8. On the Select Recovery Type page, select one of the following options:
 Recover to original site
 Recover to an alternate site
9. This step applies only to SharePoint 2010:
On the Select Recovery Process page, select one of the following options:
a. Recover without using a recovery farm. Select this option if the version of the
target Microsoft SharePoint 2010 farm is the same as the version at the time of the
selected recovery point, and then click Next.
i. On the Specify Temporary Server page, do the following:
 In the SQL instance field, browse to the instance of SQL Server that can be
used temporarily to stage a copy of the SharePoint content database.
The temporary instance of SQL Server can be:

 An instance of SQL Server that is a member of the protected SharePoint

farm
 DPM’s instance of SQL Server
 Any other instance of SQL Server that can be accessed by DPM and by
the front-end Web server of the protected SharePoint farm
noteDXDOC112778PADS Note
If you are using DPM’s instance of SQL Server or any other instance of SQL Server, ensure
that its version is equal to or later than the version of the production SQL Server. The
selected instance of SQL Server can be a Microsoft Cluster Server (MSCS).
 In the Database file location field, browse to the instance of SQL Server on
that server, and then select the temporary location where the database files
can be copied.
b. Recover using a recovery farm. Select this option if the version of the target
Microsoft SharePoint 2010 farm has changed since the selected recovery point was
created, and then click Next. For more information about how to create a recovery
farm, see Creating a Recovery Farm.
i. On the Specify Temporary Server page, do the following:
1. In the Front-end Web server field, browse for the recovery farm server
where DPMRecoveryWebApplication has been created to temporarily
stage data prior to recovery.
2. In the SQL instance field, browse to the instance of SQL Server that can

141
 be used temporarily to stage a copy of the SharePoint content database
that contains the requested site before recovery.
3. In the Database file location field, browse to the instance of SQL Server
on that server and then select the temporary location where the
database files can be copied to a recovery farm.
10. This step applies only if you are recovering to an alternate location.
In the Recovery target site section, enter the URL for the alternate site. A site can be
restored to a different location within the same farm to which it belongs. Therefore,
specify a URL within the same SharePoint farm under which you want to recover the
selected SharePoint site.

Note
The target site URL must be based on the same site template as the site that is
being restored. For example, SharePoint will not allow a site that was created by
using a Wiki Site template to be restored onto a site that was created by using a
Team Site, Blank Site, Blog, or Document Workspace templates. A custom
template must reside on the recovery farm and be used to create the alternate
site to which the recovery is being made.
11. On the Specify Staging Location page, enter a directory where the SharePoint can be
temporarily stored pending recovery to the original or alternate site.

Note
Note the following:
 Network bandwidth usage throttling is used when there are concerns about the
restore process using excessive bandwidth for bandwidth-sensitive applications.
 The SAN Recovery option is only available if the attached SAN is capable of
snapping clones and splitting clones.
 The Notification section is only to notify administrators and other personnel of the
completion of the recovery process.
12. On the Specify Recovery Options page, in the Restore Security section, specify
whether security settings and metadata from the recovery point or the original site will be
applied to the recovered site data.

Important
This is an important consideration if there have been any changes to the security
settings since the recovery point was taken.
13. On the Summary page, confirm all settings, and then click Recover to begin the
recovery process.

See Also
Recovering SharePoint Data
Recovering SharePoint Items

142
Recovering a List, List Item, Document
Library, or Document
System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) allows you to recover items from a
SharePoint 2010 farm without a recovery farm. You can recover SharePoint items, such as sites,
site collections, documents, document libraries, lists and list items from a DPM recovery point to
the original site or to an alternate site.
When you restore an item, DPM restores the database to a temporary instance of SQL Server,
extracts the item from the content database and imports it into the target farm. During this
process, DPM creates a temporary file on the recovery farm at a location specified in the
Recovery Wizard. You should periodically delete the temporary files at that location.

To recover an item to its original location

1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Recovery on the navigation bar.

2. In the Protected data pane, expand the server that contains the farm you want to
recover, double-click All Protected SharePoint Data, and then double-click the server
farm name.
Content databases display in the Recoverable item pane.
3. Use the calendar and Recovery time menu to select a recovery point.
4. In the Recoverable item pane, select the content database, browse to the item that you
want to recover and select it.

Note
You can only select and recover one object at a time. If you want to recover more
than one object, consider recovering a higher level folder to an alternate location
and then recovering the individual objects from within the SharePoint Central
Administration website.
5. Click Recover in the Actions pane and confirm the recovery details on the Review
Recovery Selection page.
6. On the Select Recovery Type page, select Recover to original site.
7. The following steps apply to SharePoint 2010:

On the Select Recovery Process page select any one of the following two options that
are listed below:
a. Recover without using a recovery farm. Select this option if the version of the
target Microsoft SharePoint 2010 farm is same as at the time of the selected recovery
point. Click Next
i. On the Specify Temporary Server page

143
 1. In the SQL instance field browse for the instance of SQL Server that can
be used temporarily to stage a copy of the SharePoint content database
that contains the requested item before recovery.
2. In the Database file location field, browse for the instance of SQL
Server on that server and then select the temporary location where the
database files can be copied
The temporary instance of SQL Server can be:

a. An instance of SQL Server that is a member of the protected

SharePoint farm.
b. DPM’s instance of SQL Server.
c. Any other instances of SQL Server that can be accessed by DPM
and by the front-end Web server of the protected SharePoint farm.

noteDXDOC112778PADS Note
If you are using DPM’s instance of SQL Server or any other instances of SQL Server then
make sure that its version is equal to or a has a later version than the version of the
production SQL Server. The selected instance of SQL Server can be a Microsoft Cluster
Server (MSCS).
b. Recover using a recovery farm. Select this option if the version of the target
Microsoft SharePoint 2010 farm has changed from the time, the selected recovery
point was created. Click Next
i. On the Specify Temporary Server page, enter the information for recovery
farm. For more information about how to create a recovery farm, see Creating a
Recovery Farm.
1. In the Front-end Web server field, browse for the recovery farm server
where DPMRecoveryWebApplication has been created to temporarily
stage data prior to recovery.
2. In the SQL instance field, browse for the instance of SQL Server that
can be used temporarily to stage a copy of the SharePoint content
database that contains the requested item before recovery.
3. In the Database file location field, browse for the instance of SQL
Server on that server and then select the temporary location where the
database files can be copied on to a recovery farm.
8. On the Specify Staging Location page, enter a directory where the SharePoint data will
be temporarily stored, pending recovery to the original site.
9. On the Specify Recovery Options page, specify whether the recovery point’s security
settings or the original site’s security settings will be applied to the recovered data object
in the Restore Security section.
This is an important consideration if there have been security settings changes since the
recovery point was taken.

144
 Note
The network bandwidth usage throttling is used when there are concerns about
the restore process consuming excessive bandwidth.
The SAN Recovery option is only available if the attached SAN is capable of
snapping clones and splitting clones.
The Notification section is simply to notify administrators and other personnel of
the completion of the recovery process.
10. Confirm the settings on the Summary page and click Recover to begin the process.

To recover an object to an alternate location

Note
An alternate location can be on the same SharePoint farm and merely using a different
site name or port number.

1. Create a farm that DPM can use for the recovery. For more information, go Creating a
Recovery Farm.
2. In DPM Administrator Console, click Recovery on the Actions pane.
3. In the Protected data pane, expand the server that contains the farm you want to
recover, double-click All Protected SharePoint Data, and then double-click the server
farm name.
Content databases display in the Recoverable item pane.
4. Use the calendar and Recovery time menu to select a recovery point.
5. In the Recoverable item pane, select the content database and browse to the item you
wish to recover.

Note
You can only select and recover one object at a time. If you want to recover more
than one object, consider recovering a higher level folder to an alternate location
and then recovering the individual objects from within the SharePoint Central
Administration website.
6. Click Recover in the Actions pane and confirm the recovery details in the Review
Recovery Selection page.
7. On the Select Recovery Type page, select Recover to an alternate site.
8. The following steps apply to SharePoint 2010:

On the Select Recovery Process page select any one of the following two options that
are listed below:
a. Recover without using a recovery farm. Select this option if the version of the

145
 target Microsoft SharePoint 2010 farm is same as at the time of the selected recovery
point. Click Next
i. On the Specify Temporary Server page
1. In the SQL instance field browse for the instance of SQL Server that can
be used temporarily to stage a copy of the SharePoint content database
that contains the requested item before recovery.
2. In the Database file location field, browse for the instance of SQL
Server on that server and then select the temporary location where the
database files can be copied
The temporary instance of SQL Server can be:

a. An instance of SQL Server that is a member of the protected

SharePoint farm.
b. DPM’s instance of SQL Server.
c. Any other instances of SQL Server that can be accessed by DPM
and by the front-end Web server of the protected SharePoint farm.

noteDXDOC112778PADS Note
If you are using DPM’s instance of SQL Server or any other instances of SQL Server then
make sure that its version is equal to or a has a later version than the version of the
production SQL Server. The selected instance of SQL Server can be a Microsoft Cluster
Server (MSCS).
b. Recover using a recovery farm. Select this option if the version of the target
Microsoft SharePoint 2010 farm has changed from the time, the selected recovery
point was created. Click Next
i. On the Specify Temporary Server page, enter the information for recovery
farm. For more information about how to create a recovery farm, see Creating a
Recovery Farm.
1. In the Front-end Web server field, browse for the recovery farm server
where DPMRecoveryWebApplication has been created to temporarily
stage data prior to recovery.
2. In the SQL instance field, browse for the instance of SQL Server that
can be used temporarily to stage a copy of the SharePoint content
database that contains the requested item before recovery.
3. In the Database file location field, browse for the instance of SQL
Server on that server and then select the temporary location where the
database files can be copied on to a recovery farm.
9. In the Recovery target site field, enter the URL for alternate site. An item can be restored
to a different location within the same farm to which it belongs to. Therefore specify a
URL within the same SharePoint farm under which you would want to recover the
selected SharePoint item.

146
 Note
The site URL entered into the Target site URL field must be based on the same
site template as the site hosting the object which is being restored. For example,
SharePoint will not allow an object created in a site using a ‘Wiki Site’ template to
be restored onto a site created using the ‘Team Site’, ‘Blank Site’, ‘Blog’, or
‘Document Workspace’ templates. If custom templates have been used, those
same templates must reside on the recovery farm as well as having been used to
create the alternate site where the recovery is being made to.
10. On the Specify Staging Location page, enter a directory where the SharePoint data will
be temporarily stored, pending recovery to the original site.
11. On the Specify Recovery Options page, specify whether the recovery point’s security
settings for the object being recovered or the original site’s security settings will be
applied to the recovered data object in the Restore Security section. This is an important
consideration if there have been security settings changes since the recovery point was
taken.

Note
The network bandwidth usage throttling is used when there are concerns about
the restore process consuming excessive bandwidth from bandwidth sensitive
applications.
The SAN Recovery option is only available if the attached SAN is capable of
snapping clones and splitting clones.
The Notification section is simply to notify administrators and other personnel of
the completion of the recovery process.
12. Confirm the settings on the Summary page and click Recover to begin the process.

Note

See Also
Recovering SharePoint Data
Recovering a SharePoint Site

DPM Cataloging to Recover SharePoint Items

SharePoint cataloging is the process of collecting lists of URLs (such as site collections, sites,
documents, or lists) in a SharePoint farm.
In DPM, cataloging is a separate task from the task to create a recovery point for a SharePoint
farm. The catalog task is scheduled automatically when you configure SharePoint farm

147
protection. SharePoint cataloging happens automatically only once a day, regardless of the
number of backups that are taken each day.
By default, the catalog task is scheduled to run three hours after the first scheduled backup of the
corresponding SharePoint farm in the day. To modify the default schedule, run the Set-
ProtectionJobStartTime cmdlet in DPM Management Shell on the DPM server.
In DPM 2010, creating a catalog of the farm (list of URLs within the farm) is tightly tied to the
backup of the SharePoint farm.

Syntax
Set-ProtectionJobStartTime–ProtectionGroup <ProtectionGroup Object> –CatalogOffset
<Offset in Minutes>

Parameters
Parameter Description

ProtectionGroup Provide the protection group that contains the

SharePoint farm.

Note
The offset will change for all the
SharePoint farms in this protection
group.
For more information about the
ProtectionGroup object, type Get-help Get-
ProtectionGroup –Full in DPM Management
Shell.

CatalogOffset Provide the offset from the time of the first

scheduled backup in a day for the SharePoint
farm. The value entered here should be in
minutes. Default is 180 minutes.

When you change the offset for the catalog task, ensure that cataloging for the SharePoint farm
begins only after the recovery point prior to the task is completed.

To run the catalog task by using DPM

Management Shell
Use the following syntax to run the cmdlet Start-CreateCatalog:
Start-CreateCatalog –DataSource <DataSourceObject>

148
Parameter
DataSource - Provides the DataSource object for the SharePoint farm for which the catalog
needs to be run. For more information about the DataSource object, type Get-Help Get-
DataSource –Full in DPM Management Shell.

Recovering SharePoint Search

With System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) 2010, you can backup and restore
SharePoint Server Search service data created by Windows SharePoint Services 3.0 and
MOSS 2007 Shared Services Provider (SSP).

In This Section
Recovering Windows SharePoint Services 3.0 SP Search Service Data
Recovering MOSS 2007 Shared Services Provider (SSP) Search

Recovering Windows SharePoint Services

3.0 SP Search Service Data
With System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) 2010, you can back up and restore
SharePoint Search service data created by Windows SharePoint Services 3.0.

Recovering Windows SharePoint Services 3.0 SP

Search Service Data
You can recover SP Search data to either the original location or as individual files to an alternate
location.

Important
The farm administrator should have administrator rights on the Indexing Service. If this is
not the case, DPM is not able to stop the search service to ensure a proper recovery.
Recovering to original location
The procedure to recover SP Search data is similar to the recovery of any data source. You begin
the recovery process from the DPM Administrator Console. This brings up the Recovery wizard
which guides you through the process. The recovery process automatically deletes existing index
files and resumes the SP Search service after the recovery is complete.
In the case of disaster recovery, you must configure SP Search with the original configuration of
the latest recovery point before performing a recovery.

149
 Recovering as files
1. Stop the SP Search service.
2. Delete the index files at the original location.
3. Restore the individual components (Search database and index files).
4. Perform a manual attachment of the database in SQL Server.
5. Start the SP Search service.

Recovering MOSS 2007 Shared Services

Provider (SSP) Search

How to Recover MOSS 2007 Shared Services

Provider (SSP) Search

1. Start the Recovery wizard from the DPM Administrator Console.

2. Select the point in time from which you want to recover data. The Recovery wizard
displays SSP components for the SharePoint farm.

Important
If you are recovering to the original location, you must delete the SSP and its
index files from the original location before proceeding with recovery. This must
be done even if it is the default SSP using the -Force parameter. The location
details of these files are available on the Summary page of the Recovery wizard.
3. After the recovery process is completed, you must run RestoreSSP on the protected
computer with the KeepIndex parameter to ensure that the index file is not reset during
the process of recreating the SSP.

How to Recover an Index with Mirrored Database

in MOSS 2007 Shared Services Provider (SSP)
Search
In the case where the MOSS farm uses a mirrored database, you cannot recover the index to the
original location. In this case, you must recover the individual components of the index and
manually reattach them to the instance of SQL Server.

150
 1. Break the mirroring session of the mirrored SSP databases.
2. Start the Recovery wizard from DPM Administrator Console.
3. Select the point in time from which you want to recover data.
The Recovery wizard displays SSP components for the SharePoint farm.
4. Recover the individual items to a temporary location and then host the databases to the
instance of SQL Server manually.
5. Run RestoreSSP on the protected computer with the KeepIndex parameter to ensure
that the index file is not reset during the process of recreating the SSP.

Additional Resources
Restoressp: Stsadm operation (Office SharePoint Server)
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=113889)

Performing SharePoint Protection

Management Tasks
This section provides instructions and guidelines for managing a protected server running
SharePoint and making changes after the initial DPM configuration.

In This Section
Changing the SharePoint Farm Administrator Password
Adding a Database to a SharePoint Farm
Removing a Database from a SharePoint Farm
Adding or Removing Servers in SharePoint Farm
Switching the Front-End Web Server
Upgrading SharePoint
Moving SharePoint Servers Between Domains
Renaming SharePoint Server
Improving DPM Recovery Search for SharePoint Items

151
Changing the SharePoint Farm Administrator
Password
When the SharePoint farm administrator password is changed, you have to rerun the
ConfigureSharePoint.exe tool on the front-end Web server that is configured for SharePoint
protection in DPM. For more information about how to use ConfigureSharePoint.exe, see Using
ConfigureSharePoint.
If you do not rerun ConfigureSharePoint.exe after changing the farm administrator password,
SharePoint farm backups will continue with the following limitations:
 DPM will be unable to discover any changes in the SharePoint farm topology (for example,
adding a new database or deleting an existing database).
 In DPM, the list of URLs in the SharePoint farm cannot be updated. Therefore, granular
recovery for newly added items will not be available for protection.
 Recovery of the complete farm content cannot be triggered from DPM. The databases must
be recovered one by one.
 Databases in the farm cannot be recovered by using the Recover to original Instance of
SQL Server option in the DPM Recovery Wizard. You can recover the databases to the
original location by using the Recover to any SQL Instance option.
 The alert “DPM Alert – BackupMetaDataEnumeration Failed” is generated in DPM. See the
Details pane for more information about the cause of this alert.

Adding a Database to a SharePoint Farm

When a database is added to a SharePoint farm, DPM will skip the backup of this database and
continue to back up other databases in the SharePoint farm. It will mark the replica as
inconsistent and alert the backup administrator.
DPM runs a task at night that automatically discovers the newly added databases and adds them
to protection. If DPM is successful in adding the database to protection, then it creates a recovery
point for the database and resolves the alert shown to the administrator.

DPM Alert- Farm Configuration Changed

This is a warning alert that is generated in Data Protection Manager (DPM) when automatic
protection of the SharePoint database fails. See the alert Details pane for more information about
the cause of this alert.
Recommended action
The following recommended actions associated with this alert are provided in the alert details:
1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Protection on the navigation bar.
2. In the Display pane, select the protection group for the SharePoint farm.

152
3. In the Actions pane, click Modify protection group. This starts the Modify Protection Group
Wizard.
4. On the Select Group Members page, ensure that the node that corresponds to the
SharePoint front-end Web server is marked for selection.
5. Complete the Modify Protection Group Wizard.
6. Run a consistency check for the SharePoint farm.

Removing a Database from a SharePoint

Farm
When a database is removed from a SharePoint farm, DPM will skip the backup of that database,
continue to back up other databases in the SharePoint farm, and alert the backup administrator.

DPM Alert - Farm Configuration Changed

This is a warning alert that is generated in Data Protection Manager (DPM) when automatic
protection of a SharePoint database fails. See the alert Details pane for more information about
the cause of this alert.
To resolve this alert, follow these steps:
1. Verify with the SharePoint administrator if the database has actually been removed from the
farm. If the database has been removed from the farm, then it must be removed from active
protection in DPM.
2. To remove the database from active protection:
a. In DPM Administrator Console, click Protection on the navigation bar.
b. In the Display pane, right-click the protection group for the SharePoint farm and then
click Stop Protection of member.
c. In the Stop Protection dialog box, click Retain Protected Data.
d. Click Stop Protection.
You can add the SharePoint farm back for protection by using the Modify Protection Group
Wizard.

Adding or Removing Servers in SharePoint

Farm
DPM uses its protection agents to communicate with the servers that are member of the
SharePoint farm. When you add new servers to the SharePoint farm which contains data that has
to be backed up, ensure that DPM protection agents are installed on those servers.

153
DPM uses a single front-end Web server to protect the server farm. When you add other front-
end Web servers or remove front-end Web servers other than the server used by DPM, there is
no impact on protection of the farm.
To remove the front-end Web server that DPM is using while continuing protection of the server
farm, see Switching the Front-End Web Server.

Switching the Front-End Web Server

To protect a server farm on servers running Windows SharePoint Services 3.0 or Microsoft Office
SharePoint Server 2007, you start the Windows SharePoint Services VSS Writer service
(SharePoint VSS Writer service) and install the DPM protection agent on a single front-end Web
server. DPM uses this front-end Web server to perform backups.
The following procedure uses the example of a server farm with two front-end Web servers,
Server1 and Server2. DPM uses Server1 to protect the farm. You need to change the front-end
Web server that DPM uses to Server2 so that you can remove Server1 from the farm.

Note
If the front-end Web server that DPM uses to protect the farm is unavailable, use the
following procedure to change the front-end Web server by starting at step 4.

To change the front-end Web server that DPM uses to protect the farm
1. Stop the SharePoint VSS Writer service on Server1 by running the following command at
a command prompt:
stsadm -o unregisterwsswriter
2. On Server1, open the Registry Editor and navigate to the following key:
HKLM\System\CCS\Services\VSS\VssAccessControl
3. Check all values listed in the VssAccessControl subkey. If any entry has a value data of 0
and another VSS writer is running under the associated account credentials, change the
value data to 1.
4. Install a protection agent on Server2.

Caution
You can only switch Web front-end servers if both the servers are on the same
domain.
5. On Server2, at a command prompt, change the directory to DPM installation location\bin\
and run ConfigureSharepoint. For more information about ConfigureSharePoint, see
Using Using ConfigureSharePoint.
6. There is a known issue when the server farm is the only member of the protection group
and the protection group is configured to use tape-based protection. If your server farm is
the only member of the protection group using tape-based protection, to change the front-
end Web server that DPM uses to protect the farm, you must temporarily add another

154
 member to the protection group by performing the following steps:
a. In DPM Administrator Console, click Protection on the navigation bar.
b. Select the protection group that the server farm belongs to, and then click Modify
protection group.
c. In the Modify Group Wizard, add a volume on any server to the protection group. You
can remove this volume from the protection after the procedure is completed.
d. If the protection group is configured for short-term disk-based protection and long-
term tape-based protection, select the manual replica creation option. This avoids
creating a replica for the volume that you are temporarily adding to the protection
group.
e. Complete the wizard.
7. Remove Server1 from the protection group, selecting to retain the replicas on disk and
tape.
8. Select the protection group that the server farm belongs to, and then click Modify
protection group.
9. In the Modify Group Wizard, on the Select Group Members page, expand Server2 and
select the server farm, and then complete the wizard.
A consistency check will start.
10. If you performed step 6, you can now remove the volume from the protection group.

Upgrading SharePoint
If you are moving from an earlier version of SharePoint to a later version of SharePoint 2010 (for
example, upgrading MOSS 2007 to SharePoint 2010), you must reconfigure protection of the
data.
The following are the two scenarios when a SharePoint farm is updated:
 SQL Server hardware upgrade
 When instances of SQL Server do not change

SQL Server Hardware Upgrade

If the hardware of the computer that is running SQL Server is upgraded, then the databases are
moved from one instance of SQL Server to another. During the upgrade process, both the farms
are online with the older one being read-only (databases are moved in phases). You can protect
the new SharePoint farm during upgrade. To do this, follow these steps:
1. Install DPM protection agents on the new SharePoint farm servers.
2. Protect the SharePoint farm as a new SharePoint farm.
3. Move databases from the old farm to the new farm.

155
 Note
DPM will automatically discover the moved databases in the new farm and start
protecting them. DPM generates a warning alert - Farm Configuration Changed for
the old SharePoint farm. You can ignore this alert.
4. When all the databases are moved to the new server, perform Stop protection of the old
SharePoint farm with the retain data option.

When Instances of SQL Server Do Not Change

When instances of SQL Server do not change and databases are detached from the existing farm
and added to the upgraded farm, follow these steps:
1. Create a recovery point for the SharePoint farm on the DPM server (for example,
DPMServer1).
2. Perform Stop protection of the SharePoint farm on DPMServer1 by selecting the Retain
Replica option.
3. Run SetDPMServer.exe on all the servers of the SharePoint farm to point the DPM agent to
another DPM server (for example, DPMServer2).
4. Protect the SharePoint farm by using DPMServer2.
5. When the retention range for all the recovery points expires on DPMServer1, delete the
protected data on DPMServer1 by using the Remove Inactive Protection option.

Moving SharePoint Servers Between

Domains
You cannot do the following for protected computers:
 Change the domain of a protected computer and continue protection without disruption.
 Change the domain of a protected computer and associate the existing replicas and recovery
points with the computer when it is re-protected.
We recommend that you do not change the domain of a protected computer. If you must change
the domain of a protected computer, you must complete two tasks:
 Remove the data sources on the computer from protection while the computer retains its
original domain membership.
 Protect the data source on the computer after it becomes a member of another domain.

To change the domain membership of a protected computer

1. Remove all members from protection groups.
If you retain the replicas and recovery points, the data will remain accessible for
administrative recovery until you delete the replicas. However, it will not be accessible for
end-user recovery.

156
 2. Uninstall the protection agent by using DPM Administrator Console on the DPM server.
3. Change the domain membership of the computer.
4. Install a protection agent by using DPM Administrator Console on the DPM server.
5. Add the data sources to protection groups on the DPM server.
For information about performing tasks involving protection agents and protection groups,
see DPM Help.

Renaming SharePoint Server

DPM uses the computer name as a unique identifier for replicas, recovery points, DPM database
entries, reporting database entries, and so on.
You cannot:
 Change the name of a protected computer and continue protection without disruption.
 Change the name of a protected computer and associate the existing replicas and recovery
points with the new computer name.
We recommend that you do not change the name of a protected computer. If you must change
the name of a protected computer, you must complete two tasks:
 Remove the data sources on the computer from protection (the old computer name).
 Protect the data source on the computer (the new computer name).

To rename a protected computer

1. Remove all members from protection groups.
If you retain the replicas and recovery points, the data remains accessible for
administrative recovery until you delete the replicas. However, it will not be accessible for
end-user recovery.
2. Uninstall the protection agent by using DPM Administrator Console on the DPM server.
3. Change the name of the computer.
4. Install a protection agent by using DPM Administrator Console on the DPM server.
5. Add the data sources to protection groups on the DPM server.
For information about tasks that involve protection agents and protection groups, see
DPM Help.

157
Improving DPM Recovery Search for
SharePoint Items
The time required for DPM Recoverable Object Search to return recovery points that meet the
specified criteria will increase over time as the number of recovery points grow and the DPMDB
gets more and more fragmented. You can improve the time taken by the search by carrying out
regular maintenance on the DPMDB.
The following table lists the set of tables for which indexes need to be rebuilt for a specific data
source. To improve the performance of the recovery point search for a data source, you need to
rebuild or reorganize the indexes related to that data source.

Data source Tables in DPMDB

SharePoint tbl_RM_SharePointRecoverableObject
tbl_RM_RecoverySource

Exchange Mailbox tbl_RM_DatasetROMap

tbl_RM_RecoverableObject
tbl_RM_RecoverySource

Rebuilding Indexes
Rebuilding an index drops the index and creates a new one. In doing this, fragmentation is
removed, disk space is reclaimed by compacting the pages using the specified or existing fill
factor setting, and the index rows are reordered in contiguous pages (allocating new pages as
needed). This can improve SQL query performance by reducing the number of page reads
required to obtain the requested data.
Query to rebuild indexes
USE DPMDB
GO
ALTER INDEX ALL ON <tableName> REBUILD
GO

Reorganizing Indexes
Reorganizing an index defragments the leaf level of clustered and nonclustered indexes on tables
and views by physically reordering the leaf-level pages to match the logical order (left to right) of
the leaf nodes. Having the pages in order improves index-scanning performance. The index is
reorganized within the existing pages allocated to it; no new pages are allocated. If an index
spans more than one file, the files are reorganized one at a time. Pages do not migrate between
files.

158
Reorganizing also compacts the index pages. Any empty pages created by this compaction are
removed providing additional available disk space.
In some cases, the gain might not be significant. It is also a longer running operation compared to
rebuilding the index.
Query to rebuild indexes
USE DPMDB
GO
ALTER INDEX ALL ON <tableName> REORGANIZE
GO

Rebuilding v/s Reorganizing – A Comparison

Rebuilding Reorganizing

Takes the table whose indexes are being Keeps the table whose indexes are being
currently rebuilt offline. It should be done when currently reorganized online and working
it will least affect normal operations. normally. Does not affect normal operations.

Substantial performance gains in search and Moderate performance gains in search and
browse operations. browse operations.

Not a time intensive operation. Usually a time intensive operation.

Most effective when index is heavily Most effective when index is not heavily
fragmented. fragmented.

See Also
ALTER INDEX (Transact-SQL)

Performing General Maintenance on Servers

Running SharePoint
General maintenance includes tasks such as disk and file maintenance, updating operating
systems and applications, and protecting data by using antivirus software and performing regular
backups. Some special considerations apply when you are performing server maintenance on
computers running SharePoint that are protected by System Center Data Protection Manager
(DPM).
When you need to perform maintenance on a protected server and do not want protection jobs to
continue for the duration of the maintenance, you can disable the protection agent.

159
 To disable a protection agent
1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Management on the navigation bar.
2. On the Agents tab, in the display pane, select the name of the computer with the
protection agent you want to disable.
3. In the Actions pane, click Disable protection agent.
4. In the dialog box, click OK to confirm that you want to proceed.

In This Section
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on SharePoint Servers
Performing SharePoint Protection Management Tasks
Applying Operating System Updates on SharePoint Servers
Running Antivirus Software on SharePoint Servers

Using Windows Maintenance Tools on

SharePoint Servers
Running Disk Cleanup, Disk Defragmenter, or Chkdsk.exe should have no adverse effect on
performance or data protection.

See Also
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on the DPM Server
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on File Servers and Workstations
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on Exchange Servers
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on SQL Servers
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on Virtual Server

Performing SharePoint Maintenance Tasks

If you schedule automatic deletion of inactive Web sites, coordinate the automatic deletion
schedule with the protection schedule to ensure you have a recent copy of the site backed up.

160
Applying Operating System Updates on
SharePoint Servers
An important part of computer maintenance is ensuring that operating systems and software are
up to date. Updates—known as "fixes," "patches," "service packs," and "security rollup
packages"—help to protect computers and data.
You can use your preferred method for deploying software updates, such as Automatic Updates
or Windows Server Update Services, on computers running Windows SharePoint Services that
are protected by DPM. Because some software updates require a computer restart, you should
schedule or perform the updates at times that have the least impact on protection operations.

Running Antivirus Software on SharePoint

Servers
To prevent data corruption of replicas and recovery points, configure the antivirus software to
delete infected files rather than automatically cleaning or quarantining them. Automatic cleaning
and quarantining can result in data corruption because these processes cause the antivirus
software to modify files, making changes that DPM cannot detect. For instructions on configuring
your antivirus software to delete infected files, see the documentation for your antivirus software.

Troubleshooting SharePoint Protection and

Recovery
This topic documents the following known issues and resolutions relating to protection and
recovery of SharePoint data protected by System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) 2010:
 Unable to search SharePoint items in the Recovery task area.
 SharePoint farm protection fails with ID 956
 Recovery of a SharePoint content database fails with ID 0x80070003
 On a secondary DPM server (DPM-DR), even though incremental and express full jobs
happen successfully for a SQL Server database that belong to a SharePoint farm, recovery
points are not displayed in Recovery task area and no alerts are triggered.
 SharePoint documents checked out or in the Recycle Bin during backup cannot be restored
 DPM Protection Report shows incorrect data for SharePoint farms
 SharePoint Protection not working properly
 SharePoint site or item recovery fails when a shared folder is used as a temporary location
 SharePoint farm protection fails with ID 30111
 SharePoint index backups fail during profile import

161
 ConfigureSharepoint.exe fails with error code 997

Unable to search SharePoint items in the

Recovery task area.
In DPM, to search for SharePoint items such as list items in the Recovery task area, follow these
steps:
1. On the Search tab, in the Search list, select SharePoint.
2. In the SharePoint search pane, click Search Documents.
3. In the Name list, select Contains as the search string.
4. Enter the name of the list item you want to recover.

Note
 To search list items, you must select only Contains as the search string.
 Ensure that you have selected the correct SharePoint farm name.

SharePoint farm protection fails with ID 956

This happens when in the SharePoint farm, the name of the SQL Server is not configured as a
fully qualified domain name (FQDN), and only a NETBIOS name is provided. To resolve this
issue, reconfigure the SharePoint server with the FQDN of the SQL Server by running the
command Stsadm –o renameserver on the front-end Web server from where you plan to protect
the SharePoint farm data.

Recovery of a SharePoint content database fails

with ID 0x80070003
When rebuilding the primary DPM server from the secondary DPM server data, one of the old
recovery points shows databases that were not backed up. To resolve this issue, try to recover
that database from another recovery point that might be older or newer.

On a secondary DPM server (DPM-DR), even

though incremental and express full jobs happen
successfully for a SQL Server database that
belongs to a SharePoint farm, recovery points are
not displayed in the Recovery task area and no
alerts are triggered
In a DPM primary server, if you are protecting a SQL Server database that belongs to a
SharePoint farm, then ensure that you do not protect that database independently on the

162
secondary DPM server. To resolve this issue, you must identify all such databases, perform Stop
protection with the delete data option, and then re-protect the SharePoint farm.

SharePoint documents checked out or in the

recycle bin during backup cannot be restored
In SharePoint, if documents were checked out from the documentation library or were located in
the first or second stage of the recycle bin during the time your data was backed up, they cannot
be restored. To restore these documents, you must pick a point in time at which the documents
were not checked out or in the recycle bin before restoring the data.

DPM Protection Report shows incorrect data for

SharePoint farms
DPM does not calculate the expected number of recovery points correctly in the DPM Protection
Report. Therefore the percentage that shows the historical recovery point availability against the
existing recovery points is incorrect.

SharePoint protection not working properly

If you are having trouble continuing protection of a SharePoint site that is already part of a
protection group after adding a content database, check to see if you have met all the DPM
prerequisites for protecting Microsoft SQL Server 2005. In the process of adding a content
database for protection, DPM may implicitly protect the back-end SQL database without
validating the prerequisites.

SharePoint site or item recovery fails when a

shared folder is used as a temporary location
When a shared folder is specified as the temporary location for the recovery of a SharePoint site
or item the recovery will fail. To resolve this issue, use a local folder as the temporary location for
either the recovery farm or the production farm.

SharePoint farm protection fails with ID 30111

If your SharePoint farm protection is failing with the ID 30111 error on the Jobs tab in the
Monitoring pane in DPM Administrator Console, it could be because there is a volume with no
mount points on the front-end Web server of your SharePoint farm. To resolve this issue, assign
a mount point or drive letter to the dismounted volume and perform a consistency check.

163
SharePoint index backups fail during profile
import
Due to constraints in SharePoint, DPM cannot pause a profile import. Backups scheduled to run
when a profile import is taking place will fail. The backups fail with error code 32010.
Message: DPM was unable to get the Content Sources of the SSP <Name of data source>;
to a consistent state.
Recommended action:
 Check to see that the protected SSP is online and running.
 Check to see that the WSSCmdletWrapper DCOM component is configured correctly on the
front-end Web server hosting the protected farm.
 Retry the operation and make sure no other application or process is trying to resume the
crawl of the SSP during backup.

ConfigureSharepoint.exe fails with error code 997

If this is happening after you have changed the administrator password, do the following to
resolve the issue:
1. From the command prompt, run dcomcnfg.
2. In the DCOM Config utility, search for the WSSCmdletWrapper object. Right-click the object
and select Properties.
3. On the Identity tab, enter the new password.

Managing Protected Virtual Servers

This section provides guidance on performing common maintenance tasks on protected servers.
It also provides guidance on making changes to the computer configuration after the computer is
protected by DPM.
For in depth information about how Microsoft System Center Data Protection Manager protects
virtualized environments, see the Protect Your Windows Virtual Environment with System Center
Data Protection Manager TechNet Webcast (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=120844).

In This Section
Performing General Maintenance on Servers Running Virtual Server
Performing Virtual Server Management Tasks
Recovering Virtual Server Data

164
Performing General Maintenance on Servers
Running Virtual Server
General maintenance includes tasks such as disk and file maintenance, updating operating
systems and applications, and protecting data by using antivirus software and performing regular
backups. Some special considerations apply when you are performing server maintenance on
computers running Virtual Server that are protected by System Center Data Protection
Manager 2010 (DPM).
When you need to perform maintenance on a protected server and do not want protection jobs to
continue for the duration of the maintenance, you can use the following procedure to disable the
protection agent.

Note
If you disable a protection agent for a server that is a cluster node, you should disable the
protection agent for every node of the cluster.

To disable a protection agent

1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Management on the navigation bar.
2. On the Agents tab, in the display pane, select the name of the computer with the
protection agent you want to disable.
3. In the Actions pane, click Disable protection agent.
4. In the dialog box, click OK to confirm that you want to proceed.

In This Section
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on Virtual Server
Applying Operating System Updates on Virtual Server
Running Antivirus Software on Virtual Server

Using Windows Maintenance Tools on Virtual

Server
Running Disk Cleanup, Disk Defragmenter, or Chkdsk.exe should have no adverse effect on
performance or data protection.

See Also
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on the DPM Server
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on File Servers and Workstations
165
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on Exchange Servers
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on SQL Servers
Using Windows Maintenance Tools on SharePoint Servers

Applying Operating System Updates on

Virtual Server
An important part of computer maintenance is ensuring that operating systems and software are
up to date. Updates—known as "fixes," "patches," "service packs," and "security rollup
packages"—help to protect computers and data.
You can use your preferred method for deploying software updates, such as Automatic Updates
or Windows Server Update Services, on computers running Virtual Server that are protected by
DPM and on virtual machines that are protected by DPM. Because some software updates
require a computer restart, you should schedule or perform the updates at times that have the
least impact on protection operations.

Running Antivirus Software on Virtual Server

To prevent data corruption of replicas and recovery points, configure the antivirus software to
delete infected files rather than automatically cleaning or quarantining them. Automatic cleaning
and quarantining can result in data corruption because these processes cause the antivirus
software to modify files, making changes that DPM cannot detect. For instructions on configuring
your antivirus software to delete infected files, see the documentation for your antivirus software.

Performing Virtual Server Management Tasks

This section provides instructions and guidelines for managing a protected virtual server and
making changes after the initial DPM configuration.

In This Section
Moving Virtual Servers Between Domains
How to Rename Virtual Servers
Renaming Virtual Machines
Moving a Virtual Machine or Virtual Hard Disk
Protecting Application Data on Virtual Machines

166
Moving Virtual Servers Between Domains
You cannot do the following for protected computers:
 Change the domain of a protected computer and continue protection without disruption.
 Change the domain of a protected computer and associate the existing replicas and recovery
points with the computer when it is re-protected.
We recommend that you do not change the domain of a protected computer. If you must change
the domain of a protected computer, you must complete two tasks:
 Remove the data sources on the computer from protection while the computer retains its
original domain membership.
 Protect the data source on the computer after it becomes a member of another domain.

To change the domain membership of a protected computer

1. Remove all members from protection groups.
If you retain the replicas and recovery points, the data will remain accessible for
administrative recovery until you delete the replicas. However, it will not be accessible for
end-user recovery.
2. Uninstall the protection agent by using DPM Administrator Console on the DPM server.
3. Change the domain membership of the computer.
4. Install a protection agent by using DPM Administrator Console on the DPM server.
5. Add the data sources to protection groups on the DPM server.
For information about performing tasks involving protection agents and protection groups,
see DPM 2010 Help (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=196749).

How to Rename Virtual Servers

DPM uses the computer name as a unique identifier for replicas, recovery points, DPM database
entries, reporting database entries, and so on.
You cannot:
 Change the name of a protected computer and continue protection without disruption.
 Change the name of a protected computer and associate the existing replicas and recovery
points with the new computer name.
We recommend that you do not change the name of a protected computer. If you must change
the name of a protected computer, you must:
 Remove the data sources on the computer from protection (the old computer name).
 Protect the data source on the computer (the new computer name).

167
 To rename a protected computer
1. Remove all members from protection groups.
If you retain the replicas and recovery points, the data will remain accessible for
administrative recovery until you delete the replicas. However, it will not be accessible for
end-user recovery.
2. Uninstall the protection agent by using DPM Administrator Console on the DPM server.
3. Change the name of the computer.
4. Install a protection agent by using DPM Administrator Console on the DPM server.
5. Add the data sources to protection groups on the DPM server.
For information about tasks that involve protection agents and protection groups, see
DPM 2010 Help (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=196749).

Renaming Virtual Machines

Renaming a virtual machine changes the name of the virtual machine configuration (.vmc) file,
the virtual machine name shown in the Administration Web site, and the display name of the
virtual machine window, but not the name of the folder containing the virtual machine.
If you change the name of a virtual machine that is protected as a guest on a Virtual Server, DPM
continues protection and captures the change as it does any other change to protected data.

Moving a Virtual Machine or Virtual Hard Disk

Moving a Virtual Machine

To move a virtual machine that is protected by DPM
1. Copy the virtual machine to the new host. For instructions, see "Copying, managing, and
renaming virtual machines" (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=95298).
2. Add the copied virtual machine to a protection group.
3. Remove the original virtual machine from the original host. For instructions, see
"Removing virtual machines" (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=95299).
4. Stop protection of the original virtual machine.

168
Moving a Virtual Hard Disk
You might want to move a virtual hard disk to store a large amount of data or improve disk
performance. A virtual hard disk for a virtual machine is stored as a .vhd file. To continue
protection of a virtual hard disk that is moved to a new volume, run the Modify Group Wizard for
the protection group to which it belongs, and then run a consistency check.

Protecting Application Data on Virtual

Machines
When you add a virtual machine to a protection group, you are protecting the complete
configuration of the virtual machine, including operating system, applications, and application
data. However, you cannot specifically recover application data from the recovery points for the
virtual machine; you can only recover the entire virtual machine. When you recover the virtual
machine, applications are recovered with all data that was present at the time that the recovery
point was created.
It is not necessary to install a DPM protection agent on a virtual machine to protect it as a virtual
machine on the Virtual Server host.
To recover only application data for applications running in virtual machines, you must install a
protection agent on the virtual machine and select the application data explicitly as a protection
group member.
You can protect both the virtual machines as guests on the Virtual Server host and the application
data within the virtual machines as applications.
For more information about protecting application data, see the topics on protecting specific data
types, such as Exchange Server data or SQL Server data, in DPM 2010 Help
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=196749).

Recovering Virtual Server Data

In This Section
How to Recover the Virtual Server Host
How to Recover a Virtual Machine
How to Recover Virtual Machines as Files

169
How to Recover the Virtual Server Host
When you protect a Virtual Server host and its virtual machines, the recoverable items are the
Virtual Server configuration and each virtual machine. You should recover the Virtual Server
configuration before you recover the individual virtual machines.

To recover a virtual machine

1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Recovery on the navigation bar.
2. Browse or search for the virtual server name you want to recover, and then select the
data in the results pane.
3. Select the bold date for the recovery point you want to recover. Available recovery points
are indicated in bold on the calendar in the recovery points section.
4. In the Recoverable item pane, click the Virtual Server configuration item.
5. In the Actions pane, click Recover. The Recovery Wizard starts.
6. Review your recovery selection, and then click Next.
7. Select Recover to original instance, and then click Next. The current files will be
overwritten during recovery.
8. Specify your recovery options, and then click Next. The following recovery options are
available:
a. Select Enable SAN-based recovery using hardware snapshots to use SAN-based
hardware snapshots for quicker recovery.
This option is valid only when you have a SAN where hardware snapshot
functionality is enabled, the SAN has the capability to create a clone and to split a
clone to make it writable, and the protected computer and the DPM server are
connected to the same SAN.
b. In the Notification area, click Send an e-mail when the recovery completes, and
specify the recipients who will receive the notification. Separate the e-mail addresses
with commas.
9. Review your recovery settings, and then click Recover.

See Also
How to Recover a Virtual Machine
How to Recover Virtual Machines as Files

How to Recover a Virtual Machine

When you protect a Virtual Server host and its virtual machines, the recoverable items are the
Virtual Server configuration and each virtual machine. You should recover the Virtual Server
configuration before you recover the individual virtual machines.
170
When you recover the virtual machine, applications are recovered with all data that was present
at the time that the recovery point was created.

To recover a virtual machine

1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Recovery on the navigation bar.
2. Browse or search for the virtual machine name you want to recover, and then, in the
results pane, select the data.
3. Available recovery points are indicated in bold on the calendar in the recovery points
section. Select the bold date for the recovery point you want to recover.
4. In the Recoverable item pane, click to select the virtual machine item you want to
recover.
5. In the Actions pane, click Recover. DPM starts the Recovery Wizard.
6. Review your recovery selection, and then click Next.
7. Select Recover to original instance, and then click Next. The current files will be
overwritten during recovery.
8. Specify your recovery options, and then click Next.
a. Select Enable SAN-based recovery using hardware snapshots to use SAN-based
hardware snapshots for quicker recovery.
This option is valid only when you have a SAN where hardware snapshot
functionality is enabled, the SAN has the capability to create a clone and to split a
clone to make it writable, and the protected computer and the DPM server are
connected to the same SAN.
b. In the Notification area, click Send an e-mail when the recovery completes, and
specify the recipients who will receive the notification. Separate the e-mail addresses
with commas.
9. Review your recovery settings, and then click Recover.

See Also
How to Recover the Virtual Server Host
How to Recover Virtual Machines as Files

How to Recover Virtual Machines as Files

You can recover the Virtual Server configuration and virtual machines as files to a network folder,
enabling you to copy those files to an alternate Virtual Server host.
The following files are recovered to the network folder:
 For the Virtual Server configuration, options.xml
 For each virtual machine, all associated .vhd, .vmc, and .vsv files

171
When you restore a virtual machine to a network folder and then copy the files to a new Virtual
Server host and start the virtual machine, you may see an error message that the server shut
down unexpectedly. This can occur because DPM cannot mark the recovery files as an expected
shutdown. The recovered files are otherwise application-consistent.
When the .vhd file for a virtual machine is stored in the root of a volume and you recover the
virtual machine to an alternate location as files, the .vhd file will be recovered with directory
attributes set to hidden and system. To view the recovered .vhd file, you must remove the
directory attributes.

To recover virtual machines as files

1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Recovery on the navigation bar.
2. Using either the browse or search functionality, select the storage group to recover.
3. On the calendar, click any date in bold to obtain the recovery points available for that
date. The Recovery time menu lists the time for each available recovery point.
4. On the Recovery time menu, select the recovery point you want to use.
5. In the Actions pane, click Recover.
The Recovery Wizard starts.
6. On the Review recovery selection page, click Next.
7. Select Copy files to network location, and then click Next.
8. On the Specify destination page, specify the network folder to which the files should be
copied.
9. Specify your recovery options:
a. Select Apply security settings of the destination computer or Apply the security
settings of the recovery point version.
b. Select Enable SAN-based recovery using hardware snapshots to use SAN-based
hardware snapshots for quicker recovery.
This option is valid only when you have a SAN where hardware snapshot
functionality is enabled, the SAN has the capability to create and split a clone to
make it writable, and the protected computer and the DPM server are connected to
the same SAN.
c. In the Notification area, click Send an e-mail when the recovery completes, and
specify the recipients who will receive the notification. Separate the e-mail addresses
with commas.
10. On the Summary page, review the recovery settings, and then click Recover.

See Also
How to Recover the Virtual Server Host
How to Recover a Virtual Machine

172
Protecting Hyper-V
System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) 2010 extends DPM support to Microsoft Hyper-
V. DPM now supports both host-based protection for Hyper-V where the agent is installed on the
host computer, and guest-based where the agent is installed directly on the virtual machine.

DPM Support Scenarios

DPM 2010 supports the following scenarios for Hyper-V.
 Online backup
DPM 2010 supports online backups for guests running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows
Server 2008, and Windows Server 2003. Online backups ensure that DPM does not bring
down the protected virtual machine. By default, DPM tries to protect virtual servers in the
online mode.
 Offline backup
DPM 2010 supports offline protection for guests running older operating systems such as
Windows NT 4.0 and Windows Server 2000, and Linux. Offline backup requires DPM to
pause a virtual server, take a snapshot of the server, bring the virtual server online again, and
then back up the snapshot.
 Clustering
DPM 2010 supports protection for clustered servers, clustered Hyper-V host server, and
Windows Server Core-based Hyper-V hosts. DPM also supports Virtual Machine Manager
(VMM) Quick Migration.

Unsupported Scenarios
DPM 2010 does not support the backup of virtual machines that do not have storage on the host.
However, if you have at least one VHD of the virtual server on the local machine, DPM protects
the local VHD.
Storage not on host means you either use iSCSI to present volumes to the virtual machine or use
a remote VHD. For such machines, we recommend that customers perform host-level backup of
the VHD files using DPM and install an agent into the virtual machine to back up data that is not
visible on the host.

Caution
If you migrate your file server volume using DPM tools and want to continue backups to
the same replica volume, you cannot perform original location recovery for the recovery
points created before the migration. Recovery fails with the message - Couldn't find the
selected volume. You can, however, perform recovery to an alternate location.

173
See Also
Conditions When DPM Fails to Back up Hyper-V Virtual Machines in an Online State

Prerequisites and Known Issues with Hyper-

V Protection

Prerequisites for protecting Hyper-V using DPM

2010
Before protecting Hyper-V virtual machines with DPM, ensure that the following updates are
installed on the target Hyper-V server:
 The customer should be running Hyper-V RTM. The corresponding Windows update is
KB950050 (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=132735).
 Install the following updates:
 KB951308 (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=132733) on each cluster node for
cluster deployment.
Increased functionality and virtual machine control in the Windows Server 2008 Failover
Cluster Management console for the Hyper-V role.
 KB956697 (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=133781). This update may be applied
when the Hyper-V writer seems to go missing due to the presence of corrupt Virtual
Machine configuration files in the Hyper-V Server.
 KB958184 (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=143332). This update may be applied
when virtual machine files are saved on a volume mounted on a failover cluster using a
volume GUID.
 KB959962 (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=136583) on the Hyper-V hosts. This
update for Hyper-V writer is required if the backup fails for one of the following reasons:
 Retryable VSS error.
 VSS application writer provider is going to bad state.
 If recovery of a virtual machine is failing because it has legacy network adapters
attached.
Following this update, the integration services on each of the virtual machines running
on the server must be updated by inserting the Integration Services Disk from the Action
menu in the virtual machine’s management console. This will require the virtual machine
to restart.
 KB960038 (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=136584) on all Hyper-V hosts. This
update for Windows Server 2008 fixes a crash of the Hyper-V host server which you may
experience when backups are made using Hyper-V writer.
 The version of Integration Components running inside the VM should be the same as the
version of Hyper-V on the host. For Hyper-V RTM it is 6.0.6001.18016.

174
 You can confirm this in the Device Manager inside the guest VM. Under System Devices in
Device Manager, right-click the entry Hyper-V Volume Shadow Copy and choose Properties.
Check the version under the Driver tab. If the version does not match, insert the integration
services disk by choosing the option under the Action menu in the VM console. Install the
integration components and reboot the VM.

Known Issues
Issue Symptoms Cause Workaround Solution Recommendation

Hyper-V You may experience a This is a N/A Download We recommend

server Stop 0x7E when you problem in and install that you deploy
stops backup a server that the KB960038 this in the next
working has the Hyper-V role volsnap.sys on the available
when installed. driver when Hyper-V downtime window
DPM runs interacting host to on the Hyper-V
backups with the solve this host.
on the Hyper-V problem.
server. VSS writer.

Backup of Hyper-V virtual . Perform an Download We recommend

Hyper-V machine backups offline and install that you install
virtual (backups using child backup of the KB959962 this update on all
machine partition) fail with virtual on the Hyper-V hosts
fails following error for machine. Hyper-V protected by
multiple volume virtual host to DPM.
machines: DPM solve this
encountered a problem.
retryable VSS error.
(ID 30112 Details:
Unknown error
(0x800423f3)
(0x800423F3)).
On the Hyper-V host
in the event log:
VMMS Event log
contains following
entry:
Failed to revert to
VSS snapshot on one
or more virtual hard
disks of the virtual
machine '%1'. (Virtual

175
 machine ID %2).

Recovery The Hyper-V Virtual This issue Restart the Download We recommend
of Hyper- Machine Management can occur if Hyper-V and install that you deploy
V virtual service stops when the virtual Virtual KB959962 this update on all
machine you are restoring a machine is Machine on the Hyper-V hosts
fails virtual machine. configured Management Hyper-V protected by
to use a service. host to DPM.
legacy solve this
network problem.
adapter. Then
recover
the data to
an
alternate
location.

Backup of Hyper-V VSS writer is This is a To get the Download We recommend

the in a bad state and problem in writer back to and install that you deploy
Hyper-V does not identify itself the Hyper-V a stable KB959962 this update on all
virtual to VSS anymore. The writer in state, restart on the Hyper-V hosts
machine VSS application writer Windows the Hyper-V Hyper-V protected by
fails or the VSS provider is Server Virtual host to DPM.
in a bad state. Either it 2008. Machine solve this
was already in a bad Management problem.
state or it entered a service.
bad state during the Perform
current operation (ID offline
30111 Details: backups of
Unknown error the virtual
(0x80042319) machines to
(0x80042319)). prevent the
Please check that the writer from
Event Service and the going into a
VSS service are bad state.
running, and check for
errors associated with
these services in the
Application Event Log
on the server
hyper01.contoso.com.
Please allow 10
minutes for VSS to
repair itself and then

176
 retry the operation.

Note
If the errors persist, review the event log on the target server and on the guest installation
of the VM for which the backups failed for further troubleshooting. Please review errors
with source=VSS.

Conditions When DPM Fails to Back up

Hyper-V Virtual Machines in an Online State
By default, DPM 2010 performs a backup of a Hyper-V Virtual Machine (VM) in an online state.
However, DPM cannot back up a Hyper-V VM in an online state, if one or more of the following
conditions are true:
 Backup (Volume Snapshot) Integration Service is disabled or not installed.
 VM has one or more dynamic disks.
 VM has one or more non-NTFS based volumes.
 The VM Cluster Resource Group in a cluster setup is offline.
 VM is not in a running state.
 A ShadowStorage assignment of a volume inside the VM is explicitly set to a different volume
other than itself.
These conditions are set by the Hyper-V writer. In such a case, the VM is put in a saved state
before a snapshot of host volumes are taken (except when the VM is turned off) for a backup.
The Hyper-V writer adds the VM in the following format:
 For offline backups: Backup Using Saved State\<VMName>
 For online backups: Backup Using Child Partition Snapshot\<VMName>

Note
During offline/online backups, the name of the data source remains unchanged even if
the VM configuration changes to support online backups or for any further backups.

Managing Protected Client Computers

Microsoft System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) 2010 allows you to protect your data
on client computers. Client computers include desktop computers that are connected to the
network, and laptop and notebook computers that are intermittently connected to your corporate
environment. Backup administrators can centrally configure data protection for the client
computers in their environment using the Data Protection Manager Client. Additionally,
administrators can give their end users the ability to define and manage their own backups.

177
DPM 2010 enables end users to perform their own recoveries by leveraging the Previous
Versions feature in Windows. For more information about using the Data Protection Manager
Client, see Data Protection Manager Client Help (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=197113).
Laptop and notebook computers will not be connected to the network at all times and the number
of protected client computers can be much larger than the number of protected file servers.
These scenarios have resulted in the following changes about how DPM manages client
computer protection.
 The administrator can configure protection for the client computer that they want to protect
without being online. We recommend that administrators use software distribution
mechanisms such as Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager to install and configure
the DPM protection agent.
 The client computer polls the DPM server at 15 minute intervals and obtains the backup
schedule that the administrator specifies for the protection group. The client computer starts
the backup according to the schedule, or by user demand. Alternatively, once the
administrator configures a protection group that allows the end user to specify their protected
data items, the end user can start a backup at any time from the Data Protection Manager
Client.
 DPM will not show alerts for client computers that usually appear for protected servers.
These alerts pertain to failures of individual jobs. For example, a synchronization failure alert
will not appear for the DPM administrator to act upon for any of the failed synchronizations.
This is because client computers are designed to retry the synchronization in the event of a
failure. However, DPM allows you to configure DPM to alert the end user if a client computer
has not been backed up for a predefined number of days that the administrator defined when
they created the protection group.

In This Section
Configuring Client Computer Protection
Protecting Client Computer Data
Recovering Client Computer Data
Performing Client Computer Management Tasks

Configuring Client Computer Protection

System Center Data Protection Manager 2010 allows you to protect client computers - desktops
and laptops. This topic lists the configuration settings and prerequisite software required on the
DPM server and the protected computers to ensure that your client computers are properly
protected.

In This Section
Client Computer Operating System Requirements

178
Installing Protection Agents on Client Computers

Client Computer Operating System

Requirements
Before protecting your client computers, you must ensure that the following prerequisites are
installed on the client computer:

Client Computer Operating System Requirements

Each DPM server can protect up to 1000 client computers that are running either the 32-bit or 64-
bit versions of the following operating systems:
 Windows XP with Service Pack 2 (SP2) or later

Note
Recovery from previous versions of files and folders is not supported on computers
running Windows XP.
 Windows Vista or Windows Vista with Service Pack 1 (SP1)
 Windows 7 Client

Network Requirements
Following are the network requirements for DPM 2010 when working with the following types of
client computer connections:

Protection across domains

The client computers that you want to protect must have a two-way trust relationship with the
domain in which the DPM server is located.

Client computers behind a firewall

If Windows Firewall is configured on the client computer, the DPM protection agent installation
will automatically configure the necessary firewall exceptions. If you need to reset the firewall, you
can reconfigure it by running SetDpmServer.exe. If you are using a firewall other than Windows
Firewall, ensure that the necessary ports for DPM are open. For more information, in the
DPM 2010 Deployment Guide, see Configuring Windows Firewall on the DPM Server
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=179380).

179
Client computers over a VPN connection
DPM can perform backups of client computers that are using a virtual private network (VPN)
connection.

Note
For backups of client computers that are intermittently connected to the network, and that
are expected to connect over a VPN, we recommend that your Internet connection speed
be a minimum of 1 Megabit per second (Mbps).
DPM supports the following VPN protocols:
 Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)
 Secure Socket Tunneling Protocol (SSTP)
 Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol (L2TP)

Important
To perform backups over a VPN, you must enable Internet Control Message Protocol
(ICMP). For more information, see How to enable ICMP traffic from protected SecureNet
clients to external hosts in ISA Server 2006 and ISA Server 2004
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=186982).

Client computers that are always connected to the network

DPM 2010 can perform backups of client computers that are either physically or wirelessly
connected to the local area network (LAN). For client computers that are continuously connected
to the network, ensure that sufficient bandwidth is available for DPM. We recommend a minimum
network bandwidth of 256 Kilobits per second (Kbps) for computers that are continuously
connected to the network.

Installing Protection Agents on Client

Computers
DPM provides a Windows Installer (.msi) file located in the C:\Program Files\Microsoft
DPM\DPM\Agents folder of your DPM server you can use to install a protection agent. You can
deploy the .Windows Installer file using Group Policy or for scalability, we recommend that you
install the protection agents independently using Microsoft System Center Configuration
Manager. To create a Systems Management Server package for the DPM protection agent, you
must provide the following to the Systems Management Server administrator:
 A share to the DpmAgentInstaller.exe and DpmAgentInstaller_AMD64.exe packages.
 A list of computers on which you are installing the protection agents.
 The name of the DPM server.

To install the protection agent manually on a target computer

180
  On the computer on which you want to install the protection agent, we recommend that
you map a network drive to the DPM server.
For example, at the command prompt type net use Z:\\DPM1\c$.
 On the protected computer, from the command prompt change the directory (CD) for the
appropriate processor. For example:
 For 32-bit computers, type CD \<drive letter>:\Program Files\Microsoft
DPM\DPM\Agents\RA\<build number>\i386
For 64-bit computers, type CD \<drive letter>:\Program Files\Microsoft
DPM\DPM\Agents\RA\<build number>\AM64
 After you change the directory, type DPMAgentInstaller_<processor> <DPM server
name>. For example:
 For 32-bit computers, type DPMAgentInstaller_x86.exe
DPM1.Fully.qualified.domain
 For 64-bit computers, type DPMAgentInstaller_x64.exe <DPM server name>

Note
If you use the DPM server name in the command line, DPM installs the
protection agent and configures the security permissions for the DPM server.
You can perform a manual installation using the /q parameter after the
DpmAgentInstaller.exe command. For example, type:
DpmAgentInstaller.exe /q <DPM server name>.
 If you run the DpmAgentInstaller.exe command from Step 2, to complete the protection
agent configuration for the appropriate DPM server and firewall settings, open an
elevated command prompt, and type:
<drive letter>:\Program Files\Microsoft Data Protection Manager\bin\
SetDpmServer.exe – dpmServerName <DPM server name>.
For example: SetDpmServer.exe –dpmServerName DPM01, where DPM01 is the
actual DPM server name.

If you have already configured protection for the selected clients on the DPM server, DPM will
automatically start the backup for these computers to the DPM server. If you have not yet
configured protection, you can start the Create New Protection Group Wizard, and then select the
Clients option.

Protecting Client Computer Data

You can use the Create New Protection Group Wizard to guide you through the process of
protecting your client computer data.
Note that DPM 2010 allows you to create a protection group without having to attach the client
computers to DPM from the Management task area in DPM Administrator Console. DPM will
automatically attach the client computers if they are not already attached.
181
In This Section
Creating a Protection Group on the Client Computer
Adding a Client Computer and Modifying Disk Allocation

Creating a Protection Group on the Client

Computer

To add a client computer using the Create New Protection Group Wizard
1. On the Welcome page, click Next.
2. On the Select Protection Group page, select Clients, and then click Next.
3. On the Select Group Members page, select the computers you want to protect from the
list box. Click Add to move the computers to the Selected computers list box, and then
click Next. When selecting the computers you want to protect, note the following:
 If you want to add multiple computers, you can create a .txt file containing the
computers you want to add. To add the computers, click Add Multiple Computers.
You must enter each computer in the file on a new line. We recommend that you
provide the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the target computers. For
example, enter multiple computers in a .txt file as follows:

Comp1.abc.domain.com
Comp2.abc.domain.com
Comp3.abc.domain.com

 If DPM cannot find any of the computers that you specified in the .txt file or that you
entered in the Text file location box, the failed set of computers is placed in a log
file. Click the Failed to add machines link at the bottom of the page to open the log
file.

4. On the Specify Inclusions and Exclusions page, specify the folders to include or
exclude for protection on the selected computers. To select from a list of well-known
folders, such as Documents, click the drop-down list.
When specifying inclusions and exclusions, note the following:
 When you exclude a folder, and then specify a separate inclusion rule for a subfolder,
DPM does not backup the subfolder. The exclusion rule overrides the inclusion rule.
 When you include a folder, and then specify a separate exclude rule for a subfolder,
DPM backs up the entire folder, except for the excluded subfolder.
 When you include a well-known folder such as Documents, DPM locates the
Documents folder for all users on the computer, and then applies the rule. For

182
 example, if the user profile for computer Comp1 contains the Documents folder for
both User1 and User2, DPM will back up both folders.

a. Type the folder names in the Folder column using variables such as programfiles, or
you can use the exact folder name. Select Include or Exclude for each entry in the
Rule column.
b. Select Allow users to specify protection members to give your end users the
choice to add more folders on the computer that they want to back up. However, the
files and folders you have explicitly excluded as an administrator cannot be selected
by the end user.
c. Under File type exclusions specify the file types to exclude using their file
extensions, and then click Next to continue.
Figure 1 shows an example of how you can use the Specify Inclusions and
Exclusions page to include and exclude specific folders. In this example the My
Documents folder is selected for protection and the Temporary Internet Files folder
is excluded from protection.
<Placeholder for graphic>
5. On the Select Data Protection Method page, in the Protection Group Name box, type
a name for the protection group.
6. In the Protection method section, select if you want to use short-term disk-based
protection or long-term tape-based protection. Click Next to continue.

Note
DPM supports short-term disk-based protection for desktop and laptop
computers, as well as long-term tape-based protection. DPM does not support
short-term tape-based backup for desktop and laptop computers.
7. On the Specify Goals page, specify your protection goals such as retention range and
synchronization frequency. Select the Alerting option to receive alerts when the
recovery points fails for the selected number of days, and then click Next.
8. On the Allocate Storage page, specify the size of data to be protected on the computer.
We recommend that you co-locate multiple data sources to one DPM replica volume.

Note
We recommend that you co-locate your data if you have a large number of client
computers. You will not be able to protect 1000 or more client computers with
one DPM server without co-locating your data. We recommend that you do not
co-locate if you have less than ten client computers in a protection group.
9. Select the Automatically grow the volumes check box to automatically grow volumes
when more disk space is required for protecting data on the client computers. Click Next
to continue.
10. On the Summary page, review your selections and then click Create Group to complete
the wizard.

183
Adding a Client Computer and Modifying
Disk Allocation
You can add a client computer by modifying the protection group to reduce the number of steps
required to add the client computer.

To add the client computer

1. Right-click an existing protection group for the client computer.
2. Select Add client computers.
A page appears allowing you to select and add new client computers.
3. Click Next to add the client computers to the protection group.

To modify disk allocation

1. Right click an existing protection group for the client computer.
2. Select Modify disk allocation.
A page appears allowing you to change the disk allocation for each client computer.

Recovering Client Computer Data

DPM gives administrators the ability to enable their end users to perform their own recoveries by
leveraging the Previous Versions feature in Windows. If you do not want to provide this capability
to your end users, you recover the data for desktop computers using the following procedures in
the Recovery Wizard.

To recover protected data for desktop computers

1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Recovery on the navigation bar.
2. Browse or search for the data you want to recover, and then, in the results pane, select
the data.
3. Available recovery points are indicated in bold on the calendar in the recovery points
section. Select the bold date for the recovery point you want to recover.
4. In the Recoverable item pane, click to select the recoverable item you want to recover.
5. In the Actions pane, click Recover. DPM starts the Recovery Wizard.
6. Review your recovery selection, and click Next.
7. Specify the type of recovery you would like to perform:
a. Recover to the original location.

Warning
184
 If a client computer is connected over a Virtual Private Network (VPN), the
recovery will fail. We recommend that you restore the data to an alternate
location (such as a share), and then provide that share to the end user so
they can copy their data.
b. Recover to an alternate location. Click Browse to browse for an alternate recovery
destination. On the Specify Alternate Recovery Destination dialog box, select the
recovery destination and click OK.
c. Copy to tape. This option copies the volume that contains the selected data to a
tape in a DPM library. Click Next, and on the Specify Library dialog box, select
library details and tape options. You can also choose to compress or encrypt the data
on tape.
8. Click Next after you have specified one of the preceding options.
9. Specify your recovery options:
a. Existing version recovery behavior. Select Create copy, Skip, or Overwrite. This
option is enabled only when you selected Recover to the original location in step 7.
b. Restore security. Select Apply settings of the destination computer or Apply the
security settings of the recovery point version.
c. Network bandwidth usage throttling. Click Modify to enable network bandwidth
usage throttling.
d. Enable SAN based recovery using hardware snapshots. Select this option to use
SAN-based hardware snapshots for quicker recovery.
This option is valid only when you have a SAN where hardware snapshot
functionality is enabled, the SAN has the capability to create a clone and to split a
clone to make it writable, and the protected computer and the DPM server are
connected to the same SAN.
e. Notification. Click Send an e-mail when the recovery completes, and specify the
recipients who will receive the notification. Separate the e-mail addresses with
commas.
10. Click Next after you have made your selections for the preceding options.
11. Review your recovery settings, and click Recover.

Note
Any synchronization job for the selected recovery item will be canceled while the
recovery is in progress.

185
Performing Client Computer Management
Tasks
This topic provides instructions and guidelines for managing a protected client computer and
making changes after the initial DPM configuration.

In This Section
Using the Disk Utilization Report

Using the Disk Utilization Report

DPM 2010 provides backup administrators with a Disk Utilization Report they can use to see how
much disk space is being used by their end users. The report provides a summary view of disk
capacity, disk allocation, and disk space usage for replicas and shadow copy volumes. The data
is collected for all client computers per protection group.
Backup administrators can use the Disk Utilization Report to identify the following:
 Current disk usage.
 Users that backup more data than estimated.
 Disk space usage history for estimating data growth and future investments in disk space.
For more information about how to use DPM reports, in DPM 2010 Help, see Using Reports
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=196780).

Optimizing Client Computer Performance

On some client computers, you may notice the computer running slow when a backup is in
progress. You can improve the computer’s responsiveness using the registry key DWORD
WaitInMSPerRequestForClientRead. This key is not created by default. You must create it at
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Microsoft Data Protection
Manager\Agent\ClientProtection.

The default value for this DWORD is 50 (32H). You can increase it to 75 or 100 to improve
responsiveness. If you want to increase backup speed at the expense of responsiveness, reduce
the value to 40 or 30.

186
Managing Hyper-V Computers
This section provides information on how you can protect Hyper-V virtual machines that are on
cluster shared volumes (CSV).

In This Section
Prerequisites for Hyper-V Protection
Protecting Hyper-V Machines
Recovering Hyper-V Data
Understanding Protection for CSV

Prerequisites for Hyper-V Protection

Ensure that you have met the following prerequisites before protecting Hyper-V.

On the DPM server

1. Install Windows 2008 Server SP2 or Windows Server 2008 R2 with the RTM version of
Hyper-V.
2. Install the Hyper-V role on the DPM Server (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=150587).

Note
DPM continues to protect Hyper-V virtual machines even if the Hyper-V role is not
installed on the DPM server. However, you cannot do item-level recovery (ILR) unless
the Hyper-V role is enabled.

On the Hyper-V Host

General prerequisites Your computer must be Hyper-V capable.

Install the integration components on the
guests. For more information, see Install a
Guest Operating System
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=165041).

Windows Server 2008 SP2 Install Microsoft Windows Server 2008 SP2.
Or
Install the Microsoft Hyper-V prerequisites
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=133781).

187
 Or
Information about Service Pack 2 for Windows
Vista and for Windows Server 2008
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=184957)

Windows Server 2008 R2 Install the following hotfixes on the host

computer:
 A Hyper-V update rollup package is
available for a computer that is running
Windows Server 2008 R2
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=186
556)
 You may be unable to perform certain disk-
related operations after an exception when
a hardware provider tries to create a
snapshot in Windows Server 2008 R2 or in
Windows 7
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=186
558)

Note
For a CSV deployment, install the VSS
hardware provider on the host
computer. Contact your SAN vendor for
the VSS hardware provider.

Protecting Hyper-V Machines

Procedure for Protecting a Hyper-V Virtual

Machine
1. Install the protection agent on the host computer.
2. Protect the virtual machine by using the Create New Protection Group Wizard.

Things to Remember
 You must turn on auto-mount on the host computer to enable virtual machine protection.
 You must disable TCP Chimney Offload.

188
Caching
When you are protecting a large number (over 200 virtual machines) of virtual machines using
cluster shared volumes (CSV), it may take a long time (>15 min) to populate the inquiry screen in
the Create New Protection Group Wizard. You can avoid this by enabling caching on the primary
DPM server. After you enable caching, when you expand the data source on the inquiry screen,
DPM will refresh the resource groups under that node, but the virtual machines under each
resource group will be populated from the cache. The default time-out for the cache is 48 hours.
You can change this by editing the registry.
To enable caching, create a new registry key called CacheInquiryResults at
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Microsoft Data Protection
Manager\Configuration. Under this key, create the DWORD InquiryResultsTimeoutInterval.
After you create the registry key, you will see the Clear Cache button on the inquiry page of the
Create New Protection Group Wizard. Click this button when you want to force DPM to refresh
the list of virtual machines.

Warning
When you click Clear Cache, DPM will refresh the entire cache, and not just the cache of
the selected resource group.

Automatically Adding New Virtual Machines for

Protection
One of the most common scenarios in a virtualized environment is creation of new virtual
machines. While you will have a protection agent deployed on the host machine, you will still
need to add the new machines to the protection groups manually. You can automate the process
of adding new virtual machines to a protection group by using the following scripts:
 AddNewStandAloneVM.ps1 (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=191475)
 AddNewClusteredVM.ps1 (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=191474)
Click the script name above to download the script.

Automatically Adding Stand-Alone Virtual Machines

The AddNewStandAloneVM.ps1 script does the following:
1. Takes the FQDN of the protected server and the name of the protection group as input.
2. Searches for the protected server and the protection group.
3. Runs an inquiry on the Hyper-V host and obtains the list of unprotected virtual machines.
4. Adds this list of virtual machines to the protection group.
5. Saves the changes to the protection group and exits.
The script takes two parameters:

189
Parameter Description Example

Server Name Fully Qualified Domain Name hyperv01.contoso.com

of the Hyper-V host server.

Protection Group Name of the existing Protection Group 3

protection group to which we
are adding the new virtual
machines.

Automatically Adding Clustered Virtual Machines

The AddNewClusteredVM.ps1 script does the following:
1. Takes the FQDN of the protected cluster and the name of the protection group as input.
2. Searches for the protected cluster and the protection group.
3. Runs an inquiry on the cluster to get the list of resource groups.
4. Runs a parallel inquiry for each resource group and obtains the list of unprotected virtual
machines under them.
5. Adds the unprotected virtual machines to the protection group.
6. Saves the changes to the protection group and exits.
The script takes two parameters:

Parameter Description Example

Server Name Fully Qualified Domain Name hyperv01.contoso.com

of the Hyper-V host server.

Protection Group Name of the existing Protection Group 3

protection group to which we
are adding the new virtual
machines.

Recovering Hyper-V Data

DPM supports the following recovery scenarios:

Scenario Description

Recovering a virtual machine to an alternate The original VHD is deleted. DPM will recover
location the VHD and other configuration files on the
original location by using the Hyper-V VSS

190
Scenario Description
writer. At the end of the recovery process,
virtual machines will still be highly available.

Warning
The resource group must be present for
recovery to happen. If the resource
group is not available, recover to an
alternate location and then make the
virtual machine highly available.

Recovering a virtual machine to an alternate DPM supports alternate location recovery

location (ALR), which provides a seamless recovery of a
protected Hyper-V virtual machine to a different
Hyper-V host, independent of processor
architecture. Hyper-V virtual machines that are
recovered to a cluster node will not be highly
available. For more information about how to
make a virtual machine highly available, see To
make a virtual machine highly available
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=160484).

Item-level recovery (ILR) of Hyper-V virtual DPM supports item-level recovery (ILR), which
machines allows you to do granular recovery of files,
folders, volumes, and virtual hard disks (VHDs)
from a host-level backup of Hyper-V virtual
machines to a network share or a volume on a
DPM protected server.

Tip
The DPM protection agent does not
have to be installed inside the guest to
perform item-level recovery.

In This Section
Recovering A Hyper-V Machine To Its Original Location
Recovering a Virtual Machine to an Alternate Location
Item-Level Recovery for Hyper-V

191
Recovering A Hyper-V Machine To Its
Original Location
The procedure to recover a Hyper-V virtual machine to its original location is the same as with
any other data source. For more information, in DPM 2010 Help, see Recovery Wizard
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=164845).

Recovering a Virtual Machine to an Alternate

Location
In the event of disaster recovery, System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) 2010 allows
you to recover virtual machines as files to a network folder. You can then copy those files to an
alternate Hyper-V host server. However, to start a virtual machine on an alternate Hyper-V host
server, you have to manually create and configure the virtual machine using the recovered files.
DPM 2010 supports alternate location recovery (ALR), which allows you to recover a Hyper-V
virtual machine to an alternate stand-alone Hyper-V host or to a cluster. The recovered virtual
machine is already registered and configured on an alternate Hyper-V host server.

Warning
When you recover to an alternate clustered host, DPM will not make the virtual machine
highly available. You must do that using the Failover Cluster Manager.
System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) 2010 also supports alternate location recovery of
Hyper-V virtual machines to a cluster both in a Cluster Share Volume (CSV) and Non-CSV
environment.

In This Section
Procedure To Recover A Hyper-V Virtual Machine In A Non-CSV Environment
Procedure To Recover To An Alternate Stand-Alone Hyper-V Host

Procedure To Recover A Hyper-V Virtual

Machine In A Non-CSV Environment

1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Recovery on the navigation bar.

192
2. Expand the cluster node to see the virtual machines that are hosted on the failover cluster.
Select the virtual machines that you want to recover.
3. Available recovery points are indicated in bold on the calendar in the recovery points section.
Select the bold date for the recovery point you want to recover.
4. In the Recoverable item pane, click to select the recoverable item you want to recover.

Warning
If you select the virtual machine on the left pane, the Recoverable Item list will show
you the list of VHDs. If you do a recovery at this point, you are recovering a VHD and
not the virtual machine.
5. In the Actions pane, click Recover. DPM starts the Recovery Wizard.
For more information about the Recovery wizard, see Recovery Wizard.

Warning
In a non-CSV environment, the destination will be a volume on available storage in
the cluster.
6. Make the Hyper-V virtual machines recovered to a cluster highly available.
For more information about how to make a virtual machine highly available, see Make the
virtual machine highly available (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=160484).

Procedure To Recover To An Alternate Stand-

Alone Hyper-V Host

1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Recovery on the navigation bar.

2. Browse or search for the Hyper-V virtual machine that you want to recover from the list of
Hyper-V computers.
3. Available recovery points are indicated in bold on the calendar in the recovery points section.
4. Select the bold date, and then the time from the drop-down list, for the recovery point you
want to recover.
5. In the Recoverable item pane, click to select the recoverable item you want to recover.

Warning
If you select the virtual machine on the left pane, the Recoverable Item list will show
you the list of VHDs. If you do a recovery at this point, you are recovering a VHD and
not the virtual machine.
6. In the Actions pane, click Recover. DPM starts the Recovery Wizard.
For more information about the Recovery wizard, see Recovery Wizard.

193
7. You can now close the Recovery Wizard and view the recovery status in the Monitoring task
area.

Warning
 If the recovered virtual machine was backed up in an online state, and it is saved state
after recovery, delete the saved state of that virtual machine from the Hyper-V Manager
Console and start it.
 After alternate location recovery always check whether the virtual machine’s network
configuration is correct.

Item-Level Recovery for Hyper-V

System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) provides both host-based and guest-based
protection for Hyper-V virtual machines.
DPM supports item-level recovery (ILR), which allows you to do granular recovery of files, folders,
volumes, and virtual hard disks (VHDs) from a host-level backup of Hyper-V virtual machines to a
network share or a volume on a DPM protected server.
You must have the Hyper-V role enabled on the DPM server to perform item-level recoveries.
During item-level recovery, DPM has to mount the VHDs of the protected virtual machines.

Important
Item-level recovery does not support recovery of an item to its original location.
You cannot do an item-level recovery from within a virtual machine.
The following table lists supported and unsupported scenarios when recovering files, folders,
volumes, and VHDs using ILR in a Hyper-V virtual machine.

Scenario Volumes or files/folders recovery Virtual Hard Disk (VHD)

recovery

From a virtual machine that Yes Yes

has snapshots (Only to Windows
Server 2008 R2)

From a secondary DPM Yes Yes

server

From tape backups No Yes

From NTFS volumes only Yes Not applicable

From non-NTFS volumes No Entire VHD only

From a VHD that is partitioned No Entire VHD only

using dynamic disk

194
Scenario Volumes or files/folders recovery Virtual Hard Disk (VHD)
recovery
partitioning

Important
Mount points cannot be traversed or browsed when exploring a VHD for item-level
recovery.

In This Section
Procedure for Item-Level Recovery of Files and Folders
Procedure for Item-Level Recovery of Volumes
Procedure for Item-Level Recovery of VHD

Procedure for Item-Level Recovery of Files

and Folders
Use this procedure for item-level recovery of files and folders.

To perform item-level recovery of files and folders

1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Recovery in the Actions pane.
2. Browse or search for the virtual machine name that you want to recover, and then, in the
Details pane, select the item (VHD).
3. Select the date from which you want to perform a recovery.

Note
Dates in bold indicate available recovery points.
4. To view the list of files and folders, in the Recoverable Items list, do the following:
a. Double-click the item (VHD) that you want to recover.
b. Double-click the items (volumes in VHD) that you want to recover.
5. Select the items (files and folders) that you want to recover.

Note
You can select and recover multiple files and folders from the list.
6. In the Actions pane, click Recover to start the Recovery Wizard.
For more information about the Recovery Wizard, see Recovery Wizard
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=164845).

Note

195
 DPM saves files and folders in a custom directory structure in the following
format: <Recovery destination selected by user>\<VM name>_<Backup Time
stamp> with the exact file system hierarchy that is used on a protected computer
with the DPM agent installed.

Procedure for Item-Level Recovery of

Volumes
Use this procedure for item-level recovery of volumes.

To perform item-level recovery of volumes

1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Recovery on the navigation bar.
2. Browse to or search for the virtual machine name that you want to recover, and then
select the item (VHD) in the Results pane.
3. Select the date from which you want to perform a recovery. Dates in bold indicate
available recovery points.
4. To view the list of volumes, in the Recoverable Items list, do the following:
a. Double-click the item (VHD) that you want to recover.
b. Select the item (volume in VHD) that you want to recover.

Note
The list pane displays the volume label or “Virtual Machine Volume” if no volume
label is available.
You cannot select and recover multiple volumes at the same time.
5. In the Actions pane, click Recover to start the Recovery Wizard.
For more information about the Recovery Wizard, see Recovery Wizard
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=164845).

Procedure for Item-Level Recovery of VHD

Use this procedure for item-level recovery of virtual hard drives (VHD).

To perform item-level recovery of virtual hard drives (VHD)

1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Recovery on the navigation bar.
2. Browse to or search for the virtual machine name that you want to recover, and then, in
the Results pane, select the item (VHD).

196
 3. Select the date from which you want to perform a recovery.

Note
Dates in bold indicate available recovery points.
The path of the VHD file on the protected computer is displayed in the
Recoverable Items pane.
4. In the Recoverable Items pane, select the item (VHD file) that you want to recover.

Note
You cannot select and recover multiple VHDs at the same time.
5. In the Actions pane, click Recover to start the Recovery Wizard.

Note
When you are recovering a VHD of a virtual machine that has Hyper-V
snapshots, .AVHD files are not displayed in the Recoverable Items pane, but
DPM will recover the parent VHD and all the associated .AVHD files.
DPM saves VHDs in a custom directory structure in the following format:
DPM_<backup-time>\DPM_Recovered_At_<RecoveryTime>\<Path of the VHD
on the protected computerr> with the exact file system hierarchy that is used on a
protected computer with the DPM agent installed.

For more information about the Recovery Wizard, see Recovery Wizard
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=164845).

Understanding Protection for CSV

A common Cluster Shared Volume (CSV) deployment has the virtual hard disks (VHDs) of the
virtual machines on a CSV, with virtual machines distributed across the nodes of the cluster.
Each virtual machine has direct I/O access to its respective VHD on the CSV.

197
In this example, when VM2 is being backed up, the CSV is made local to Node B. All I/O for VM1
is then routed over the network through the CSV filter on Node B. This affects the performance of
VM1 and it appears on the Failover Cluster Manager as being in “redirected I/O mode.”
To reduce the impact on VM1, we recommend that you use hardware snapshots, which enable
the CSV to resume direct I/O mode as soon as the hardware snapshot has been created. The
duration of this process is typically very short, about two minutes.

198
If you use software snapshots, the CSV will be in redirected I/O mode for all virtual machines on
this CSV, other than VM2, for the duration of the backup. The duration of this process depends
on the size of the VHDs being backed up by DPM, and can be significant. Therefore, using
software snapshots can decrease the performance of the virtual machines.
After the snapshot is created, DPM starts replicating the data from the snapshot to the DPM
server. After the replication is complete, the protection agent deletes the hardware snapshot.

In This Section
Considerations for Backing Up Virtual Machines on CSV with Hardware VSS Providers
Migrating from the System VSS Provider to a Hardware VSS Provider
Considerations for Backing Up Virtual Machines on CSV with the System VSS Provider

Considerations for Backing Up Virtual

Machines on CSV with Hardware VSS
Providers
If you are using a hardware VSS provider, you can back up multiple virtual machines from the
same CSV/node in the cluster. To specify the number of concurrent backups that can run from a
node, you must set the following registry key:

199
Key HKLM\Software\Microsoft\Microsoft Data Protection Manager\2.0\Configuration\MaxAllowedP
arallelBackups

Valu Microsoft Hyper-V

e

Data 3

Type DWORD

This will enable a maximum of three backups to run concurrently on each node. For optimal
performance, we recommend that you do not use a value greater than 3.

Migrating from the System VSS Provider to a

Hardware VSS Provider
If you are using the default system VSS provider and want to begin using the hardware VSS
provider, you must do the following:
1. Install the hardware VSS provider on the host computer and ensure that your SAN is
configured for hardware snapshots.
2. Delete the %Programfiles%\Microsoft DPM\DPM\Config\DataSourceGroups.xml file from the
host computer.
3. Set the following registry key:

Key HKLM\Software\Microsoft\Microsoft Data Protection Manager\2.0\Configuration\MaxAll

owedParallelBackups

Valu Microsoft Hyper-V

e

Dat 3
a

Typ DWORD
e

4. To complete this process, you must run the Modify Protection Group Wizard for each of the
protection groups that protect the virtual machines on this cluster.

200
Considerations for Backing Up Virtual
Machines on CSV with the System VSS
Provider
If your SAN vendor does not have hardware VSS providers, you can use software snapshots to
back up your virtual machines.
We recommend that virtual machines deployed on CSV should be backed up serially.
There are two aspects to serialization of backup jobs in a CSV environment:
 Serializing virtual machine backups on a per node basis.
 Serializing virtual machine backups on a per CSV LUN basis.

Enabling Per Node Serialization

Create the following registry key on the DPM server:

Key HKLM\Software\Microsoft\Microsoft Data Protection Manager\2.0\Configuration\MaxAllowe

dParallelBackups

Valu Microsoft Hyper-V

e

Data 1

Typ DWORD
e

This ensures that only one backup job will run at a time on a Hyper-V host.

Enabling Per CSV LUN Serialization

This form of serialization limits the number of virtual machine backups happening on a single
CSV LUN. This is done by creating a DataSourceGroups.xml file and placing it in the DPM server
at %PROGRAMFILES%\Microsoft DPM\DPM\Config. This file provides DPM with information
about the CSV virtual machine deployment configuration/distribution on the various CSV LUN so
as to serialize the backups that happen per CSV LUN.
A DSConfig.ps1 script (below) creates the DataSourceGroups.xml file by listing all the virtual
machines running on CSV in groups. Each group has the list of all virtual machines hosted on
one CSV LUN. DPM permits only one backup from one such group at a time.
# DSConfig.ps1

201
$infoText = "This script will generate the DatasourceGroups.xml file in the current path.
Once this file is created merge it with the same file name under %programfiles%\Microsoft
DPM\DPM\Config directory on the DPM server. Read the documentation for more details."

echo $infoText

$header = "<?xml version=`"1.0`" encoding=`"utf-16`"?> `n <DatasourceGroup

xmlns:xsi=`"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance`"
xmlns:xsd=`"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema`"
xmlns=`"http://schemas.microsoft.com/2003/dls/GroupDatasourceByDisk.xsd`">"

$footer = "</DatasourceGroup>"

import-module -name FailoverClusters

$dir = [guid]::NewGuid()

md $dir

$cluster = get-Cluster

$FQDN = $cluster.Name + "." + $cluster.Domain

$res = get-clusterresource | where-object { $_.ResourceType.Name -eq "Virtual Machine

Configuration"}

foreach ($r in $res)

$VmObj = Get-ClusterParameter -inputobject $r | where {$_.Name -eq "VmStoreRootPath"} #

Identifies the CSV volume on which the VM is hosted.

$VmName = Get-ClusterParameter -inputobject $r | where {$_.Name -eq "VmId"}

$vol = $vmobj.Value.Split("\")[2] # $vol will return to us the Volume<number> of the CSV

on which the VM resides.

$line = "<Datasource DatasourceName=`"" + $VmName.Value +"`"" + " ProtectedServerName=`""

+ $r.OwnerGroup.Name + "."+ $FQDN +"`"" + " WriterId=`"66841cd4-6ded-4f4b-8f17-
fd23f8ddc3de`" />"

echo $line >> $dir\$vol # File VolumeX will contain entries for all VMs hosted on CSV
VolumeX

echo $header > DataSourceGroups.xml

$filelist = dir $dir\Volume*

202
$GroupEndString = "</Group>"

foreach ($file in $filelist)

$GroupBeginString = "<Group GroupName=`"" + $file.Name + "-" + $FQDN + "`">" # Group

name is kept VolumeX itself

echo $GroupBeginString >> DataSourceGroups.xml

type $file >> DataSourceGroups.xml # Consolidating groups pertaining to all the

volumes.

echo $GroupEndString >> DataSourceGroups.xml

Remove-Item -Force -Recurse $dir

echo $footer >> DataSourceGroups.xml

Procedure to Create the DataSourceGroups.xml

File and Serialize the Backup Jobs
1. Generate the DataSourceGroups.xml file by running the DSConfig.ps1 script on any one
node of a cluster containing CSV. For more information about how to generate the file, see
Procedure to Generate the DataSourceGroups.xml File on a CSV Cluster.
2. Repeat step 1 for every cluster that is protected by a DPM server.
3. Merge all such DataSourceGroups.xml files into a single file on the DPM server. You can skip
this step and copy the file directly to %PROGRAMFILES%\Microsoft DPM\DPM\Config if the
DPM server is protecting only one cluster. For more information about merging the files, see
Procedure to Merge the DataSourceGroups.xml Files from All CSV Clusters.
4. If a protection group has already been created for the virtual machines, perform the steps in
the Modify Protection Group Wizard. If a protection group has not been created, create a new
protection group and the job serialization described above will take effect.
The DataSourceGroups.xml file needs to be updated only when virtual machines are added,
deleted, or modified in the cluster and protection is configured for them.
Regenerate the DataSourceGroups.xml file from the CSV cluster and update the
DataSourceGroups.xml file by replacing the existing groups for that cluster with the new groups.

Procedure to Generate the DataSourceGroups.xml

File on a CSV Cluster
1. Copy the DSConfig.ps1 file to any one node of a CSV cluster.
203
2. Run this script in an elevated Windows PowerShell window and locate the
DataSourceGroups.xml file generated in the same folder C:\MyFolder\>DSConfig.ps1
3. This script will generate the DataSourceGroups.xml file in the current path. After this file is
created, copy it to the %programfiles%\Microsoft DPM\DPM\Config directory on the DPM
server.
4. You can verify the groupings by opening the XML file that is generated. The following is the
expected format:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-16"?>
<DatasourceGroup xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-
instance" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"
xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/2003/dls/GroupDatasourceByDi
sk.xsd">
<Group GroupName="Group1">
<Datasource DatasourceName="EA24071A-7B7B-42CF-AB1D-
BBAE49F50632" ProtectedServerName="SCVMM VM-Vol7-03
Resources.CSVSCALE.SCALEDPM01.LAB" WriterId="66841cd4-6ded-4f4b-
8f17-fd23f8ddc3de" />
</Group>
</DatasourceGroup>

Procedure to Merge the DataSourceGroups.xml

Files from All CSV Clusters
Note
You can skip this step if the DPM server is protecting only one CSV cluster. The
generated DataSourceGroups.xml file can be used directly on the DPM server.
1. Copy any one of the DataSourceGroups.xml files that was generated to the DPM server
under the location %Programfiles%\Microsoft DPM\DPM\Config.
2. Open the file to edit it.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-16"?>
<DatasourceGroup xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-
instance" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"
xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/2003/dls/GroupDatasourceByDi
sk.xsd">
<Group GroupName="Group1">
<Datasource DatasourceName="EA24071A-7B7B-42CF-AB1D-
BBAE49F50632" ProtectedServerName="SCVMM VM-Vol7-03

204
 Resources.CSVSCALE.SCALEDPM01.LAB" WriterId="66841cd4-6ded-4f4b-
8f17-fd23f8ddc3de" />
</Group>
</DatasourceGroup>
3. Copy the <Group> tags from all the DataSourceGroup.xml files generated and add the text
between the <DataSourceGroup> tags. The DataSourceGroups.xml file will now contain one
<header> tag, one <DataSourceGroup> tag, and <Group> tags from all CSV clusters.
4. Close the DataSourceGroups.xml file on the DPM server. It is now ready to use.

Managing Protected Computers in

Workgroups and Untrusted Domains
System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) 2010 enables you to protect computers that are
in untrusted domains or workgroups.
The security for a production computer in an untrusted domain or workgroup is provided by using
a local user account. The DPM agent uses Windows Challenge/Response (NTLM) authentication
by using the local user credentials that are specified following the installation of the DPM agent
on the protected computer.
Computers in untrusted domains or workgroups require local installation of the DPM agent. They
must then be added to DPM by using the Install Agent Wizard, and by providing the same
credentials that were specified when configuring the DPM agent by using SetDpmServer with the
–isNonDomainServer parameter after the agent is installed on the protected computer. Any
updates to the DPM agent on computers in untrusted domains or workgroups require a manual
agent upgrade.

Supported Scenarios
Workgroup Untrusted Domain

Files – Basic - All server and Supported Supported

client SKUs

Files – Clustering Not applicable Not Supported

System State – Windows Supported Supported

Server 2003, Windows
Server 2008, Windows 2008 R2

SQL Server– Basic – SQL Supported Supported

Server 2000, SQL Server 2005,
SQL Server 2008

205
 Workgroup Untrusted Domain

SQL Server - Mirroring Not Supported Not Supported

SQL Server - Clustering Not applicable Not Supported

Hyper-V – Basic – Windows Supported Supported

Server 2008, Windows 2008 R2

Hyper-V – Clustering Not applicable Not Supported

Hyper-V – Cluster Shared Volume Not applicable Not Supported

Exchange – Basic – Exchange Not applicable Supported

Server 2003, Exchange
Server 2007, Exchange
Server 2010

Exchange Server – Clustering Not applicable Not Supported

Exchange Server – CCR Not applicable Not Supported

Exchange Server – LCR Not applicable Supported

Exchange Server – SCR Not applicable Not Supported

Exchange Server – DAG Not applicable Supported

Microsoft SharePoint Server Not Supported Not Supported

Portable computers Not Supported Not Supported

Bare Metal Recovery Not Supported Not Supported

End User Recovery Not Supported Not Supported

DPM Disaster Protection of Not Supported Not Supported

workgroup/untrusted domain
computers

Security Considerations for Protecting

Computers in Workgroups or Untrusted
Domains
The following table lists the security considerations when protecting computers on a workgroup or
on untrusted domains.

206
Security Settings On protected computer in untrusted domain

Connection type: Control data  Protocol: DCOM

 Default Port: 135
 Authentication: NTLM, using credentials
specified after DPM agent installation

Connection type: File transfers  Protocol: WINSOCK

 Default Port: 5718 for agent coordinator;
5719 for protection agent.
 Authentication: NTLM, using credentials
specified after DPM agent installation

DPM account requirements Local account without administrative rights on

the production server.

Use NTLM v2 for secure communication

between DPM and protected computer.

Agent installation Requires local installation of the DPM agent on

the protected computer and running
SetDpmServer. After installing the agent, use
the Install Agent Wizard to attach the
production server to DPM.

Restrictions  SharePoint and disconnected client

protection is not supported in DPM 2010.
 DPM disaster recovery is not supported in
DPM 2010.
 Clustering/mirroring for Files/SQL
Server/Exchange Server is not supported in
DPM 2010.
 Protection of perimeter network (DMZ)
machines is not supported in DPM 2010.

Important
Make sure IPSEC does not block communication between DPM server and workgroup
machines.

207
Protecting Workgroup Computers
To protect a computer that is not joined to a domain, you must follow the steps outlined in this
topic.
1. Installing Agents on Workgroup Computers
2. Attaching a Workgroup Computer to the DPM Server

Important
To protect a computer that is running Windows XP, you must first disable the ForceGuest
registry key otherwise NTLM authentication will fail while attaching the computer.
For more information about disabling the ForceGuest registry key, see How to Set
Security in Windows XP Professional That Is Installed in a Workgroup
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=192212).

Installing Agents on Workgroup Computers

You can install a DPM protection agent on a computer by using DPMAgentinstaller.exe
(DPMAgentInstall_X64.exe) from the DPM setup DVD.
After installing the agent, you need to run SetDpmServer and specify the local user credentials
which would be used for authentication. A local user account will be created and the DPM
protection agent would be configured to use this account for authentication.
Syntax: SetDpmServer.exe -dpmServerName <serverName> -isNonDomainServer -userName
<userName> [-productionServerDnsSuffix <DnsSuffix>]

Parameter Description

-IsNonDomainServer Specifies that this server is in a workgroup

or an untrusted domain.

-UserName Creates an NT user account with the specified

username for this server to communicate with
DPM server. This option should be used along
with -IsNonDomainServer.

-ProductionServerDnsSuffix In case there are multiple DNS suffixes

configured for this server,
ProductionServerDnsSuffix represents the DNS
suffix which DPM server will use to
communicate with this server.

-DpmServerName Name of the DPM server. FQDN if DPM server

and protected computer are accessible to each
other using FQDNs. NETBIOS if DPM server
and protected computer are accessible to each

208
Parameter Description
other using NETBIOS names.

Attaching a Workgroup Computer to the DPM

Server
The steps to attach a workgroup computer using DPM Administrator Console are as follows.
1. Start the Protection Agent Installation Wizard from the DPM Administrator Console.
2. Select Attach and click Next.
3. Enter the computer name, user name, and password for the computer that you want to attach
to. This should be the same as the login credentials specified during agent installation on that
computer. Click Next.
4. Review the information on the Summary page, and then, if the information is correct, click
Install. After the attach action is completed successfully, click Close.

Attaching a Workgroup Computer by Using DPM Management

Shell
You can also attach a workgroup computer by using the Attach-NonDomainServer script in DPM
Management Shell.
Syntax: Attach-NonDomainServer.ps1 -DPMServername [Name of DPM server] -PSName [Protected
computer] -Username [username] -Password [Password]

This script registers the specified workgroup computer to be protected with this DPM server,
creates a local user account using the specified credentials, and configures DPM to use these
credentials to authenticate the workgroup computer.

Important
Before attaching the workgroup computer to the DPM server by using the DPM
Administrator Console or DPM Management Shell, you must install the DPM agent and
run SetDpmServer.exe on the workgroup computer.

Important
If you use the NetBIOS name of the DPM server in the SetDPMServer command, you
also must use the NetBIOS for the protected computer when you attach the computer.
This also applies if you use the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the DPM server.

Examples
Example 1
Configuring a workgroup computer for protection after agent is installed.

209
On the workgroup computer, run SetDpmServer.exe -DpmServerName Server01 -isNonDomainServer
-UserName mark.

On the DPM server, run Attach-NonDomainServer.ps1 –DpmServername Server01 -PSName

Finance01 -Username mark.

Important
Because the workgroup computers are typically accessible only by using NetBIOS name,
the value for DPMServerName must be the NetBIOS name.
Example 2
Configuring a workgroup computer with conflicting NetBIOS names for protection after agent is
installed.
On the workgroup computer, run SetDpmServer.exe -dpmServerName Server01.corp.contoso.com -
isNonDomainServer -userName mark -productionServerDnsSuffix widgets.corp.com.

On the DPM server, run Attach-NonDomainServer.ps1 -DPMServername Server01.corp.contoso.com

-PSName Finance01.widgets.corp.com -Username mark.

Protecting Computers on Untrusted Domains

Installing Agents on Computers on Untrusted

Domains
You can install a DPM protection agent on a computer using DPMAgentinstaller.exe
(DPMAgentInstall_X64.exe) from the DPM setup DVD.
After installing the agent, you need to run SetDpmServer and specify the local user credentials
which would be used for authentication. A local user account will be created and the DPM
protection agent would be configured to use this account for authentication.
Syntax: SetDpmServer.exe -dpmServerName <serverName> -isNonDomainServer -userName
<userName>

Parameter Description

-IsNonDomainServer Specifies that this server is in a workgroup

or an untrusted domain.

-UserName Creates an NT user account with the specified

username for this server to communicate with
DPM server. This option should be used along
with -IsNonDomainServer.

-ProductionServerDnsSuffix In case there are multiple DNS suffixes

configured for this server,

210
Parameter Description
ProductionServerDnsSuffix represents the DNS
suffix which DPM server will use to
communicate with this server.

-DpmServerName Name of the DPM server. FQDN if DPM server

and protected computer are accessible to each
other using FQDNs. NETBIOS if DPM server
and protected computer are accessible to each
other using NETBIOS names.

Attaching a Computer on an Untrusted Domain to

the DPM Server
The steps to attach a computer on an untrusted domain using DPM Administrator Console are as
follows.
1. Start the Protection Agent Installation Wizard from the DPM Administrator Console.
2. Select Attach and click Next.
3. Enter the computer name, user name and password for the computer you want to attach to.
This should be the same as the login credentials specified during agent installation on that
computer. Click Next.
4. Review the information on the Summary page and click Install if the information is correct.
Click Close once the attach action is successful.

Attaching Computers using DPM Management Shell

You can also attach a computer on an untrusted domain through DPM Management shell using
Attach-NonDomainServer script.
Syntax: Attach-NonDomainServer.ps1 -DPMServername [Name of DPM server] -PSName [Protected
computer] -Username [username]

This script registers the specified computer to be protected with this DPM computer, creates a
local user account using the specified credentials and configures DPM to use these credentials to
authenticate to the computer.

Important
DPM agent must be installed and SetDpmServer.exe must be run on the computer,
before attaching the computer to DPM server using the DPM Administrator Console or
Management shell.

Important

211
 If you use NetBIOS name of the DPM server in the SetDPMServer command, you must
use the NetBIOS for the protected computer also during attach and vice versa if you are
using FQDN.

Updating Password for Workgroup or

Untrusted Computers
When you install an agent locally on a workgroup computer, you specify the credentials to
SetDpmServer to generate a local account and DPM uses these credentials to communicate with
the agent on the workgroup computer.

Procedure to update password

Follow these steps to update the password for the user account being used for workgroup
computer protection.
1. On the protected computer, SetDpmServer.exe -dpmServerName <serverName> -
isNonDomainServer -updatePassword

Important
You must use the same naming convention (FQDN or NetBIOS) as you did when
configuring protection.
2. On the DPM server, run the Update-NonDomainServerInfo cmdlet and provide appropriate
information along with new password.
3. Refresh the agent information for the protected computer.

Examples
Example 1
Changing the password when the computer was protected using NetBIOS name.
On the protected computer, run SetDpmServer.exe -dpmServerName Server01 -isNonDomainServer
–UpdatePassword

On the DPM server, run Update-NonDomainServerInfo –PSName Finance01 –dpmServerName

Server01.

When prompted, provide the same password as the one you provided in Step 1.
Example 2
Changing the password when the computer was protected using FQDN.
On the protected computer, run SetDpmServer.exe -dpmServerName Server01.corp.contoso.com -
isNonDomainServer -UpdatePassword

On the DPM server, run Update-NonDomainServerInfo –PSName Finance01.worlwideimporters.com

–dpmServerName Server01.contoso.com.

212
When prompted, provide the same password as the one you provided in Step 1.

Managing System Protection

System protection aims to protect you against two scenarios – one where your computer starts,
but you have lost system files and registry; and the other where the computer does not start and
you have to recover everything. System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) enables you to
protect your computer against both these scenarios.
In the past, disaster recovery entailed rebuilding a computer from scratch. This meant installing
the operating system, applying updates, installing applications, and then finally recovering data.
This was a laborious and error-prone method. DPM saves you the time and trouble of rebuilding
your system.
In DPM, System State protection consists of protecting the operating system files, and bare metal
recovery (BMR) protection consists of protecting the operating system files and all data except
user data on critical volumes.
DPM uses Windows Server Backup (WSB) to perform System State backup and BMR backup.
For recovery, DPM will retrieve the backups and you will use the backup data to perform recovery
by using WSB.

Prerequisites
 Windows Server Backup installed on the protected computer for BMR.
 Windows Recovery Environment (WinRE) for BMR.

Unsupported Scenarios
The following scenarios are not supported for BMR:
 Computers running Windows Server 2003.
 Computers running client operating systems like Windows XP or Windows Vista or
Windows 7.
 A DPM server cannot protect itself for BMR.
 Disk-Tape protection is not supported for BMR. However, long-term to tape with short-term to
disk (D-D-T) is supported.

In This Section
Prescriptive Guidance on BMR vs System State By Data Source
Setting Up BMR Protection
Setting Up System State Protection
Recovering BMR

213
Recovering System State
Migrating Between System State and BMR Protection

Prescriptive Guidance on BMR vs System

State By Data Source
This section provides guidance on how you can effectively use System Center Data Protection
Manager 2010 (DPM) to protect your system information. The information is grouped by data
source, so you can decide when to use BMR protection and when to use System State
protection.

Unified Backup Strategy

File Servers
 File system backup for data protection.
 BMR backup for system protection.

Recovery Strategy

Lost file data File recovery using DPM

Lost or damaged operating system System State recovery using BMR backup

Lost server (data volumes intact) BMR recovery using BMR backup

Lost server (data volumes also lost) BMR recovery followed by file recovery

SharePoint Farm
 SharePoint farm backup for farm data.
 BMR backup on Web front-end server to protect IIS role.
 BMR or System State backup for servers hosting content database.

Recovery Strategy

Lost site, lists, list items, documents SharePoint recovery using DPM

Lost or damaged operating system System State recovery using BMR backup

Disaster recovery BMR recovery using BMR backup

214
Hyper-V Virtual Machines
 Hyper-V host-level backup to protect virtual machines.
 BMR backup of host computer at least once a day.

Recovery Strategy

Lost virtual machine Use Hyper-V recovery features

Lost or damaged operating system System State recovery using BMR backup

Lost Hyper-V host (virtual machine intact) BMR recovery using BMR backup

Lost Hyper-V host (virtual machine also lost) BMR recovery followed by Hyper-V recovery

SQL Server or Exchange Server

 Application backup to protect data.
 BMR backup for system protection.

Recovery Strategy

Lost application data Application-specific recovery using DPM

Lost or damaged operating system System State recovery using BMR backup

Lost server (database and transaction log files BMR recovery using BMR backup
intact)

Lost server (database and transaction log files BMR recovery followed by application-specific
also lost) recovery

Setting Up BMR Protection

In DPM, BMR protection covers protection for operating system files (System State) and critical
volumes (excluding user data).

Tip
If your application is installed on a critical volume, you will also be able to restore the
application as part of BMR. However, application data is not backed up as part of BMR.
You can set up BMR protection for a computer by using the Create New Protection Group
Wizard. You can select BMR protection from under the System Protection node on the Select
Group Members page of the wizard.

215
Space Requirements
Unlike System State protection, DPM does not have any space requirements on the protected
computer for BMR protection. WSB directly transfers the backups to the DPM server.

Warning
DPM will not show you the progress of this job in the Jobs view.
DPM reserves 30 GB of space on the replica volume for BMR. You can change this by using the
Disk Allocation page in the Modify Protection Group Wizard or the Get-
DatasourceDiskAllocation and Set-DatasourceDiskAllocation cmdlets.
On the recovery point volume, BMR protection requires about 6 GB for retention of five days.

Note
DPM does not calculate the size of BMR data source, but assumes 30 GB for all servers.
Admins should change the value as per the size of BMR backups expected on their
environments.
Size of BMR backup can be roughly calculated sum of used space on all critical volumes.
Critical volumes = Boot Volume + System Volume + Volume hosting system state data
such as AD DIT/log volumes.

Setting Up BMR Protection

1. Install the DPM protection agent on the computer you want to protect. You need to do this
only if the protection agent is not already installed on the computer.
2. Using the Create New Protection Group Wizard, add the computer you want to protect to a
protection group. BMR will appear as a data source under the System Protection node.
When you select BMR, System State gets selected automatically because BMR backup also
protects System State for the computer.

Warning
When you stop protection for BMR, System State protection is not stopped automatically.
You must specifically clear the System State check box to stop System State protection.

Things to Remember
 You cannot protect BMR and System State for the same computer on different protection
groups.
 You cannot reduce the replica volume size to less than 15 GB.

See Also
Managing System Protection

216
Setting Up System State Protection
In DPM, System State protection covers protection for operating system files.
You can set up System State protection for a computer by using the Create New Protection
Group Wizard. You can select System State from under the System Protection node on the
Select Group Members page of the wizard.

Tip
We recommend that you protect BMR for complete protection of your computer.

Space Requirements
For System State protection, WSB first creates a local dump of the System State information and
then transfers it to the DPM server. The local dump will typically require 15 GB of space on the
computer. If there is insufficient space on the computer, WSB will fail the backup.

Warning
DPM will show the progress of this job in the Jobs view only when data transfer begins.

Setting Up System State Protection

1. Install the DPM protection agent on the computer you want to protect. You need to do this
only if the protection agent is not already installed on the computer.
2. Using the Create New Protection Group Wizard, add the computer you want to protect to a
protection group. System State will appear as a data source under the System Protection
node.

Things to Remember
You cannot protect System State and BMR for the same computer on different protection groups.

See Also
Managing System Protection

Recovering BMR

You need to do a bare metal recovery (BMR) in the following situations:

 Protected computer does not start
 Planned migration
217
 Unplanned migration
 Hard disk failure

Procedure to Recover BMR

1. On the DPM server, use the Recovery Wizard to recover the last good BMR recovery point to
an alternative location.

Warning
Computers in WinPE cannot connect to network shares that have IPsec enabled. The
computer should be an IPsec boundary computer so that a computer that is not
joined to the domain can access the network share by using a username and
password.
2. Start the protected computer using Windows Recovery Environment (WinRE) and go to the
command shell.
3. Using the command shell, enable networking - start /w wpeinit
4. Using the command shell, retrieve the version of the backup from the restored image -
Wbadmin get versions –backuptarget:\\<computername>\serverbackup$
5. Using the command shell, start system recovery - Wbadmin.exe start sysrecovery –
version:<version ID from Step 2> -backuptarget:\\<computername>\ServerBackup$ -
recreatedisks

See Also
Managing System Protection
Recover the Operating System or Full Server
Windows Server Backup 2008 Restore from Network Location

Recovering System State

You will do a System State recovery when your computer is able to boot up, but the system files
and registry are lost.

Procedure to Recover System State

1. On the DPM server, use the Recovery Wizard to recover the last good System State recovery
point to an alternative location.

Warning
Start the computer that you want to recover.
2. Start Windows Server Backup.
3. Click Recover in the Actions pane.

218
4. Click This Server, and then click Next.
5. Click Another Server. On the Specify Location Type page, select Remote shared folder.
Provide the path to the folder that contains the recovery point. Click Next.
6. On the Select Recovery Type page, click System state, and then click Next.
7. On the Select Location for System State Recovery page, click Original Location, and
then click Next.
8. On the Confirmation page, click Recover.

See Also
Managing System Protection
Recover the System State

Migrating Between System State and BMR

Protection

Migrating from System State to BMR Protection

To migrate from System State protection to BMR protection, modify the protection group and
select BMR protection. System State will remain selected. Complete the wizard for the changes
to take effect.
BMR protection requires less space on the recovery point volume. However, the extra space on
the volume is not reclaimed. You can shrink the volume size from the Modify Disk Allocation
page of the Modify Protection Group Wizard or by using the Get-DatasourceDiskAllocation and
Set-DatasourceDiskAllocation cmdlets.
BMR protection will require more space on the replica volume. The volume will be extended
automatically. If you want to change the default space allocations you can use Modify-
DiskAllocation.

Warning
Disaster Replica will fail because of increased space needs. You must manually increase
the space allocation on the server.

Migrating from BMR to System State Protection

You can stop protecting a computer for BMR by using the Modify Protection Group Wizard. When
you stop protecting for BMR and retain protection of System State, you must consider the
following:
 You will require more space on the recovery point volume.

219
 You will require space on the protected computer because System State protection first
writes the replica to the local computer and then transfers it to the DPM server.

Important
Because of the increased space requirement on the replica volume, DPM may try to
automatically grow the volume. If there is insufficient space in the storage pool, you will
see an error indicating this.

Tip
If you are trying to remove BMR protection to free up disk space, you must stop
protection of BMR and System State.

See Also
Managing System Protection

Setting Up Disaster Recovery

System Center Data Protection Manager 2010 (DPM) allows you to protect your data sources on
a secondary DPM server, preferably at a remote location, as a backup to your primary DPM
server. A disaster can take the following forms:
 The primary DPM server and the protected computers are lost.
 Only the primary DPM server is lost.
In the first case, having a secondary DPM server in a remote location allows you to recover your
protected computers quickly. In the second case, you can switch protection so that the secondary
DPM server takes over at the primary DPM server for the protected computers until another
computer can be installed as the primary DPM server.

Setting Up Protection on a Secondary DPM Server

1. Install the protection agent on the primary DPM server.
2. Use the Create New Protection Group Wizard to add the primary DPM server to the
protection group.
3. When you expand the primary DPM server, you can select to protect the DPM database
(DPMDB) and all the computers protected on it. When you expand the protected computers,
you will see System Protection if either BMR or System State is enabled for them.

Note
On the secondary DPM server, the wizard does not differentiate between BMR and
System State. If either is protected it will appear as System Protection.

Important
We strongly recommend that you protect the DPMDB on the secondary DPM server.

220
 Warning
If your primary DPM server is protecting a SharePoint farm, you must make sure that you
give the secondary server enough time to back up the primary server before the next
back up is triggered. Using the Modify Protection Group Wizard, you can define when you
want your back up to start,

Migrating Between BMR and System State Protection

If you change system protection for a computer from BMR to System State or vice versa, the disk
allocation changes will not automatically apply to the secondary DPM server. You must manually
check to see if the changes are applied properly.

See Also
Specify Short-Term Goals

Improving Usage of WAN Latency

If your deployment of System Center Data Protection Manager (DPM) 2010 for disaster recovery
requires DPM to send large amounts of data over a WAN, you can improve DPM’s use of your
WAN latency by adjusting the following registry settings:
On the remote DPM server:
HKLM\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tcpip\Parameters\TcpWindowSize

HKLM\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tcpip\Parameters\TcpWindowSize\Tcp1323Opts

On the DPM server:

HKLM\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tcpip\Parameters\TcpWindowSize\Tcp1323Opts

For example, using the following settings over a 100 Mbps link with 40 ms latency produces the
following results:

Settings

On the remote DPM server: 524288

HKLM\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tcpip\Parameters\TcpWindowSize

On both DPM servers: 3

HKLM\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tcpip\Parameters\TcpWindowSize\Tcp132
3Opts

Results

One job running 3.45 MB/sec

Three jobs running ~3.00 MB/se

221
 c per job

Using DPMSync
DpmSync is a command-line tool that enables you to synchronize the DPM database with the
state of the disks in the storage pool and with the installed protection agents. The DpmSync tool
restores the DPM database, synchronizes the DPM database with the replicas in the storage
pool, restores the Report database, and reallocates missing replicas.
DpmSync Syntax
DpmSync –RestoreDb –DbLoc location –InstanceName server\instance]
DpmSync -Sync
DpmSync -ReallocateReplica
DpmSync -DataCopied
Parameters

Parameter Description

-RestoreDb Restores a DPM database from a specified

location.

-Sync Synchronizes restored databases.

You must run DpmSync –Sync after you
restore the databases.
After you run DpmSync –Sync, some replicas
may still be marked as missing.

-DbLoc location Identifies the location of backup of DPM

database.

-InstanceName server\instance Instance to which DPMDB must be restored.

-ReallocateReplica Reallocates all missing replica volumes without

synchronization.

-DataCopied Indicates that you have completed loading data

into the newly allocated replica volumes.
This is applicable for client computers only.

Example 1: To restore the DPM database from local backup media on the DPM server.
Run the following command:
222
DpmSync –RestoreDb -DbLoc G:\DPM\Backups\2005\November\DPMDB.bak
After you restore the DPM database, to synchronize the databases, you run the following
command:
DpmSync -Sync
After you restore and synchronize the DPM database and before you restore the replica, you run
the following command to reallocate disk space for the replica:
DpmSync -ReallocateReplica

Example 2: To restore the DPM database from a remote database.

Run the following command on the remote computer:
DpmSync –RestoreDb -DbLoc G:\DPM\Backups\2005\November\DPMDB.bak –
InstanceName contoso\ms$dpm
After you restore the DPM database, to synchronize the databases, you run the following
command on the DPM Server:
DpmSync -Sync
After you restore and synchronize the DPM database and before you restore the replica, you run
the following command on the DPM Server to reallocate disk space for the replica:
DpmSync -ReallocateReplica
Example 3: To move a DPM database from the local DPM server to a remote SQL server.
The following steps illustrate the use of DPMSync in moving a DPM database (DPMDB) from the
local DPM server (DPMServer1) to a remote SQL server (DPMRemoteSQL).

1. Run the following command: DPMBackup –db.

This will create the file DPMDB.bak at
\Program Files\Microsoft
DPM\DPM\volumes\Shadowcopy\Database
Backups. Store this backup in a secure
location.

2. Uninstall DPM from DPMServer1 and choose to

retain data.

3. Delete DPMDB. You have to do this in order to

reinstall DPM.

4. Install DPM on DPMServer1 with the remote

SQL Server instance installed on
DPMRemoteSQL.

5. Run the following command on

DPMRemoteSQL dpmsync –restoredb –

223
 dbloc <dbbackuplocation> –instancename
<instancename>, where dbbackuplocation is
the location of the backup taken in step 1 and
instancename is the name of the remote SQL
Server instance.

6. Now run the following command on

DPMServer1 Dpmsync –sync

Managing Performance
The topics in this section define performance expectations and explain how to optimize Data
Protection Manager (DPM) performance. Network speed, the performance characteristics of the
protected computer, the size of your protected data, and the rate at which the protected data
changes will determine your actual results.

In This Section
How DPM Operations Affect Performance
DPM and Memory
Performance Counters
Improving Performance
Managing DPM Performance on a WAN
How Protection Group Changes Affect Jobs

See Also
Disaster Recovery
Managing DPM Servers
Managing Protected File Servers and Workstations
Managing Protected Servers Running Exchange
Managing Protected Servers Running SQL Server
Managing Protected Servers Running SharePoint
Managing Protected Virtual Servers
Managing Tapes

224
How DPM Operations Affect Performance
As an administrator, one of your concerns will be the impact of DPM data transfer operations on
system and network resources. The primary data transfer operations are:
 Replica creation. This occurs once for each protection group member.
 Change tracking. This is a continuous process on each protected computer.
 Synchronization. This occurs on a regular schedule.
 Consistency check. This occurs when a replica becomes inconsistent.
 Express full backups. This occurs on a regular schedule.
 Back up to tape. This occurs on a regular schedule.
Understanding these operations and DPM processes will help you establish reasonable
expectations for DPM performance.

In This Section
Replica Creation
Change Tracking
Synchronization
Consistency Check
Express Full Backup
Backup to Tape
DPM Processes

See Also
Managing Performance

Replica Creation
In DPM, a replica is a complete copy of the protected data on a single volume, database, or
storage group. The DPM protection agent on the protected computer sends the data selected for
protection to the DPM server. A replica of each member in the protection group is created.
Replica creation is one of the more resource-intensive DPM operations, with its greatest impact
being on network resources.
Typically, the performance of the replica creation will be limited by the speed of the network
connection between the DPM server and the protected computers. That is, the amount of time
that it takes to transfer a 1-gigabyte (GB) volume from a protected computer to the DPM server
will be determined by the amount of data per second that the network can transmit.

225
The following table shows the amount of time it would take, at different network speeds, to
transmit various amounts of data under optimal conditions. Times are given in hours, except
where specified as minutes.

Time Required to Transmit Data over a Network at Various Speeds

Data size Network Network Network Network Network Network

speed speed speed speed speed speed
1 Gbps 100 Mbps 32 Mbps 8 Mbps 2 Mbps 512 Kbps

1 GB < 1 minute < 1 hour <1 <1 1.5 6

50 GB <10 minutes 1.5 hour 5 18 71 284

200 GB <36 minutes 6 hours 18 71 284 1137

500 GB <1.5 hours 15 45 178 711 2844

Note
In the preceding table, Gbps = gigabits per second, Mbps = megabits per second, and
Kbps = kilobits per second. The figures for a network speed of 1 Gbps assume that the
disk speed on the DPM server and the protected computer are not a bottleneck.
Typically, the time to complete initial replica (IR) creation can be calculated as follows:
IR: hours = ((data size in MB) / (.8 x network speed in MB/s)) / 3600
Note 1: Convert network speed from bits to bytes by dividing by 8.
Note 2: The network speed is multiplied by .8 because the maximum network efficiency is
approximately 80%.
On an extremely fast network, such as a gigabit connection, the speed of replica creation will be
determined by the disk speed of the DPM server or that of the protected computer, whichever is
slower.
The impact of replica creation on network performance can be reduced by using network
bandwidth usage throttling. For more information, see Using Network Bandwidth Usage
Throttling.
To avoid the network load of replica creation, you can create replicas manually from tape or other
removable media when creating the initial replica, which can take from hours to days depending
on the amount of data to protect. For more information, see Creating Replicas Manually.
If the network goes down during synchronization, DPM will attempt to continue the
synchronization from the point where it left off last. If the network goes down during consistency
check, DPM will attempt to continue the check if the network comes back up in five minutes.
However, if the network remains down for longer than 5 minutes the replica is marked as
Inconsistent.

226
See Also
How DPM Operations Affect Performance
Managing Performance

Change Tracking
After the replica is created, the DPM protection agent on the computer begins tracking all
changes to protected data on that computer. Changes to files are passed through a filter before
being written to the volume. This process is similar to the filtering of files through antivirus
software, but the performance load of DPM tracking changes is less than the performance load of
antivirus software.

See Also
How DPM Operations Affect Performance
Managing Performance

Synchronization
Synchronization is the process by which DPM transfers data changes from the protected
computer to the DPM server and then applies the changes to the replica of the protected data.
For a file volume or share, the protection agent on the protected computer tracks changes to
blocks, using the volume filter and the change journal that is part of the operating system to
determine whether any protected files were modified. DPM also uses the volume filter and
change journal to track the creation of new files and the deletion or renaming of protected files.
For application data, after the replica is created, changes to volume blocks belonging to
application files are tracked by the volume filter.
How changes are transferred to the DPM server depends on the application and the type of
synchronization. For protected Microsoft Exchange data, synchronization transfers an
incremental Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) snapshot. For protected Microsoft SQL Server
data, synchronization transfers a transaction log backup.
DPM relies on synchronization to update replicas with the protected data. Each synchronization
job consumes network resources and can therefore affect network performance.
The impact of synchronization on network performance can be reduced by using network
bandwidth usage throttling and compression. For more information, see Using Network
Bandwidth Usage Throttling and Using On-the-Wire Compression.

227
See Also
How DPM Operations Affect Performance
Managing Performance

Consistency Check
A consistency check is the process by which DPM checks for and corrects inconsistencies
between a protected data source and its replica.
The performance of the protected computer, DPM server, and network will be affected while a
consistency check is running, but it is expected to be optimized because only the changes and
checksums are transferred.
The network impact from a consistency check is significantly lower than initial replica creation
after a successful replica creation. If the initial replica creation is interrupted or unsuccessful, the
first consistency check can have an impact similar to replica creation.
We recommend that consistency checks be performed during off-peak hours.
DPM automatically performs a consistency check in the following instances:
 When you modify a protection group by changing the exclusion list.
 When a daily consistency check is scheduled and the replica is inconsistent.

See Also
How DPM Operations Affect Performance
Managing Performance

Express Full Backup

An express full backup is a type of synchronization in which the protection agent transfers a
snapshot of all blocks that have changed since the previous express full backup (or since the
initial replica creation, for the first express full backup) and updates the replica to include the
changed blocks. The impact of an express full backup operation on performance and time is
expected to be less than the impact of a full backup because DPM transfers only the blocks
changed since the last express full backup.

See Also
How DPM Operations Affect Performance
Managing Performance

228
Backup to Tape
When DPM backs up data from the replica to tape, there is no network traffic and therefore no
performance impact on the protected computer.
When DPM backs up data from the protected computer directly to tape, there will be an impact on
the disk resources and performance on the protected computer. The impact on performance is
less when backing up file data than when backing up application data.

See Also
How DPM Operations Affect Performance
Managing Performance

DPM Processes
On the DPM server, three processes can impact performance:
 DPM protection agent (MsDpmProtectionAgent.exe). DPM jobs affect both memory and
CPU usage by the DPM protection agent. It is normal for CPU usage by
MsDpmProtectionAgent.exe to increase during consistency checks.
 DPM service (MsDpm.exe). The DPM service affects both memory and CPU usage.
 DPM Administrator Console (an instance of Mmc.exe). DPM Administrator Console can
be a significant factor in high memory usage. You can close it when it is not in use.

Note
Memory usage for the DPM instance of the SQL Server service
(Microsoft$DPM$Acct.exe) is expected to be comparatively high. This does not indicate a
problem. The service normally uses a large amount of memory for caching, but it
releases memory when available memory is low.

See Also
How DPM Operations Affect Performance
Managing Performance

DPM and Memory

When the memory in use by all the existing processes exceeds the amount of RAM available, the
operating system will move pages (4 KB pieces) of one or more virtual address spaces to the
computer’s hard disk, freeing that RAM for other uses. In Microsoft Windows systems, these
pages are stored in one or more files, called pagefile.sys, in the root of a partition.

229
DPM requires a pagefile size that is 0.2 percent the size of all recovery point volumes combined,
in addition to the recommended size (generally, 1.5 times the amount of RAM on the computer).
For example, if the recovery point volumes on a DPM server total 3 TB, you should increase the
pagefile size by 6 GB.
For more information about modifying the pagefile size, see Change the size of the virtual
memory paging file (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=95116).
There is a Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) non-paged pool limitation on 32-bit operating
systems. Therefore, if you are protecting more than 10 TB of data, the DPM server must be
running on a 64-bit operating system.

See Also
Managing Performance

Performance Counters
One method you can use to monitor DPM server performance is Performance in Administrative
Tools. You can configure the monitored data to be saved as a log. You can also configure
Performance to generate alerts. For information about how to create and configure performance
alerts, see Microsoft Knowledge Base article 324752, How to create and configure performance
alerts in Windows Server 2003, (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=47881).

Note
You can use the DPM 2010 Management Pack for System Center Operations
Manager 2007 to centrally monitor the state, health, and performance of multiple DPM
servers from an Operations Management server. To download the DPM 2010
Management Pack, see System Center Data Protection Manager 2010 Management
Pack for Operations Manager 2007 (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=189616).
The Performance Counters for Monitoring DPM table lists counters that can be useful for
monitoring DPM server performance. For more information about specific performance counters,
see Performance Logs and Alerts Help. To open the Performance tool, click Start, point to
Administrative Tools, and then click Performance. On the Action menu, click Help.

Performance Counters for Monitoring DPM

Performance Object Description Value That Might Possible Causes

and Counter Indicate a Problem

Memory: Avail/MBytes Measures the memory < 50 megabytes  One or more

that is available to (MB). applications are
processes running on consuming large
Indicates low
the specified DPM amounts of memory.
memory on DPM
server. The  Multiple DPM jobs

230
Performance Object Description Value That Might Possible Causes
and Counter Indicate a Problem
Avail/MBytes value is server. are running
the sum of memory simultaneously.
assigned to the  The DPM server
standby (cached), does not have
free, and zero-paged sufficient memory to
lists. handle the current
DPM workload.

Processor: % Measures the > 95% for more than  Multiple DPM jobs
Processor Time percentage of time the 10 minutes. are running
processor was busy simultaneously.
Indicates very high
during the sampling Synchronization with
CPU usage on the
interval. consistency check
DPM server.
jobs are particularly
CPU-intensive.
 On-the-wire
compression has
been enabled on the
DPM server. On-the-
wire compression
allows faster data
throughput without
negatively affecting
network
performance.
However, it places a
large processing
load on both the
protected computer
and the DPM server.
 A runaway process
is exhausting
system resources.
 The DPM server
does not have
sufficient processing
capacity to handle
the DPM workload.

Physical Disk: Current Measures the number > 80 requests for  Multiple DPM jobs
Disk Queue Length of disk requests that more than 6 minutes. that are running
(for all instances) are currently waiting simultaneously are
Indicates possibly
and the requests placing a high
excessive disk
demand on disk

231
Performance Object Description Value That Might Possible Causes
and Counter Indicate a Problem
currently being queue length. resources.
serviced.  Disk performance
needs tuning.
 Disk resources on
the DPM server are
not sufficient for the
current DPM
workload.

See Also
Managing Performance

Improving Performance
Performance is determined by workload and capacity. A slow computer might perform adequately
when it has a very light workload. In contrast, the performance of an extremely powerful computer
might suffer when challenged by an excessive workload. In operations between two computers
on a network, the workload that can be handled effectively will be limited by the component with
the least capacity, whether it is one of the computers or the network connection itself.
As a general rule, you can improve performance by making changes to the workload, the
capacity, or both.

In This Section
Modifying Workloads
Increasing Capacity

See Also
Managing Performance

Modifying Workloads
DPM offers several methods that you can use to modify protection workloads to improve
performance. The following table lists the methods you can use and indicates what you can
expect from each method.

232
Methods for Modifying Protection Workloads

Method Impact

Network bandwidth usage throttling Causes jobs to use less bandwidth, but they
take longer to complete.

On-the-wire compression Reduces size of data transfer but increases

CPU utilization on the DPM server and the
protected computers.

Staggering synchronization start times Balances the loads of synchronization jobs

across protection groups.

Scheduling consistency checks during off-peak Prevents DPM from interfering with regular
hours business use of protected computers.

Creating replicas manually Might make replica creation faster. There is no

performance load on the protected computer or
network resources. However, the first
consistency check will impact performance of
the protected computer.

In This Section
Using Network Bandwidth Usage Throttling
Using On-the-Wire Compression
Staggering Synchronization Start Times
Scheduling Consistency Checks
Creating Replicas Manually

See Also
Increasing Capacity
Managing Performance

Using Network Bandwidth Usage Throttling

Network bandwidth usage throttling limits the amount of network bandwidth that DPM can use to
create and synchronize replicas. Throttling helps to ensure that network bandwidth is available to
applications other than DPM.
The advantage of using network bandwidth usage throttling is that it enables you to limit the
amount of network resources a synchronization job can consume. The disadvantage of network

233
bandwidth usage throttling is that it can lengthen the amount of time each synchronization job
takes to complete.
Network bandwidth usage throttling is configured for each protected computer. Set network
bandwidth usage throttling in terms of an absolute maximum amount of data to be transferred per
second.

To enable network bandwidth usage throttling

1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Management on the navigation bar.
2. Click the Agents tab.
3. In the Display pane, select a server.
4. In the Actions pane, click Throttle computer.
5. Click Enable network bandwidth usage.
You can configure network bandwidth usage throttling separately for work hours and non-
work hours, and you can define the work hours for the protected computer. Work hours
and non-work hours use the time zone of the protected computer.

Network bandwidth usage can be limited by Group Policy. The Group Policy reservable
bandwidth limit on the local computer determines the combined reservable bandwidth for all
programs that use the Packet Scheduler, including DPM. The DPM network bandwidth usage
limit determines the amount of network bandwidth that DPM can consume during replica creation,
synchronization, and consistency checks. If the DPM bandwidth usage limit, either by itself or in
combination with the limits of other programs, exceeds the Group Policy reservable bandwidth
limit, the DPM bandwidth usage limit might not be applied.
For example, if a DPM computer with a 1-gigabit-per-second (Gbps) network connection has a
Group Policy reservable bandwidth limit of 20 percent, 200 Mbps of bandwidth is reserved for all
programs that use the Packet Scheduler. If DPM bandwidth usage is then set to a maximum of
150 Mbps while Internet Information Services (IIS) bandwidth usage is set to a maximum of
100 Mbps, the combined bandwidth usage limits of DPM and IIS exceed the Group Policy
reservable bandwidth limit, and the DPM limit might not be applied.
To resolve this issue, reduce the DPM setting for network bandwidth usage throttling.

See Also
Improving Performance
Modifying Workloads

Using On-the-Wire Compression

Compression decreases the size of data being transferred during replica creation and
synchronization, and it allows more data throughput with less impact to network performance.

234
However, this option adds to the CPU load on both the DPM server and the protected computers.
The amount of compression and improvement on network performance depends on workload.
Compression is enabled for a protected computer and applies to replica creation,
synchronization, and consistency check operations. Recovery jobs also use compression.

To enable on-the-wire compression

1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Protection on the navigation bar.
2. In the Actions pane, click Optimize performance.
3. On the Network tab, select Enable on-the-wire compression.
4. To apply your changes, click OK.

See Also
Improving Performance
Modifying Workloads

Staggering Synchronization Start Times

You can specify the starting time, in minutes after the hour, of synchronization jobs for each
protection group. Staggered starting times minimize the network impact of running multiple large
protection jobs simultaneously.
To determine whether staggering the start times of synchronization jobs is appropriate for your
needs, first gather information about scheduled protection jobs in DPM Administrator Console:
 In the Monitoring task area, on the Jobs tab, review jobs that are scheduled for times when
the DPM server experiences large disk queues.
 In the Protection task area, review details for protection groups to determine the size and
frequency of protection jobs.
Offsetting synchronization start times can also be used to optimize secondary protection of
another DPM server. Secondary protection is when a DPM server protects the database and
replicas of another DPM server, referred to as the primary DPM server. You can offset the
synchronization of the primary DPM server to the secondary DPM server to occur after the data
sources are synchronized to the primary DPM server.

To stagger synchronization start times

1. In DPM Administrator Console, click Protection on the navigation bar.
2. In the display area, select a protection group.
3. In the Actions pane, click Optimize performance.
4. On the Network tab, select the hours and minutes to offset the start of the
synchronization job in the Offset <time> start time by field.

235
 The maximum allowed value for offset is the same as the synchronization frequency.
5. To apply your changes, click OK.
Changing the start time offsets recovery points for files by the equivalent amount of time.
You can choose between two modes of synchronization: at regular intervals or just before a
recovery point is created.
Synchronization at regular intervals distributes the load on the network throughout the day. In the
case of synchronization just before a recovery point is created, the network traffic is potentially
greater at the time of synchronization, but data is not sent throughout the day.
If an organization has limited network bandwidth between the protected computer and the DPM
server and this limited bandwidth is also expected to be shared by normal corporate usage,
consider using synchronization only before recovery point and schedule it during off-peak hours.
Although the impact on network traffic and performance is important, you must also consider how
the choice of synchronization mode affects your ability to recover data. If you synchronize only
once a day, the maximum loss window is 24 hours. However, if you choose to synchronize every
hour, your maximum loss window is 1 hour.

See Also
Improving Performance
Modifying Workloads

Scheduling Consistency Checks

Because consistency checks affect the performance of both the DPM server and the protected
computer, you should schedule consistency checks for hours when reduced responsiveness of
the protected computer has the least impact on your business operations and there is the least
amount of network traffic.
After a protection group is created manually or if a replica becomes inconsistent because of a
network outage or another reason, you must perform a manual consistency check. For step-by-
step instructions, in DPM 2010 Help, see How to Synchronize a Replica
(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=196901).
You can also schedule a daily consistency check to ensure that inconsistent replicas are
automatically repaired.
As part of the scheduling options, you can configure a duration or time window when consistency
checks jobs can run. For example, you can configure the consistency check to begin at 8:00 P.M.
when most of your company’s employees are gone, with a maximum duration of 10 hours.

See Also
Improving Performance

236
Modifying Workloads

Creating Replicas Manually

When you create a protection group, you can choose to create the replicas manually from tape or
other removable media to reduce the load on the protected computers and network.
Automatic replica creation is easier; however, depending on the size of the protected data,
manual replica creation can be faster. For smaller data sets, we recommend the automatic
option. For large data sets and slow networks, the manual option is likely to be a better choice.
After the replica is created, you must run synchronization with consistency check.
For information about how to create a replica manually, in DPM 2010 Help, see How to Manually
Create a Replica (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=197144).

See Also
Improving Performance
Modifying Workloads

Increasing Capacity
You can also improve performance by increasing the capacity of the DPM server through
hardware upgrades:
 Adding disks to the storage pool and reallocating the replicas across the storage pool can
help reduce disk queue length.
 Using striped volumes can increase disk throughput to deal with disk bottlenecks.
 Adding memory is a relatively inexpensive upgrade that can result in a noticeable
improvement in performance if the server frequently experiences low available memory.
 Adding more processors or upgrading to faster processors can reduce CPU issues.
Also, consider your data protection requirements: you might need additional DPM servers to
balance the workload.

See Also
Improving Performance
Managing Performance
Modifying Workloads

237
Managing DPM Performance on a WAN
Performance is a serious consideration when the DPM server and the servers that it is protecting
are connected by low-speed wide area network (WAN) links, particularly for resource-intensive
jobs such as replica creation and consistency checks. For example, transferring a 20 GB volume
across a 512 Kbps link would take at least 120 hours.
In this network configuration, you should enable compression for all protection groups. For replica
creation of volumes larger than 5 GB, we recommend that you create the replica manually.

Improving usage of WAN latency

If your deployment of DPM disaster recovery requires DPM to send large amounts to data over a
WAN, you can improve DPM’s use of your WAN latency by adjusting the following registry
settings
On the remote DPM server:
HKLM\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tcpip\Parameters\TcpWindowSize

HKLM\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tcpip\Parameters\TcpWindowSize\Tcp1323Opts

On the DPM server:

HKLM\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tcpip\Parameters\TcpWindowSize\Tcp1323Opts

Example: The following settings over a 100 Mbps link with 40 ms latency, gives the following
results.

Settings

On the remote DPM server: 524288

HKLM\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tcpip\Parameters\TcpWindowSize

On both the DPM servers: 3

HKLM\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tcpip\Parameters\TcpWindowSize\Tcp13
23Opts

Results

One job running 3.45 MB/sec

Three jobs running ~3 MB/sec/jo

b

238
How Protection Group Changes Affect Jobs
Changes to the configuration of a DPM protection group can result in the cancellation of some
active jobs. A change could affect replica jobs, archive jobs, or both. The following table lists the
jobs that are canceled in each category.
Job types

Replica jobs Archive jobs

 Replica creation  Create recovery point on tape

 Consistency check  Verification of data on tape
 Synchronization  Copy data to tape
 Create recovery point on disk  Back up to tape
 Recovery from disk  Recovery from tape

The following table lists how protection group changes can cause the cancelation of active jobs.
Jobs can be canceled for:
 All members of the protection group ("protection group")
 All data sources on the protected computer ("protected computer")
 All protected computers in the same time zone as the computer hosting the data sources in
the protection group that is changed ("time zone")
Protection group changes and active jobs

Change to protection group Job cancellations

Remove tape-based protection Archive jobs for the protection group

Add disk-based protection Archive jobs for the protection group if tape-
based protection is configured

Remove disk-based protection Replica and archive jobs for the protection
group

Add or remove data sources Replica for the protected computer and archive
jobs for time zone

Change protected objects, including folder Replica and archive jobs for the protected
exclusion computer and time zone

Change file type exclusion Replica and archive jobs for the protection
group

Delete a protection group Replica and archive jobs for the protection
group

239
Change to protection group Job cancellations

Change the preferred server for clustered Replica and archive jobs for the protected
Exchange Server data computer and time zone

Change protection of a mounted volume to a Replica and archive jobs for the protected
different mount point computer and time zone

Stop protection and delete data on tape Archive jobs for the time zone

Stop protection and delete data on disk Replica and archive jobs for the protected
computer

Change the tape library that the protection Archive jobs for the protection group if data
group uses verification is enabled

Change the tape data verification selection Archive jobs for the protection group

Change to number of tape copies Archive jobs for the protection group

Add or remove tape-based protection Archive jobs for the protection group

Change data verification setting for tape-based Archive jobs for the protection group
protection

Change data verification setting for disk-based Replica jobs for the protection group
protection

Change compression setting for tape-based Archive jobs for the protection group
protection

Change encryption setting for tape-based Archive jobs for the protection group
protection

Change network bandwidth usage throttling Archive jobs for the protection group
setting for short-term tape-based protection

Change compression, encryption, or network Replica jobs for the protection group
bandwidth usage throttling for disk-based
protection

See Also
Managing Performance

240
Managing Tapes
Magnetic tape and similar storage media offer an inexpensive and portable form of data
protection that is particularly useful for long-term storage.
In DPM, you can back up data from a computer directly to tape. You can also back up data from
the disk-based replica. The advantage of creating your long-term backup on tape from the disk-
based replica is that the backup operation can occur at any time with no impact on the computer
being protected.
Additionally, a thorough disaster recovery plan will include offsite storage of critical information;
you want to be able to recover your organization's data, in a situation where your facility might be
damaged or destroyed. Tape is a popular medium for offsite storage.
For additional information on DPM tape management, in the DPM Operations Guide, see
Managing Tape (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=179397).

In This Section
Short Erase
How DPM Uses Stand-Alone Tape Drives
How DPM Uses Tape Libraries

Short Erase
By default, when you erase a tape by using System Center Data Protection Manager
(DPM) 2010, DPM performs a long erase. If your tape drive supports short erase, you can use
DPM to enable it to perform a short erase by following the instructions in this topic.

Enabling Short Erase

If your tape drive supports short erase, you can enable it on the DPM server by creating the
DWORD UseShortErase under HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Microsoft Data
Protection Manager\Agent.

Set the value of the DWORD to 00000000.

After this value is set, all erase operations on the DPM server will be short erases. To revert to
long erases, remove this registry key.

Important
Though short erase is much faster than long erase, it does not completely erase the data
from the tape. If you have a policy that all data from the tape must be erased and
unrecoverable, do not enable short erase.

241
How DPM Uses Stand-Alone Tape Drives
For stand-alone tape drives, DPM does the following for each protection group:
 Appends all short-term backups to a single tape.
 Appends all long-term backups to a single tape that is different from the short-term backup
tape.
When a tape fills up, DPM raises an alert to add a new free tape.

How DPM Uses Tape Libraries

DPM may allocate two or more tapes for each protection group.
All the data sources in a protection group will always append to the same tape regardless of
whether short-term or long-term protection is specified.
If the user specifies the allocation of more than one drive while creating the protection group, the
data sources will be split across tapes. For example, if there are five data sources and a drive
with a maximum limit of two sources, DPM may write three data sources on one tape and two on
another. Depending on the size of the data sources, other scheduled backup jobs to tape in other
protection groups, and the number of tape drives available at the time, you may find an uneven
distribution of data sources going to the various tapes.

Short-Term Tape Protection

The following table shows how the backup mode influences the number of tapes required for
short-term protection.

Backup mode Tapes required

Short-term tape "full" option Backup jobs will require a free tape for each
scheduled job.

Short-term tape "full and incremental" option The full backup will require a free tape for each
scheduled job, and the incremental backup for
all data sources will be appended to a single
separate tape.
As tapes fill up, new free tapes will be
allocated.
When the next full backup occurs, it will require
another free tape, and subsequent incremental
backups will be appended to another free tape.

242
Example: If a full backup is scheduled weekly and incremental backups are scheduled daily, then
the first full backup will go to a new free tape and all subsequent incremental backups for six days
will be appended to another new free tape.
If a full backup job fails before it is completed, all the subsequent incremental jobs will use the
existing tape that has valid previous incremental backups.

Note
If the customer manually triggers two individual “create recovery point (tape)” actions for
two protection group members, DPM will create two tape backup jobs and will need two
tapes to store tape backup. However, if two protection group members are selected
(multi-select in Protection view) and “create recovery point (tape)” is triggered, DPM will
use a single tape. This is designed to co-locate the data for selected protection group
members for ad-hoc tape backups onto the same tape.

Long-Term Tape Protection

A tape will be allocated for each full backup job. The reason long-term full tape backups are on
separate tapes is because they are meant to be stored offline, and possibly offsite. So each long-
term backup recovery point created will always be on a new tape.

Note
Available free tapes will be decremented as tapes are allocated to either short-term or
long-term tape jobs. However, for short-term protection, creating a new recovery point will
succeed even when the "available free tapes = 0" because DPM will append the backup
job to the tape that is currently in use. Only long-term tape backups require a new tape
each time, and these backups will issue an alert if no tapes are available.

More Information
You cannot free or erase a tape that contains valid recovery points from any protected source.
Before you can free a tape, you must perform one of the following steps:
 Remove the sources from the protection group and choose to expire recovery points on the
tape.
 Change the protection group’s options and clear the tape protection options. Then, under
Inactive protection for previously protected data, right-click each data source and select
Remove inactive protection.
To restore data from an expired tape, mark the tape as free, then unmark the tape as free, and
then recatalog the tape.

243
Appendix A: Quick Reference to DPM Tasks
The following table matches administrative tasks with the object that you select to perform the
task.

To perform this task Select

 Manually synchronize a replica The protected data source in the Protection

 Perform a manual consistency check on a task area
replica
 Manually create a recovery point
 Remove a member from a protection group
 Delete a replica
 Modify the schedules for synchronization, The protection group in the Protection task
express full backups, consistency checks, area
and recovery points
 Enable compression
 Add a member to a protection group
 View a list of tapes
 Stop protection of a group
 Configure tape catalog retention Either the protected computer or the protection
group in the Protection task area

 Modify disk allocation Either the protected data source or the

protection group in the Protection task area

 Configure network bandwidth usage The protected computer on the Agents tab in
throttling the Management task area
 Update, disable, enable, or uninstall a
protection agent
 Lock or unlock the tape library door The tape library or stand-alone tape drive on
 Rescan the tape library the Libraries tab in the Management task area

 Clean a tape library drive The tape drive on the Libraries tab in the
Management task area
 Run a fast or detailed inventory Any tape library, stand-alone tape drive, drive,
slot, or tape on the Libraries tab in the
Management task area

 Erase a tape A tape on the Libraries tab in the

 Mark a tape as free Management task area
 Mark a tape as a cleaning tape

244
To perform this task Select
 View the contents of a tape

Appendix B: DPM 2010 Schema Extension

The DPMADSchemaExtension tool performs the following tasks to support end-user recovery:
 Extends the schema
 Creates a container (MS-ShareMapConfiguration)
 Grants the DPM server permissions to change the contents of the container
 Adds mappings between source shares and shares on the replicas
This appendix describes the classes and attributes that Data Protection Manager (DPM) adds to
Active Directory to support end-user recovery.
Classes Added by DPM describes the classes that are added to Active Directory when you
enable end-user recovery on DPM.
Attributes Added by DPM describes the attributes that are added to Active Directory when you
enable end-user recovery on DPM.

Classes Added by DPM

DPM adds one class, ms-SrvShareMapping, to the Active Directory directory service when you
enable end-user recovery. This class contains the mapping from the protected computer (and
share) to the DPM server (and share).

Caution
It is recommended that you do not modify this class.
The following table provides a detailed description of the ms-SrvShareMapping class:

Attribute Value

objectClass Top

objectClass classSchema

instanceType 4

possSuperiors Container

possSuperiors organizationalUnit

subClassOf Top

governsID 1.2.840.113556.1.6.33.1.22

245
Attribute Value

mustContain ms-backupSrvShare

mustContain ms-productionSrvShare

rDNAttID Cn

showInAdvancedViewOnly TRUE

adminDisplayName ms-SrvShareMapping

lDAPDisplayName ms-SrvShareMapping

adminDescription Maps servers with shared resources.

objectClassCategory 1

Attributes Added by DPM

DPM adds two attributes to Active Directory when you enable end-user recovery. The following
table lists the added attributes:

Attribute Description

ms-BackupSrv-Share Attribute Provides the DPM share name and DPM

computer name in a string.

ms-ProductionSrv-Share Attribute Provides the protected computer share name

and protected computer computer name in a
string.

ms-BackupSrv-Share Attribute
The following table provides a detailed description of the ms-BackupSrv-Share attribute:

Attribute Value

objectClass Top

objectClass attributeSchema

attributeID 1.2.840.113556.1.6.33.2.23

attributeSyntax 2.5.5.12

rangeUpper 260

isSingleValued TRUE

246
Attribute Value

showInAdvancedViewOnly TRUE

adminDisplayName ms-BackupSrv-Share

adminDescription Identifies a server with shared resources.

oMSyntax 64

IDAPDisplayName ms-backupSrvShare

objectCategory CN=Attribute-Schema,<SchemaContainerDN>

ms-ProductionSrv-Share Attribute
The following table provides a detailed description of the ms-ProductionSrv-Share attribute:

Attribute Value

objectClass Top

objectClass attributeSchema

attributeID 1.2.840.113556.1.6.33.2.24

attributeSyntax 2.5.5.12

rangeUpper 260

isSingleValued TRUE

showInAdvancedViewOnly TRUE

adminDisplayName ms-ProductionSrv-Share

adminDescription Identifies a computer with shared resources.

oMSyntax 64

IDAPDisplayName ms-productionSrvShare

objectCategory CN=Attribute-Schema,<SchemaContainerDN>

Appendix C: Custom Report Views

Data Protection Manager 2010 includes several SQL views to help you create custom reports.
SQL views simplify your queries by populating columns with data collected from multiple tables in
the database. These views offer several advantages over querying the tables directly:

247
 You do not need in-depth knowledge of the entire database or the relationship between
tables and keys.
 If the database structure changes in future versions of the product, the views can be updated
so that they behave the same.
For DPM installations that use a separate, dedicated computer for the SQL Server database, the
views are queried on the database computer, not the computer running DPM. This results in less
competition for resources when large numbers of views are queried over a short period of time.
The potential disadvantages of the SQL views include the following:
 Because the view runs each time it is queried, server performance may be degraded if the
view is used too frequently.
 The available supported views might not include all of the columns you need.
This appendix lists the views available in DPM.
Vw_DPM_Agents: Contains the list of computers on which a DPM protection agent from this
DPM server has been installed.

Field Data type Description

ServerName String The name of the computer

Version String The version of the DPM agent

on that computer

Vw_DPM_Alerts: List of all alerts from the last 30 days.

Field Data type Description

Severity Integer The severity level of the alert

0=Error
1=Warning
2=Information

Resolution Integer The state of the alert

0 = Active
1 = Recommended action in
progress
2 = Resolved

OccurredSince Date and time The first time this alert was
raised

ResolvedTime Date and tiime The time at which the alert

was resolved

Type Integer The type of the alert

248
Field Data type Description
See "Alert Types" in this
appendix

Vw_DPM_CurrentOnlineMedia: The tapes that are online in DPM owned libraries currently, as
of the last inventory.

Field Data type Description

UserFriendlyName String The name of the library

ImportPoolMediaCount Integer Tapes imported to this DPM

server

FreePoolMediaCount Integer Tapes marked as free or

blank

AdminPoolMediaCount Integer Tapes with active data.

Expired tapes change to free
when the tape is marked free
or the protection group is
deleted.

Vw_DPM_Disk_Usage_Replica: Disk usage statistics for replicas in the storage pool.

Field Data type Description

PhysicalPath String The name of the protected data

source

ReplicaId GUID Unique identifier for the replica

on DPM disks

PGId GUID Unique identifier for the

protection group to which this
data source belongs

ProductionServerName String The name of the server on which

the data source exists

DiskAllocated Big integer Total disk space allocated to this

data source

DiskUsed Big integer Total disk space used by this

data source

FreeSpace Big integer DiskAllocated – DiskUsed

249
Field Data type Description

ReplicaAllocated Big integer The part of DiskAllocated that is

reserved for the replica of the
data source

ReplicaUsed Big integer The part of ReplicaAllocated that

is actually in use

ShadowCopyAllocated Big integer The part of DiskAllocated that is

reserved for the recovery points
of the data source

ShadowCopyUsed Big integer The part of

ShadowCopyAllocated that is
actually in use

StartDateTime Date and time The time this statistic was

collected

EndDateTime Date and time Internal field

ScheduleType Integer The schedule period which this

0=Weekly data represents

1=Monthly
2=Quarterly
3=Yearly

Vw_DPM_DiskRecoveryPoints: Counts for disk recovery points available for each data source.

Field Data type Description

DataSourceName String The name of the protected data

source

PGId GUID The unique identifierentifier for

the protection group to which
this data source belongs

ServerId GUID The unique identifierentifier for

the server to which this data
source belongs

Frequency Integer The number of available

recovery points

250
Vw_DPM_LongRecoveries: Provides historical information about recoveries that took longer
than 24 hours.

Field Data type Description

DataSourceName String The data source that was

recovered

TargetServerName String The name of the server to

which recovery was done

WriterId GUID Identifies the type of the data

source that was recovered

StartTime Date and time The time at which the

recovery was started

EndTime Date and time The time at which the

recovery ended

RecoverySize Big integer The size of the data

recovered by the job

RecoverySource Integer The recovery source

0=Disk
1=Tape

Vw_DPM_Media: Provides information about state of all tapes known to DPM.

Field Data type Description

MediaLabel String The label on the tape

MediaBarcode String The barcode for the tape

IsOnline Integer Whether the tape is online

LibraryName String The name of the library in

which the tape exists.
NULL if tape is offline

MediaSlotNumber Integer The slot number in which the

tape exists.
NULL if tape is offline
If in a drive, this represents
the home slot of the tape (to
which the tape returns on a

251
Field Data type Description
dismount).

PGName String The name of the protection

group in which the tape exists

MediaExpiryDate Date and time The time when all data sets on
this tape will expire.
Can have the date in the past
or NULL if the tape is free.

Vw_DPM_MediaPool_Media: Tape counts for a given library.

Field Data type Description

LibraryName String The name of the library

FreeMedia Integer Number of tapes that are free

in this library

FreeMediaThreshold Integer The threshold below which

this library generates an alert

Vw_DPM_ProtectedDataSource: Current disk space usage by various data sources.

Field Data type Description

ReplicaId GUID Identifier of the replica

PGId GUID Identifier of the protection

group to which the replica
belongs

AllocatedSize Big integer Disk space allocated to the

data source

UsedSize Big integer Disk space currently used by

the data source

ProductionServerName String The name of the computer on

which the data source exists

StorageNode String Always set to the DPM server

Vw_DPM_ProtectedGroup: Table with information about all protection groups.

252
Field Data type Description

PGId GUID Unique identifierentifier for the

protection group

ProtectionGroupName String Name of the protection group

CreationTime Date and time The time at which the

protection group was created

Vw_DPM_RecoveryDuration: History of counts for recovery jobs in various time durations.

Field Data type Description

StartDateTime Date and time The time at which the statistic

was collected

EndDateTime Date and time Internal

ScheduleType Integer The frequency for which this

particular statistic was
collected

RecoveryDuration Integer Indicates if the recovery was

less than 6 hours, between 6-
24 hours, or greater than 24
hours

RecoveryCount Integer Number of recoveries

Vw_DPM_RecoveryJob: Detailed information about recent recovery jobs.

Field Data type Description

DataSourceName String The data source for which

recovery was run

ServerName String The server to which recovery

was performed

CreationTime Date and time Time at which the recovery

job was run

FailureCode Integer Error code in case of failure

of the recovery job

Status Integer Status of the recovery job

0/1=Progress

253
Field Data type Description
2=Succeeded
3=Failure

Vw_DPM_RecoveryPointDisk: Status of recent recovery point creation jobs on disk.

Field Data type Description

DataSourceName String The data source for which the

backup was created

ServerName String The server on which the data

source exists

CreationTime Date and time The time at which the

recovery point creation job
was run

Status Integer Status of the recovery point

0/1=Progress creation job

2=Succeeded
3=Failure

ErrorCode Integer Zero if succeeded.

Else, set to a DPM error
code.

Vw_DPM_RecoveryPointTape: Status of recent recovery point creation jobs on tape.

Field Data type Description

DataSourceName String The data source for which the

backup was created

ServerName String The server on which the data

source exists

CreationTime Date and time The time at which the

recovery point creation job
was run

Status Integer Status of the recovery point

0/1=Progress creation job

2=Succeeded

254
Field Data type Description
3=Failure

ErrorCode Integer Zero if succeeded.

Else, set to a DPM error
code.

Vw_DPM_Replica: Listing of all replicas managed by DPM.

Field Data type Description

ReplicaId GUID Unique identifierentifier

generated by DPM for the
replica volume

PhysicalPath String The name of the data source on

the replica

ServerName String Name of the server to which the

data source belongs

ValidFrom Date and time When the replica was created

ValidTo Date and time The date on which the replica

was made inactive

PGId GUID Unique identifierentifier

generated by DPM for the
protection group to which the
data source belongs

StorageNode String Always set to the DPM server

Vw_DPM_Server: List of all protected computers.

Field Data type Description

ServerId GUID Unique identifierentifier

generated by DPM for the
protected computer

ServerName String Fully qualified domain name for

the computer

NetBiosName String Name

DomainName String Domain in which the computer

255
Field Data type Description
belongs

IsRG Integer If this computer represents a

Resource Group

Vw_DPM_TapeRecoveryPoints: Counts for tape recovery points available for each data source.

Field Data type Description

DataSourceName String The name of the protected

data source

PGId GUID The unique identifierentifier for

the protection group to which
this data source belongs

ServerId GUID The unique identifierentifier for

the server to which this data
source belongs

Frequency Integer The number of available

recovery points

Term Integer The schedule to which this

0=ShortTerm recovery point corresponds

1=LongTerm

Vw_DPM_TapeStat: Historical information on tape usage counts.

Field Data type Description

StartDateTime Date and time

EndDateTime Date and time

ScheduleType Integer Integer

0=Weekly
1=Monthly
2=Quarterly
3=Yearly

Free Integer Number of free tapes at end-

time

Online Integer Number of online tapes at end

256
Field Data type Description
time

Vw_DPM_TapeUsagePerPG: Historical tape usage data per protection group.

Field Data type Description

StartDateTime Date and time Start time

EndDateTime Date and time End time

PGName String Name of the protection group

ScheduleType Integer Integer

0=Weekly
1=Monthly
2=Quarterly
3=Yearly

Online Integer Number of online tapes at end

time

Offline Integer Number of offline tapes at end

time

Vw_DPM_Total_Disk_Trend: Total disk space usage historical trend.

Field Data type Description

StartDateTime Date and time

EndDateTime Date and time

ScheduleType Integer Integer

0=Weekly
1=Monthly
2=Quarterly
3=Yearly

DiskSpaceCapacity Big integer The total storage in storage

pool at end-time

PreviousDiskSpaceCapacity Big integer Total storage in storage pool

in previous corresponding
period

257
Field Data type Description

DiskSpaceAllocated Big integer The disk space from storage

pool that has been allocated

PreviousDiskSpaceAllocated Big integer The disk space from storage

pool that was allocated in the
previous corresponding
period

DiskSpaceUsed Big integer The actual disk space usage

PreviousDiskSpaceUsed Big integer The used disk space in the

previous corresponding
period

Vw_DPM_Total_RecoveryPoint: Information about all recent recovery point jobs.

Field Data type Description

DataSourceName String The name of the protected

data source

ServerName String The server to which the data

source belongs

CreationTime Date and time The time at which the

recovery point creation job
was run

Status Integer Status of the recovery point

0/1=Progress creation job

2=Succeeded
3=Failure

ErrorCode Integer Error code in recovery point

creation

Alert Types
-1 RestoreDBAlert

0 NullType

1 AgentIncompatibleAlert

258
2 AgentUnreachableAlert

5 MediaVerificationFailedAlert

6 MediaEraseFailedAlert

7 DetailedInventoryFailedAlert

8 MediaDecommissionedAlert

9 MediaDataEraseAlert

10 FreeMediaThresholdAlert

11 DataSetCopyFailedAlert

12 BackupToTapeFailedAlert

13 BackupToTapeCatalogFailedAlert

14 LibraryDriveAlert

15 LibraryNotAvailableAlert

16 LibraryNotWorkingEfficientlyAlert

17 MediaRequiredAlert

18 ReplicaInitializationInProgressAlert

19 SynchronizationFailedAlert

20 StopProtectionFailedAlert

21 RecoveryInProgressAlert

22 RecoveryPartiallySuccessfulAlert

23 RecoverySuccessfulAlert

24 RecoveryFailedAlert

25 ShadowCopyFailedAlert

26 ReplicaInMissingStateAlert

27 ReplicaInInvalidStateAlert

28 PartialDeployedClusterAlert

29 AgentTaskFailAlert

30 SqmOptInAlert

31 DiskThresholdCrossedAlert

32 VerificationInProgressAlert

259
33 DiskMissingAlert

34 CatalogThresholdCrossedAlert

35 DatasetDataVerificationFailed

36 SCDiskThresholdCrossedAlert

37 ConfigureProtectionFailedAlert

38 ReplicaManualLoadPendingAlert

39 ReplicaInitializationPendingAlert

40 CertificateExpiringAlert

41 EvalShareInquiryAlert

42 ShadowCopyConsolidationRequired

Appendix D: Configuration of Inbox Tracing

The following table lists the configuration of the inbox tracing in the registry.
You can edit these values using the Registry Editor.

Warning
Editing the registry can produce unexpected results. Use extreme caution when changing
registry values.

Inbox Tracing
Value Name Value Allowed Values Notes/Remarks
Type

FlushIntervalInSeconds DWOR Any value Set the intervals at which

D greater than 10 inbox logs are flushed.
seconds.

TraceLogLevel DWOR Valid bitmask of Can be overridden per

D allowed trace binary.
levels.
enum TRACE_FLAG{

TRACE_ERROR =
0x2,

260
Value Name Value Allowed Values Notes/Remarks
Type

TRACE_DBG_ACTIVI
TY = 0x4,

TRACE_DBG_
= 0x8,

TRACE_PERF =
0x20,

TRACE_DBG_FATAL
= 0x200,

TRACE_DBG_CRITIC
AL = 0x400

};

<binaryname>TraceLogLevel DWOR Same as above

D

<binaryname>TraceLogMaxSize DWOR Can be This is size in bytes.

D overridden to Applies to specified
change the process in process’s
default size used context. E.g.
by DPM tracing MSDPMTraceLogMaxSize
infrastructure in
the context of
individual binary.
Refer below for
binary name
mapping.

<binaryname>TraceLogMaxNumber DWOR Specify this to TraceLogMaxNumber =

D override log file [TraceLogMaxSizeInMB] /
size of individual [SingleTraceLogMaxSizeIn
log file. MB]
For example, 1 GB max
size with 15 MB each log
file size this will come out
to be 68. (1024/15 = 68)

<binaryname>TraceCriticalLogMaxNu DWOR Default = 2. Can Saves the current and last

mber D be overridden to error log separately with

261
Value Name Value Allowed Values Notes/Remarks
Type
save more files. extension .crash
On a critical error
logged by any
component, logs
will be saved.

Binary Name Mapping

Process Binary Name

Base Key:
HKLM\Software\Microsoft\Microsoft Data
Protection Manager

DPM Engine (MSDPM) MSDPM

DPM Replication Agent (DPMRA) DPMRA

DPM Library Agent (DPMLA) LAAgent

DPM UI DPMUI

DPM PowerShell CLI DPMCLI

DPM Access Manager (Hosts AM, ACM, DPMAccessManager

Autoheal)

Exchange Cmdlet Wrapper ExchangeCmdletsWrapper

E14 Cmdlet Wrapper E14CmdLetWrapper

Agent Coordinator AgentBootStrapper

DPM Client Service (laptop protection) DPMClientProtection

Install SQL Prep (Remote SQL) SQL Prep Bootstrapper

DPM Backup Tool DpmBackup

DPM Writer DPMWriter

HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Microsoft Data
Protection Manager

WSS Cmdlet wrapper WssCmdletsWrapper

SQL EUR Client EURClient

262
Process Binary Name

Laptop Client UI DPMClientUI

Appendix E: Windows Server Logo

Certification
This topic provides details about the Microsoft System Center Data Protection Manager
(DPM) 2010 certification for the Windows Server logo program.

Custom Actions
For a list of custom actions that are checked during DPM Setup, see DPM Setup Custom Action
Details (http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=189203). These checks are part of the DPM 2010
certification for the Windows Server logo program.
The following table lists the custom actions that are performed for the DPM Installer (.msi) files.

MSI Custom Action

Msdpm.msi Change the PowerShell execution policy.

Dpmui.msi

Msdpm.msi Install the DPM stores.

Msdpm.msi Add the MSDPMTrustedMachines group.

Msdpm.msi Create the DPMRA service.

Dpmra.msi

Msdpm.msi Create the MTA share.

Dpmra.msi

Msdpm.msi Add the DPMRA local groups.

Dpmra.msi

Msdpm.msi Add the DPMRA authorized computer.

Dpmra.msi

Msdpm.msi Add the DPM server to the

Dpmra.msi DPMRADMTrustedMachines group.

Msdpm.msi Upgrade for the DPMRADCOMUsers group.

Dpmra.msi

263
MSI Custom Action

Msdpm.msi Increase the IRP Stack Size.

Dpmra.msi

Msdpm.msi Add the Library agent configuration.

Msdpm.msi Add the Library authorized computer.

Msdpm.msi Install the DPMAC authorization configuration.

Msdpm.msi Disable the RSM service.

Msdpm.msi InstallDPMFilter.
Dpmra.msi

Msdpm.msi SetRebootRequired.
Dpmra.msi

Dpmra.msi AddDcomLaunchPermissions for Cmdlets.

Dpmra.msi Configure Windows Firewall.

Dpmra.msi Add the DPM server to the DCOM users group.

Dpmra.msi Add the DCOM launch permissions for RA.

Dpmra.msi Add ACL to the MTAshare.

DpmUi.msi Detect PowerShell.

DpmUi.msi Detect Windows Server 2003 R2.

SqlPrep.msi Detect DPM.

Dpmra.msi

SqlPrep.msi Detect CLI.

The following is a list of third-party binaries installed by DPM that do not have publisher
information for test case 2.8.2 for DPM certification for the Windows Server logo program.

Third-party binaries

c:\Program Files\Common Files\Microsoft Shared\DW\DWDCW20.dll

c:\Program Files\Microsoft DPM\DPM\Setup\PidGen.dll

c:\Program Files\Microsoft
DPM\SQL\90\DTS\Binn\Microsoft.SqlServer.ForEachFileEnumeratorWrap.dll

c:\Program Files\Microsoft
DPM\SQL\90\DTS\Binn\Microsoft.SQLServer.msxml6_interop.dll

264
Third-party binaries

c:\Program Files\Microsoft
DPM\SQL\90\DTS\Binn\Microsoft.SqlServer.SQLTaskConnectionsWrap.dll

c:\Program Files\Microsoft DPM\SQL\MSSQL.1\MSSQL\Binn\sqlmap90.dll

c:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server\90\Shared\sqlwvss_xp.dll

c:\Program Files (x86)\Common Files\Microsoft

Shared\MSDesigners8\msddsp.dll

c:\Program Files (x86)\Common Files\Microsoft

Shared\OFFICE11\UCS20.DLL

c:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft DPM\SQL\90\DTS\Binn\interop.msdasc.dll

c:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft

DPM\SQL\90\DTS\Binn\Microsoft.SqlServer.ForEachFileEnumeratorWrap.dll

c:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft

DPM\SQL\90\DTS\Binn\Microsoft.SqlServer.SQLTaskConnectionsWrap.dll

c:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft

DPM\SQL\90\Tools\Binn\VSShell\Common7\IDE\DdsShapesLib.dll

c:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft

DPM\SQL\90\Tools\Binn\VSShell\Common7\IDE\Interop.DPDPL_7_0.dll

c:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft

DPM\SQL\90\Tools\Binn\VSShell\Common7\IDE\Interop.MergeModule_2_0.dll

c:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft

DPM\SQL\90\Tools\Binn\VSShell\Common7\IDE\interop.msdasc.dll

c:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft

DPM\SQL\90\Tools\Binn\VSShell\Common7\IDE\Interop.MSI_2_0.dll

c:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft

DPM\SQL\90\Tools\Binn\VSShell\Common7\IDE\Interop.SHDocVw.dll

c:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft

DPM\SQL\90\Tools\Binn\VSShell\Common7\IDE\Interop.Vdt70.dll

c:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft

DPM\SQL\90\Tools\Binn\VSShell\Common7\IDE\Interop.VisioGraph_2_100.dll

c:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft

DPM\SQL\90\Tools\Binn\VSShell\Common7\IDE\sqlresolver.dll

c:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft Office\OFFICE11\UCSCRIBE.dll

265
266